| 1 | /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol. |
| 2 | Copyright (C) 1989, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 1999, 2000, 01, 02, 2003 |
| 3 | Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 4 | |
| 5 | This file is part of GNU Emacs. |
| 6 | |
| 7 | GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
| 8 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
| 9 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) |
| 10 | any later version. |
| 11 | |
| 12 | GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 13 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 14 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
| 15 | GNU General Public License for more details. |
| 16 | |
| 17 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
| 18 | along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to |
| 19 | the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, |
| 20 | Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ |
| 21 | |
| 22 | /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */ |
| 23 | /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */ |
| 24 | |
| 25 | #include <config.h> |
| 26 | |
| 27 | /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */ |
| 28 | /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */ |
| 29 | #include <signal.h> |
| 30 | |
| 31 | #include <stdio.h> |
| 32 | |
| 33 | #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS |
| 34 | |
| 35 | #include "lisp.h" |
| 36 | #include "blockinput.h" |
| 37 | |
| 38 | /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required |
| 39 | by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */ |
| 40 | #include "syssignal.h" |
| 41 | |
| 42 | /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses |
| 43 | if this is not done before the other system files. */ |
| 44 | #include "xterm.h" |
| 45 | #include <X11/cursorfont.h> |
| 46 | |
| 47 | /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded. |
| 48 | In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */ |
| 49 | #ifndef makedev |
| 50 | #include <sys/types.h> |
| 51 | #endif /* makedev */ |
| 52 | |
| 53 | #ifdef BSD_SYSTEM |
| 54 | #include <sys/ioctl.h> |
| 55 | #endif /* ! defined (BSD_SYSTEM) */ |
| 56 | |
| 57 | #include "systty.h" |
| 58 | #include "systime.h" |
| 59 | |
| 60 | #ifndef INCLUDED_FCNTL |
| 61 | #include <fcntl.h> |
| 62 | #endif |
| 63 | #include <ctype.h> |
| 64 | #include <errno.h> |
| 65 | #include <setjmp.h> |
| 66 | #include <sys/stat.h> |
| 67 | /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */ |
| 68 | /* #include <sys/param.h> */ |
| 69 | |
| 70 | #include "charset.h" |
| 71 | #include "coding.h" |
| 72 | #include "ccl.h" |
| 73 | #include "frame.h" |
| 74 | #include "dispextern.h" |
| 75 | #include "fontset.h" |
| 76 | #include "termhooks.h" |
| 77 | #include "termopts.h" |
| 78 | #include "termchar.h" |
| 79 | #include "gnu.h" |
| 80 | #include "disptab.h" |
| 81 | #include "buffer.h" |
| 82 | #include "window.h" |
| 83 | #include "keyboard.h" |
| 84 | #include "intervals.h" |
| 85 | #include "process.h" |
| 86 | #include "atimer.h" |
| 87 | #include "keymap.h" |
| 88 | |
| 89 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 90 | #include <X11/Shell.h> |
| 91 | #endif |
| 92 | |
| 93 | #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H |
| 94 | #include <sys/time.h> |
| 95 | #endif |
| 96 | #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H |
| 97 | #include <unistd.h> |
| 98 | #endif |
| 99 | |
| 100 | #ifdef USE_GTK |
| 101 | #include "gtkutil.h" |
| 102 | #endif |
| 103 | |
| 104 | #ifdef USE_LUCID |
| 105 | extern int xlwmenu_window_p P_ ((Widget w, Window window)); |
| 106 | extern void xlwmenu_redisplay P_ ((Widget)); |
| 107 | #endif |
| 108 | |
| 109 | #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK) |
| 110 | |
| 111 | extern void free_frame_menubar P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 112 | extern struct frame *x_menubar_window_to_frame P_ ((struct x_display_info *, |
| 113 | int)); |
| 114 | #endif |
| 115 | |
| 116 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 117 | #if (XtSpecificationRelease >= 5) && !defined(NO_EDITRES) |
| 118 | #define HACK_EDITRES |
| 119 | extern void _XEditResCheckMessages (); |
| 120 | #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */ |
| 121 | |
| 122 | /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */ |
| 123 | |
| 124 | #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS |
| 125 | #if defined USE_MOTIF |
| 126 | #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */ |
| 127 | #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h> |
| 128 | #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */ |
| 129 | |
| 130 | #ifdef HAVE_XAW3D |
| 131 | #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h> |
| 132 | #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h> |
| 133 | #define ARROW_SCROLLBAR |
| 134 | #include <X11/Xaw3d/ScrollbarP.h> |
| 135 | #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */ |
| 136 | #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h> |
| 137 | #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h> |
| 138 | #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */ |
| 139 | #ifndef XtNpickTop |
| 140 | #define XtNpickTop "pickTop" |
| 141 | #endif /* !XtNpickTop */ |
| 142 | #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */ |
| 143 | #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ |
| 144 | |
| 145 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 146 | |
| 147 | #if ! defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) && ! defined (USE_GTK) |
| 148 | #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame |
| 149 | #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame |
| 150 | #endif |
| 151 | |
| 152 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 153 | #include "widget.h" |
| 154 | #ifndef XtNinitialState |
| 155 | #define XtNinitialState "initialState" |
| 156 | #endif |
| 157 | #endif |
| 158 | |
| 159 | #define abs(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x)) |
| 160 | |
| 161 | /* Default to using XIM if available. */ |
| 162 | #ifdef USE_XIM |
| 163 | int use_xim = 1; |
| 164 | #else |
| 165 | int use_xim = 0; /* configure --without-xim */ |
| 166 | #endif |
| 167 | |
| 168 | \f |
| 169 | |
| 170 | /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */ |
| 171 | |
| 172 | Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars; |
| 173 | |
| 174 | /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs |
| 175 | start. */ |
| 176 | |
| 177 | static int any_help_event_p; |
| 178 | |
| 179 | /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */ |
| 180 | static Lisp_Object last_window; |
| 181 | |
| 182 | /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */ |
| 183 | |
| 184 | int x_use_underline_position_properties; |
| 185 | |
| 186 | /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in |
| 187 | use. */ |
| 188 | |
| 189 | struct x_display_info *x_display_list; |
| 190 | |
| 191 | /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME |
| 192 | . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in |
| 193 | the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE |
| 194 | records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */ |
| 195 | |
| 196 | Lisp_Object x_display_name_list; |
| 197 | |
| 198 | /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c. |
| 199 | This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions. |
| 200 | It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT |
| 201 | functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */ |
| 202 | |
| 203 | extern struct frame *updating_frame; |
| 204 | |
| 205 | /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */ |
| 206 | |
| 207 | struct frame *pending_autoraise_frame; |
| 208 | |
| 209 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 210 | /* The application context for Xt use. */ |
| 211 | XtAppContext Xt_app_con; |
| 212 | static String Xt_default_resources[] = {0}; |
| 213 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 214 | |
| 215 | /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */ |
| 216 | |
| 217 | static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction; |
| 218 | |
| 219 | /* Mouse movement. |
| 220 | |
| 221 | Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask) |
| 222 | so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify |
| 223 | event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking |
| 224 | slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop. |
| 225 | |
| 226 | Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better. |
| 227 | |
| 228 | In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most |
| 229 | of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask |
| 230 | the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only |
| 231 | one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by |
| 232 | other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for |
| 233 | example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we |
| 234 | get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This |
| 235 | is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse |
| 236 | tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking |
| 237 | is off. */ |
| 238 | |
| 239 | /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */ |
| 240 | |
| 241 | static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph; |
| 242 | static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame; |
| 243 | |
| 244 | /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred. |
| 245 | |
| 246 | If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so |
| 247 | XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or |
| 248 | an ordinary motion. |
| 249 | |
| 250 | If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set |
| 251 | this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion |
| 252 | event. */ |
| 253 | |
| 254 | static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar; |
| 255 | |
| 256 | /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would |
| 257 | return the time associated with the position it returns, but there |
| 258 | doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server |
| 259 | along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time |
| 260 | of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that |
| 261 | it's somewhat accurate. */ |
| 262 | |
| 263 | static Time last_mouse_movement_time; |
| 264 | |
| 265 | /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read |
| 266 | events. */ |
| 267 | |
| 268 | #ifdef __STDC__ |
| 269 | static int volatile input_signal_count; |
| 270 | #else |
| 271 | static int input_signal_count; |
| 272 | #endif |
| 273 | |
| 274 | /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */ |
| 275 | |
| 276 | static int x_noop_count; |
| 277 | |
| 278 | /* Initial values of argv and argc. */ |
| 279 | |
| 280 | extern char **initial_argv; |
| 281 | extern int initial_argc; |
| 282 | |
| 283 | extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args, Vsystem_name; |
| 284 | |
| 285 | /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */ |
| 286 | |
| 287 | extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager; |
| 288 | |
| 289 | extern Lisp_Object Qface, Qmouse_face, Qeql; |
| 290 | |
| 291 | extern int errno; |
| 292 | |
| 293 | /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */ |
| 294 | |
| 295 | extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers; |
| 296 | |
| 297 | /* The keysyms to use for the various modifiers. */ |
| 298 | |
| 299 | Lisp_Object Vx_alt_keysym, Vx_hyper_keysym, Vx_meta_keysym, Vx_super_keysym; |
| 300 | Lisp_Object Vx_keysym_table; |
| 301 | static Lisp_Object Qalt, Qhyper, Qmeta, Qsuper, Qmodifier_value; |
| 302 | |
| 303 | static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms; |
| 304 | static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1; |
| 305 | |
| 306 | extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources P_ ((Display *, char *, char *, char *)); |
| 307 | extern int x_bitmap_mask P_ ((FRAME_PTR, int)); |
| 308 | |
| 309 | static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1 P_ ((Display *, Colormap, XColor *)); |
| 310 | static void x_set_window_size_1 P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int)); |
| 311 | static const XColor *x_color_cells P_ ((Display *, int *)); |
| 312 | static void x_update_window_end P_ ((struct window *, int, int)); |
| 313 | void x_delete_display P_ ((struct x_display_info *)); |
| 314 | static unsigned int x_x_to_emacs_modifiers P_ ((struct x_display_info *, |
| 315 | unsigned)); |
| 316 | static int x_io_error_quitter P_ ((Display *)); |
| 317 | int x_catch_errors P_ ((Display *)); |
| 318 | void x_uncatch_errors P_ ((Display *, int)); |
| 319 | void x_lower_frame P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 320 | void x_scroll_bar_clear P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 321 | int x_had_errors_p P_ ((Display *)); |
| 322 | void x_wm_set_size_hint P_ ((struct frame *, long, int)); |
| 323 | void x_raise_frame P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 324 | void x_set_window_size P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int)); |
| 325 | void x_wm_set_window_state P_ ((struct frame *, int)); |
| 326 | void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap P_ ((struct frame *, int)); |
| 327 | void x_initialize P_ ((void)); |
| 328 | static void x_font_min_bounds P_ ((XFontStruct *, int *, int *)); |
| 329 | static int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 330 | static void x_update_end P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 331 | static void XTframe_up_to_date P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 332 | static void XTset_terminal_modes P_ ((void)); |
| 333 | static void XTreset_terminal_modes P_ ((void)); |
| 334 | static void x_clear_frame P_ ((void)); |
| 335 | static void frame_highlight P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 336 | static void frame_unhighlight P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 337 | static void x_new_focus_frame P_ ((struct x_display_info *, struct frame *)); |
| 338 | static int x_focus_changed P_ ((int, |
| 339 | int, |
| 340 | struct x_display_info *, |
| 341 | struct frame *, |
| 342 | struct input_event *, |
| 343 | int)); |
| 344 | static int x_detect_focus_change P_ ((struct x_display_info *, |
| 345 | XEvent *, |
| 346 | struct input_event *, |
| 347 | int)); |
| 348 | static void XTframe_rehighlight P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 349 | static void x_frame_rehighlight P_ ((struct x_display_info *)); |
| 350 | static void x_draw_hollow_cursor P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *)); |
| 351 | static void x_draw_bar_cursor P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, int, |
| 352 | enum text_cursor_kinds)); |
| 353 | |
| 354 | static void x_clip_to_row P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, GC)); |
| 355 | static void x_flush P_ ((struct frame *f)); |
| 356 | static void x_update_begin P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 357 | static void x_update_window_begin P_ ((struct window *)); |
| 358 | static void x_after_update_window_line P_ ((struct glyph_row *)); |
| 359 | static struct scroll_bar *x_window_to_scroll_bar P_ ((Window)); |
| 360 | static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion P_ ((struct frame **, Lisp_Object *, |
| 361 | enum scroll_bar_part *, |
| 362 | Lisp_Object *, Lisp_Object *, |
| 363 | unsigned long *)); |
| 364 | static void x_check_fullscreen P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 365 | static void x_check_fullscreen_move P_ ((struct frame *)); |
| 366 | static int handle_one_xevent P_ ((struct x_display_info *, |
| 367 | XEvent *, |
| 368 | struct input_event **, |
| 369 | int *, |
| 370 | int *)); |
| 371 | |
| 372 | |
| 373 | /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */ |
| 374 | |
| 375 | static void |
| 376 | x_flush (f) |
| 377 | struct frame *f; |
| 378 | { |
| 379 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 380 | if (f == NULL) |
| 381 | { |
| 382 | Lisp_Object rest, frame; |
| 383 | FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest, frame) |
| 384 | x_flush (XFRAME (frame)); |
| 385 | } |
| 386 | else if (FRAME_X_P (f)) |
| 387 | XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 388 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 389 | } |
| 390 | |
| 391 | |
| 392 | /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement. |
| 393 | Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer |
| 394 | is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending, |
| 395 | XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page. |
| 396 | XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves |
| 397 | performance. */ |
| 398 | |
| 399 | #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0 |
| 400 | |
| 401 | \f |
| 402 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 403 | Debugging |
| 404 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 405 | |
| 406 | #if 0 |
| 407 | |
| 408 | /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about |
| 409 | the sequence of occurrences in this file. */ |
| 410 | |
| 411 | struct record |
| 412 | { |
| 413 | char *locus; |
| 414 | int type; |
| 415 | }; |
| 416 | |
| 417 | struct record event_record[100]; |
| 418 | |
| 419 | int event_record_index; |
| 420 | |
| 421 | record_event (locus, type) |
| 422 | char *locus; |
| 423 | int type; |
| 424 | { |
| 425 | if (event_record_index == sizeof (event_record) / sizeof (struct record)) |
| 426 | event_record_index = 0; |
| 427 | |
| 428 | event_record[event_record_index].locus = locus; |
| 429 | event_record[event_record_index].type = type; |
| 430 | event_record_index++; |
| 431 | } |
| 432 | |
| 433 | #endif /* 0 */ |
| 434 | |
| 435 | |
| 436 | \f |
| 437 | /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */ |
| 438 | |
| 439 | struct x_display_info * |
| 440 | x_display_info_for_display (dpy) |
| 441 | Display *dpy; |
| 442 | { |
| 443 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 444 | |
| 445 | for (dpyinfo = x_display_list; dpyinfo; dpyinfo = dpyinfo->next) |
| 446 | if (dpyinfo->display == dpy) |
| 447 | return dpyinfo; |
| 448 | |
| 449 | return 0; |
| 450 | } |
| 451 | |
| 452 | |
| 453 | \f |
| 454 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 455 | Starting and ending an update |
| 456 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 457 | |
| 458 | /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook |
| 459 | for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called. |
| 460 | This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for |
| 461 | each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here |
| 462 | because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */ |
| 463 | |
| 464 | static void |
| 465 | x_update_begin (f) |
| 466 | struct frame *f; |
| 467 | { |
| 468 | /* Nothing to do. */ |
| 469 | } |
| 470 | |
| 471 | |
| 472 | /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window |
| 473 | to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor |
| 474 | position of W. */ |
| 475 | |
| 476 | static void |
| 477 | x_update_window_begin (w) |
| 478 | struct window *w; |
| 479 | { |
| 480 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
| 481 | struct x_display_info *display_info = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 482 | |
| 483 | updated_window = w; |
| 484 | set_output_cursor (&w->cursor); |
| 485 | |
| 486 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 487 | |
| 488 | if (f == display_info->mouse_face_mouse_frame) |
| 489 | { |
| 490 | /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */ |
| 491 | display_info->mouse_face_defer = 1; |
| 492 | |
| 493 | /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse |
| 494 | highlighting. */ |
| 495 | if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f)) |
| 496 | display_info->mouse_face_window = Qnil; |
| 497 | |
| 498 | #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have |
| 499 | their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always |
| 500 | unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that |
| 501 | flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never |
| 502 | scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off |
| 503 | here to prevent it from being scrolled. */ |
| 504 | |
| 505 | /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window |
| 506 | where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off. |
| 507 | Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged; |
| 508 | in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use |
| 509 | is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */ |
| 510 | if (!NILP (display_info->mouse_face_window) |
| 511 | && w == XWINDOW (display_info->mouse_face_window)) |
| 512 | { |
| 513 | int i; |
| 514 | |
| 515 | for (i = 0; i < w->desired_matrix->nrows; ++i) |
| 516 | if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w->desired_matrix, i)) |
| 517 | break; |
| 518 | |
| 519 | if (i < w->desired_matrix->nrows) |
| 520 | clear_mouse_face (display_info); |
| 521 | } |
| 522 | #endif /* 0 */ |
| 523 | } |
| 524 | |
| 525 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 526 | } |
| 527 | |
| 528 | |
| 529 | /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */ |
| 530 | |
| 531 | static void |
| 532 | x_draw_vertical_window_border (w, x, y0, y1) |
| 533 | struct window *w; |
| 534 | int x, y0, y1; |
| 535 | { |
| 536 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
| 537 | |
| 538 | XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 539 | f->output_data.x->normal_gc, x, y0, x, y1); |
| 540 | } |
| 541 | |
| 542 | /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window). |
| 543 | |
| 544 | Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and |
| 545 | display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero. |
| 546 | |
| 547 | MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing |
| 548 | glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to |
| 549 | make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn. |
| 550 | |
| 551 | W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit |
| 552 | support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it |
| 553 | here. */ |
| 554 | |
| 555 | static void |
| 556 | x_update_window_end (w, cursor_on_p, mouse_face_overwritten_p) |
| 557 | struct window *w; |
| 558 | int cursor_on_p, mouse_face_overwritten_p; |
| 559 | { |
| 560 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w->frame)); |
| 561 | |
| 562 | if (!w->pseudo_window_p) |
| 563 | { |
| 564 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 565 | |
| 566 | if (cursor_on_p) |
| 567 | display_and_set_cursor (w, 1, output_cursor.hpos, |
| 568 | output_cursor.vpos, |
| 569 | output_cursor.x, output_cursor.y); |
| 570 | |
| 571 | x_draw_vertical_border (w); |
| 572 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 573 | } |
| 574 | |
| 575 | /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for |
| 576 | XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */ |
| 577 | if (mouse_face_overwritten_p) |
| 578 | { |
| 579 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1; |
| 580 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1; |
| 581 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil; |
| 582 | } |
| 583 | |
| 584 | updated_window = NULL; |
| 585 | } |
| 586 | |
| 587 | |
| 588 | /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in |
| 589 | update_end. */ |
| 590 | |
| 591 | static void |
| 592 | x_update_end (f) |
| 593 | struct frame *f; |
| 594 | { |
| 595 | /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */ |
| 596 | FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_defer = 0; |
| 597 | |
| 598 | #ifndef XFlush |
| 599 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 600 | XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 601 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 602 | #endif |
| 603 | } |
| 604 | |
| 605 | |
| 606 | /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a |
| 607 | complete update has been performed. The global variable |
| 608 | updated_window is not available here. */ |
| 609 | |
| 610 | static void |
| 611 | XTframe_up_to_date (f) |
| 612 | struct frame *f; |
| 613 | { |
| 614 | if (FRAME_X_P (f)) |
| 615 | { |
| 616 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 617 | |
| 618 | if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc |
| 619 | || f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame) |
| 620 | { |
| 621 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 622 | if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame) |
| 623 | note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame, |
| 624 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_x, |
| 625 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_y); |
| 626 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0; |
| 627 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 628 | } |
| 629 | } |
| 630 | } |
| 631 | |
| 632 | |
| 633 | /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay |
| 634 | arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required |
| 635 | before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is |
| 636 | found in updated_window. This function It is called from |
| 637 | update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences |
| 638 | between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */ |
| 639 | |
| 640 | static void |
| 641 | x_after_update_window_line (desired_row) |
| 642 | struct glyph_row *desired_row; |
| 643 | { |
| 644 | struct window *w = updated_window; |
| 645 | struct frame *f; |
| 646 | int width, height; |
| 647 | |
| 648 | xassert (w); |
| 649 | |
| 650 | if (!desired_row->mode_line_p && !w->pseudo_window_p) |
| 651 | { |
| 652 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 653 | draw_row_fringe_bitmaps (w, desired_row); |
| 654 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 655 | } |
| 656 | |
| 657 | /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of |
| 658 | full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could |
| 659 | check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window, |
| 660 | but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows |
| 661 | are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the |
| 662 | overhead is very small. */ |
| 663 | if (windows_or_buffers_changed |
| 664 | && desired_row->full_width_p |
| 665 | && (f = XFRAME (w->frame), |
| 666 | width = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f), |
| 667 | width != 0) |
| 668 | && (height = desired_row->visible_height, |
| 669 | height > 0)) |
| 670 | { |
| 671 | int y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (0, desired_row->y)); |
| 672 | |
| 673 | /* Internal border is drawn below the tool bar. */ |
| 674 | if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window) |
| 675 | && w == XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)) |
| 676 | y -= width; |
| 677 | |
| 678 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 679 | x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 680 | 0, y, width, height, False); |
| 681 | x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 682 | FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) - width, |
| 683 | y, width, height, False); |
| 684 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 685 | } |
| 686 | } |
| 687 | |
| 688 | static void |
| 689 | x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w, row, p) |
| 690 | struct window *w; |
| 691 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 692 | struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params *p; |
| 693 | { |
| 694 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
| 695 | Display *display = FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f); |
| 696 | Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); |
| 697 | GC gc = f->output_data.x->normal_gc; |
| 698 | struct face *face = p->face; |
| 699 | |
| 700 | /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */ |
| 701 | x_clip_to_row (w, row, gc); |
| 702 | |
| 703 | if (p->bx >= 0) |
| 704 | { |
| 705 | /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and |
| 706 | for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on |
| 707 | mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to |
| 708 | FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */ |
| 709 | if (face->stipple) |
| 710 | XSetFillStyle (display, face->gc, FillOpaqueStippled); |
| 711 | else |
| 712 | XSetForeground (display, face->gc, face->background); |
| 713 | |
| 714 | XFillRectangle (display, window, face->gc, |
| 715 | p->bx, p->by, p->nx, p->ny); |
| 716 | |
| 717 | if (!face->stipple) |
| 718 | XSetForeground (display, face->gc, face->foreground); |
| 719 | } |
| 720 | |
| 721 | if (p->which != NO_FRINGE_BITMAP) |
| 722 | { |
| 723 | unsigned char *bits = fringe_bitmaps[p->which].bits + p->dh; |
| 724 | Pixmap pixmap; |
| 725 | int depth = DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f)); |
| 726 | |
| 727 | /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached |
| 728 | by the server. */ |
| 729 | pixmap = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display, window, bits, p->wd, p->h, |
| 730 | face->foreground, |
| 731 | face->background, depth); |
| 732 | XCopyArea (display, pixmap, window, gc, 0, 0, |
| 733 | p->wd, p->h, p->x, p->y); |
| 734 | XFreePixmap (display, pixmap); |
| 735 | } |
| 736 | |
| 737 | XSetClipMask (display, gc, None); |
| 738 | } |
| 739 | |
| 740 | \f |
| 741 | |
| 742 | /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after |
| 743 | suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing |
| 744 | must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that |
| 745 | rarely happens). */ |
| 746 | |
| 747 | static void |
| 748 | XTset_terminal_modes () |
| 749 | { |
| 750 | } |
| 751 | |
| 752 | /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make |
| 753 | the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */ |
| 754 | |
| 755 | static void |
| 756 | XTreset_terminal_modes () |
| 757 | { |
| 758 | } |
| 759 | |
| 760 | |
| 761 | \f |
| 762 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 763 | Display Iterator |
| 764 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 765 | |
| 766 | /* Function prototypes of this page. */ |
| 767 | |
| 768 | static int x_encode_char P_ ((int, XChar2b *, struct font_info *, int *)); |
| 769 | |
| 770 | |
| 771 | /* Get metrics of character CHAR2B in FONT. Value is null if CHAR2B |
| 772 | is not contained in the font. */ |
| 773 | |
| 774 | static XCharStruct * |
| 775 | x_per_char_metric (font, char2b, font_type) |
| 776 | XFontStruct *font; |
| 777 | XChar2b *char2b; |
| 778 | int font_type; /* unused on X */ |
| 779 | { |
| 780 | /* The result metric information. */ |
| 781 | XCharStruct *pcm = NULL; |
| 782 | |
| 783 | xassert (font && char2b); |
| 784 | |
| 785 | if (font->per_char != NULL) |
| 786 | { |
| 787 | if (font->min_byte1 == 0 && font->max_byte1 == 0) |
| 788 | { |
| 789 | /* min_char_or_byte2 specifies the linear character index |
| 790 | corresponding to the first element of the per_char array, |
| 791 | max_char_or_byte2 is the index of the last character. A |
| 792 | character with non-zero CHAR2B->byte1 is not in the font. |
| 793 | A character with byte2 less than min_char_or_byte2 or |
| 794 | greater max_char_or_byte2 is not in the font. */ |
| 795 | if (char2b->byte1 == 0 |
| 796 | && char2b->byte2 >= font->min_char_or_byte2 |
| 797 | && char2b->byte2 <= font->max_char_or_byte2) |
| 798 | pcm = font->per_char + char2b->byte2 - font->min_char_or_byte2; |
| 799 | } |
| 800 | else |
| 801 | { |
| 802 | /* If either min_byte1 or max_byte1 are nonzero, both |
| 803 | min_char_or_byte2 and max_char_or_byte2 are less than |
| 804 | 256, and the 2-byte character index values corresponding |
| 805 | to the per_char array element N (counting from 0) are: |
| 806 | |
| 807 | byte1 = N/D + min_byte1 |
| 808 | byte2 = N\D + min_char_or_byte2 |
| 809 | |
| 810 | where: |
| 811 | |
| 812 | D = max_char_or_byte2 - min_char_or_byte2 + 1 |
| 813 | / = integer division |
| 814 | \ = integer modulus */ |
| 815 | if (char2b->byte1 >= font->min_byte1 |
| 816 | && char2b->byte1 <= font->max_byte1 |
| 817 | && char2b->byte2 >= font->min_char_or_byte2 |
| 818 | && char2b->byte2 <= font->max_char_or_byte2) |
| 819 | { |
| 820 | pcm = (font->per_char |
| 821 | + ((font->max_char_or_byte2 - font->min_char_or_byte2 + 1) |
| 822 | * (char2b->byte1 - font->min_byte1)) |
| 823 | + (char2b->byte2 - font->min_char_or_byte2)); |
| 824 | } |
| 825 | } |
| 826 | } |
| 827 | else |
| 828 | { |
| 829 | /* If the per_char pointer is null, all glyphs between the first |
| 830 | and last character indexes inclusive have the same |
| 831 | information, as given by both min_bounds and max_bounds. */ |
| 832 | if (char2b->byte2 >= font->min_char_or_byte2 |
| 833 | && char2b->byte2 <= font->max_char_or_byte2) |
| 834 | pcm = &font->max_bounds; |
| 835 | } |
| 836 | |
| 837 | return ((pcm == NULL |
| 838 | || (pcm->width == 0 && (pcm->rbearing - pcm->lbearing) == 0)) |
| 839 | ? NULL : pcm); |
| 840 | } |
| 841 | |
| 842 | |
| 843 | /* Encode CHAR2B using encoding information from FONT_INFO. CHAR2B is |
| 844 | the two-byte form of C. Encoding is returned in *CHAR2B. */ |
| 845 | |
| 846 | static int |
| 847 | x_encode_char (c, char2b, font_info, two_byte_p) |
| 848 | int c; |
| 849 | XChar2b *char2b; |
| 850 | struct font_info *font_info; |
| 851 | int *two_byte_p; |
| 852 | { |
| 853 | int charset = CHAR_CHARSET (c); |
| 854 | XFontStruct *font = font_info->font; |
| 855 | |
| 856 | /* FONT_INFO may define a scheme by which to encode byte1 and byte2. |
| 857 | This may be either a program in a special encoder language or a |
| 858 | fixed encoding. */ |
| 859 | if (font_info->font_encoder) |
| 860 | { |
| 861 | /* It's a program. */ |
| 862 | struct ccl_program *ccl = font_info->font_encoder; |
| 863 | |
| 864 | if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 1) |
| 865 | { |
| 866 | ccl->reg[0] = charset; |
| 867 | ccl->reg[1] = char2b->byte2; |
| 868 | ccl->reg[2] = -1; |
| 869 | } |
| 870 | else |
| 871 | { |
| 872 | ccl->reg[0] = charset; |
| 873 | ccl->reg[1] = char2b->byte1; |
| 874 | ccl->reg[2] = char2b->byte2; |
| 875 | } |
| 876 | |
| 877 | ccl_driver (ccl, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL); |
| 878 | |
| 879 | /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately set/reset by CCL |
| 880 | program. */ |
| 881 | if (font->max_byte1 == 0) /* 1-byte font */ |
| 882 | char2b->byte1 = 0, char2b->byte2 = ccl->reg[1]; |
| 883 | else |
| 884 | char2b->byte1 = ccl->reg[1], char2b->byte2 = ccl->reg[2]; |
| 885 | } |
| 886 | else if (font_info->encoding[charset]) |
| 887 | { |
| 888 | /* Fixed encoding scheme. See fontset.h for the meaning of the |
| 889 | encoding numbers. */ |
| 890 | int enc = font_info->encoding[charset]; |
| 891 | |
| 892 | if ((enc == 1 || enc == 2) |
| 893 | && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 2) |
| 894 | char2b->byte1 |= 0x80; |
| 895 | |
| 896 | if (enc == 1 || enc == 3) |
| 897 | char2b->byte2 |= 0x80; |
| 898 | } |
| 899 | |
| 900 | if (two_byte_p) |
| 901 | *two_byte_p = ((XFontStruct *) (font_info->font))->max_byte1 > 0; |
| 902 | |
| 903 | return FONT_TYPE_UNKNOWN; |
| 904 | } |
| 905 | |
| 906 | |
| 907 | \f |
| 908 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 909 | Glyph display |
| 910 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 911 | |
| 912 | |
| 913 | |
| 914 | static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 915 | static void x_set_glyph_string_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 916 | static void x_draw_glyph_string_background P_ ((struct glyph_string *, |
| 917 | int)); |
| 918 | static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 919 | static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 920 | static void x_draw_glyph_string_box P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 921 | static void x_draw_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 922 | static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 923 | static void x_set_cursor_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 924 | static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 925 | static void x_set_mouse_face_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 926 | static int x_alloc_lighter_color P_ ((struct frame *, Display *, Colormap, |
| 927 | unsigned long *, double, int)); |
| 928 | static void x_setup_relief_color P_ ((struct frame *, struct relief *, |
| 929 | double, int, unsigned long)); |
| 930 | static void x_setup_relief_colors P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 931 | static void x_draw_image_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 932 | static void x_draw_image_relief P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 933 | static void x_draw_image_foreground P_ ((struct glyph_string *)); |
| 934 | static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 P_ ((struct glyph_string *, Pixmap)); |
| 935 | static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int, |
| 936 | int, int, int)); |
| 937 | static void x_draw_relief_rect P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int, int, |
| 938 | int, int, int, int, XRectangle *)); |
| 939 | static void x_draw_box_rect P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int, int, int, int, |
| 940 | int, int, int, XRectangle *)); |
| 941 | |
| 942 | #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
| 943 | static void x_check_font P_ ((struct frame *, XFontStruct *)); |
| 944 | #endif |
| 945 | |
| 946 | |
| 947 | /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor |
| 948 | face. */ |
| 949 | |
| 950 | static void |
| 951 | x_set_cursor_gc (s) |
| 952 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 953 | { |
| 954 | if (s->font == FRAME_FONT (s->f) |
| 955 | && s->face->background == FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s->f) |
| 956 | && s->face->foreground == FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s->f) |
| 957 | && !s->cmp) |
| 958 | s->gc = s->f->output_data.x->cursor_gc; |
| 959 | else |
| 960 | { |
| 961 | /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */ |
| 962 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 963 | unsigned long mask; |
| 964 | |
| 965 | xgcv.background = s->f->output_data.x->cursor_pixel; |
| 966 | xgcv.foreground = s->face->background; |
| 967 | |
| 968 | /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */ |
| 969 | if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background) |
| 970 | xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground; |
| 971 | if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background) |
| 972 | xgcv.foreground = s->f->output_data.x->cursor_foreground_pixel; |
| 973 | if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background) |
| 974 | xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground; |
| 975 | |
| 976 | /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */ |
| 977 | if (xgcv.background == s->face->background |
| 978 | && xgcv.foreground == s->face->foreground) |
| 979 | { |
| 980 | xgcv.background = s->face->foreground; |
| 981 | xgcv.foreground = s->face->background; |
| 982 | } |
| 983 | |
| 984 | IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s->f, s->font)); |
| 985 | xgcv.font = s->font->fid; |
| 986 | xgcv.graphics_exposures = False; |
| 987 | mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFont | GCGraphicsExposures; |
| 988 | |
| 989 | if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc) |
| 990 | XChangeGC (s->display, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc, |
| 991 | mask, &xgcv); |
| 992 | else |
| 993 | FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc |
| 994 | = XCreateGC (s->display, s->window, mask, &xgcv); |
| 995 | |
| 996 | s->gc = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc; |
| 997 | } |
| 998 | } |
| 999 | |
| 1000 | |
| 1001 | /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */ |
| 1002 | |
| 1003 | static void |
| 1004 | x_set_mouse_face_gc (s) |
| 1005 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 1006 | { |
| 1007 | int face_id; |
| 1008 | struct face *face; |
| 1009 | |
| 1010 | /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */ |
| 1011 | face_id = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->mouse_face_face_id; |
| 1012 | face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, face_id); |
| 1013 | if (face == NULL) |
| 1014 | face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, MOUSE_FACE_ID); |
| 1015 | |
| 1016 | if (s->first_glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH) |
| 1017 | face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (s->f, face, s->first_glyph->u.ch); |
| 1018 | else |
| 1019 | face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (s->f, face, 0); |
| 1020 | s->face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, face_id); |
| 1021 | PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s->f, s->face); |
| 1022 | |
| 1023 | /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it. */ |
| 1024 | if (s->font == s->face->font) |
| 1025 | s->gc = s->face->gc; |
| 1026 | else |
| 1027 | { |
| 1028 | /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE |
| 1029 | but font FONT. */ |
| 1030 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 1031 | unsigned long mask; |
| 1032 | |
| 1033 | xgcv.background = s->face->background; |
| 1034 | xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground; |
| 1035 | IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s->f, s->font)); |
| 1036 | xgcv.font = s->font->fid; |
| 1037 | xgcv.graphics_exposures = False; |
| 1038 | mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFont | GCGraphicsExposures; |
| 1039 | |
| 1040 | if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc) |
| 1041 | XChangeGC (s->display, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc, |
| 1042 | mask, &xgcv); |
| 1043 | else |
| 1044 | FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc |
| 1045 | = XCreateGC (s->display, s->window, mask, &xgcv); |
| 1046 | |
| 1047 | s->gc = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc; |
| 1048 | } |
| 1049 | |
| 1050 | xassert (s->gc != 0); |
| 1051 | } |
| 1052 | |
| 1053 | |
| 1054 | /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line. |
| 1055 | Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the |
| 1056 | matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */ |
| 1057 | |
| 1058 | static INLINE void |
| 1059 | x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s) |
| 1060 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 1061 | { |
| 1062 | s->gc = s->face->gc; |
| 1063 | } |
| 1064 | |
| 1065 | |
| 1066 | /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set |
| 1067 | S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple |
| 1068 | pattern. */ |
| 1069 | |
| 1070 | static INLINE void |
| 1071 | x_set_glyph_string_gc (s) |
| 1072 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 1073 | { |
| 1074 | PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s->f, s->face); |
| 1075 | |
| 1076 | if (s->hl == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT) |
| 1077 | { |
| 1078 | s->gc = s->face->gc; |
| 1079 | s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; |
| 1080 | } |
| 1081 | else if (s->hl == DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO) |
| 1082 | { |
| 1083 | x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s); |
| 1084 | s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; |
| 1085 | } |
| 1086 | else if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR) |
| 1087 | { |
| 1088 | x_set_cursor_gc (s); |
| 1089 | s->stippled_p = 0; |
| 1090 | } |
| 1091 | else if (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE) |
| 1092 | { |
| 1093 | x_set_mouse_face_gc (s); |
| 1094 | s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; |
| 1095 | } |
| 1096 | else if (s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED |
| 1097 | || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN) |
| 1098 | { |
| 1099 | s->gc = s->face->gc; |
| 1100 | s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; |
| 1101 | } |
| 1102 | else |
| 1103 | { |
| 1104 | s->gc = s->face->gc; |
| 1105 | s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; |
| 1106 | } |
| 1107 | |
| 1108 | /* GC must have been set. */ |
| 1109 | xassert (s->gc != 0); |
| 1110 | } |
| 1111 | |
| 1112 | |
| 1113 | /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode |
| 1114 | line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */ |
| 1115 | |
| 1116 | static INLINE void |
| 1117 | x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s) |
| 1118 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 1119 | { |
| 1120 | XRectangle r; |
| 1121 | get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r); |
| 1122 | XSetClipRectangles (s->display, s->gc, 0, 0, &r, 1, Unsorted); |
| 1123 | } |
| 1124 | |
| 1125 | |
| 1126 | /* RIF: |
| 1127 | Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. If S is a glyph |
| 1128 | string for a composition, assume overhangs don't exist. */ |
| 1129 | |
| 1130 | static void |
| 1131 | x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s) |
| 1132 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 1133 | { |
| 1134 | if (s->cmp == NULL |
| 1135 | && s->first_glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH) |
| 1136 | { |
| 1137 | XCharStruct cs; |
| 1138 | int direction, font_ascent, font_descent; |
| 1139 | XTextExtents16 (s->font, s->char2b, s->nchars, &direction, |
| 1140 | &font_ascent, &font_descent, &cs); |
| 1141 | s->right_overhang = cs.rbearing > cs.width ? cs.rbearing - cs.width : 0; |
| 1142 | s->left_overhang = cs.lbearing < 0 ? -cs.lbearing : 0; |
| 1143 | } |
| 1144 | } |
| 1145 | |
| 1146 | |
| 1147 | /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */ |
| 1148 | |
| 1149 | static INLINE void |
| 1150 | x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, x, y, w, h) |
| 1151 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 1152 | int x, y, w, h; |
| 1153 | { |
| 1154 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 1155 | XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground | GCBackground, &xgcv); |
| 1156 | XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.background); |
| 1157 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, y, w, h); |
| 1158 | XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground); |
| 1159 | } |
| 1160 | |
| 1161 | |
| 1162 | /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p |
| 1163 | is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the |
| 1164 | background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used |
| 1165 | when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S |
| 1166 | contains the first component of a composition. */ |
| 1167 | |
| 1168 | static void |
| 1169 | x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, force_p) |
| 1170 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 1171 | int force_p; |
| 1172 | { |
| 1173 | /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it |
| 1174 | shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */ |
| 1175 | if (!s->background_filled_p) |
| 1176 | { |
| 1177 | int box_line_width = max (s->face->box_line_width, 0); |
| 1178 | |
| 1179 | if (s->stippled_p) |
| 1180 | { |
| 1181 | /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */ |
| 1182 | XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled); |
| 1183 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x, |
| 1184 | s->y + box_line_width, |
| 1185 | s->background_width, |
| 1186 | s->height - 2 * box_line_width); |
| 1187 | XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid); |
| 1188 | s->background_filled_p = 1; |
| 1189 | } |
| 1190 | else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s->font) < s->height - 2 * box_line_width |
| 1191 | || s->font_not_found_p |
| 1192 | || s->extends_to_end_of_line_p |
| 1193 | || force_p) |
| 1194 | { |
| 1195 | x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, s->x, s->y + box_line_width, |
| 1196 | s->background_width, |
| 1197 | s->height - 2 * box_line_width); |
| 1198 | s->background_filled_p = 1; |
| 1199 | } |
| 1200 | } |
| 1201 | } |
| 1202 | |
| 1203 | |
| 1204 | /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */ |
| 1205 | |
| 1206 | static void |
| 1207 | x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s) |
| 1208 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 1209 | { |
| 1210 | int i, x; |
| 1211 | |
| 1212 | /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text |
| 1213 | of S to the right of that box line. */ |
| 1214 | if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX |
| 1215 | && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p) |
| 1216 | x = s->x + abs (s->face->box_line_width); |
| 1217 | else |
| 1218 | x = s->x; |
| 1219 | |
| 1220 | /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be |
| 1221 | loaded. */ |
| 1222 | if (s->font_not_found_p) |
| 1223 | { |
| 1224 | for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; ++i) |
| 1225 | { |
| 1226 | struct glyph *g = s->first_glyph + i; |
| 1227 | XDrawRectangle (s->display, s->window, |
| 1228 | s->gc, x, s->y, g->pixel_width - 1, |
| 1229 | s->height - 1); |
| 1230 | x += g->pixel_width; |
| 1231 | } |
| 1232 | } |
| 1233 | else |
| 1234 | { |
| 1235 | char *char1b = (char *) s->char2b; |
| 1236 | int boff = s->font_info->baseline_offset; |
| 1237 | |
| 1238 | if (s->font_info->vertical_centering) |
| 1239 | boff = VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s->font, s->f) - boff; |
| 1240 | |
| 1241 | /* If we can use 8-bit functions, condense S->char2b. */ |
| 1242 | if (!s->two_byte_p) |
| 1243 | for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; ++i) |
| 1244 | char1b[i] = s->char2b[i].byte2; |
| 1245 | |
| 1246 | /* Draw text with XDrawString if background has already been |
| 1247 | filled. Otherwise, use XDrawImageString. (Note that |
| 1248 | XDrawImageString is usually faster than XDrawString.) Always |
| 1249 | use XDrawImageString when drawing the cursor so that there is |
| 1250 | no chance that characters under a box cursor are invisible. */ |
| 1251 | if (s->for_overlaps_p |
| 1252 | || (s->background_filled_p && s->hl != DRAW_CURSOR)) |
| 1253 | { |
| 1254 | /* Draw characters with 16-bit or 8-bit functions. */ |
| 1255 | if (s->two_byte_p) |
| 1256 | XDrawString16 (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, |
| 1257 | s->ybase - boff, s->char2b, s->nchars); |
| 1258 | else |
| 1259 | XDrawString (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, |
| 1260 | s->ybase - boff, char1b, s->nchars); |
| 1261 | } |
| 1262 | else |
| 1263 | { |
| 1264 | if (s->two_byte_p) |
| 1265 | XDrawImageString16 (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, |
| 1266 | s->ybase - boff, s->char2b, s->nchars); |
| 1267 | else |
| 1268 | XDrawImageString (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, |
| 1269 | s->ybase - boff, char1b, s->nchars); |
| 1270 | } |
| 1271 | |
| 1272 | if (s->face->overstrike) |
| 1273 | { |
| 1274 | /* For overstriking (to simulate bold-face), draw the |
| 1275 | characters again shifted to the right by one pixel. */ |
| 1276 | if (s->two_byte_p) |
| 1277 | XDrawString16 (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x + 1, |
| 1278 | s->ybase - boff, s->char2b, s->nchars); |
| 1279 | else |
| 1280 | XDrawString (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x + 1, |
| 1281 | s->ybase - boff, char1b, s->nchars); |
| 1282 | } |
| 1283 | } |
| 1284 | } |
| 1285 | |
| 1286 | /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */ |
| 1287 | |
| 1288 | static void |
| 1289 | x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s) |
| 1290 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 1291 | { |
| 1292 | int i, x; |
| 1293 | |
| 1294 | /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text |
| 1295 | of S to the right of that box line. */ |
| 1296 | if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX |
| 1297 | && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p) |
| 1298 | x = s->x + abs (s->face->box_line_width); |
| 1299 | else |
| 1300 | x = s->x; |
| 1301 | |
| 1302 | /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->gidx is the index of |
| 1303 | the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition. |
| 1304 | S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of |
| 1305 | this composition. */ |
| 1306 | |
| 1307 | /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very |
| 1308 | first character of the composition could not be loaded. */ |
| 1309 | if (s->font_not_found_p) |
| 1310 | { |
| 1311 | if (s->gidx == 0) |
| 1312 | XDrawRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, s->y, |
| 1313 | s->width - 1, s->height - 1); |
| 1314 | } |
| 1315 | else |
| 1316 | { |
| 1317 | for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; i++, ++s->gidx) |
| 1318 | { |
| 1319 | XDrawString16 (s->display, s->window, s->gc, |
| 1320 | x + s->cmp->offsets[s->gidx * 2], |
| 1321 | s->ybase - s->cmp->offsets[s->gidx * 2 + 1], |
| 1322 | s->char2b + i, 1); |
| 1323 | if (s->face->overstrike) |
| 1324 | XDrawString16 (s->display, s->window, s->gc, |
| 1325 | x + s->cmp->offsets[s->gidx * 2] + 1, |
| 1326 | s->ybase - s->cmp->offsets[s->gidx * 2 + 1], |
| 1327 | s->char2b + i, 1); |
| 1328 | } |
| 1329 | } |
| 1330 | } |
| 1331 | |
| 1332 | |
| 1333 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 1334 | |
| 1335 | static struct frame *x_frame_of_widget P_ ((Widget)); |
| 1336 | static Boolean cvt_string_to_pixel P_ ((Display *, XrmValue *, Cardinal *, |
| 1337 | XrmValue *, XrmValue *, XtPointer *)); |
| 1338 | static void cvt_pixel_dtor P_ ((XtAppContext, XrmValue *, XtPointer, |
| 1339 | XrmValue *, Cardinal *)); |
| 1340 | |
| 1341 | |
| 1342 | /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame |
| 1343 | cannot be determined. */ |
| 1344 | |
| 1345 | static struct frame * |
| 1346 | x_frame_of_widget (widget) |
| 1347 | Widget widget; |
| 1348 | { |
| 1349 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 1350 | Lisp_Object tail; |
| 1351 | struct frame *f; |
| 1352 | |
| 1353 | dpyinfo = x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget)); |
| 1354 | |
| 1355 | /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function |
| 1356 | can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow |
| 1357 | (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use |
| 1358 | x_any_window_to_frame. */ |
| 1359 | while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget)) |
| 1360 | widget = XtParent (widget); |
| 1361 | |
| 1362 | /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color |
| 1363 | on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */ |
| 1364 | for (tail = Vframe_list; GC_CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
| 1365 | if (GC_FRAMEP (XCAR (tail)) |
| 1366 | && (f = XFRAME (XCAR (tail)), |
| 1367 | (f->output_data.nothing != 1 |
| 1368 | && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f) == dpyinfo)) |
| 1369 | && f->output_data.x->widget == widget) |
| 1370 | return f; |
| 1371 | |
| 1372 | abort (); |
| 1373 | } |
| 1374 | |
| 1375 | |
| 1376 | /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of |
| 1377 | widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be |
| 1378 | allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero |
| 1379 | if successful. This is called from lwlib. */ |
| 1380 | |
| 1381 | int |
| 1382 | x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget, cmap, color) |
| 1383 | Widget widget; |
| 1384 | Colormap cmap; |
| 1385 | XColor *color; |
| 1386 | { |
| 1387 | struct frame *f = x_frame_of_widget (widget); |
| 1388 | return x_alloc_nearest_color (f, cmap, color); |
| 1389 | } |
| 1390 | |
| 1391 | |
| 1392 | /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR |
| 1393 | or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first. |
| 1394 | If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB |
| 1395 | values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL. |
| 1396 | DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on. |
| 1397 | Value is non-zero if successful. */ |
| 1398 | |
| 1399 | int |
| 1400 | x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (widget, display, cmap, pixel, factor, delta) |
| 1401 | Widget widget; |
| 1402 | Display *display; |
| 1403 | Colormap cmap; |
| 1404 | unsigned long *pixel; |
| 1405 | double factor; |
| 1406 | int delta; |
| 1407 | { |
| 1408 | struct frame *f = x_frame_of_widget (widget); |
| 1409 | return x_alloc_lighter_color (f, display, cmap, pixel, factor, delta); |
| 1410 | } |
| 1411 | |
| 1412 | |
| 1413 | /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to |
| 1414 | cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */ |
| 1415 | |
| 1416 | static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args[] = |
| 1417 | { |
| 1418 | {XtWidgetBaseOffset, (XtPointer) XtOffset (Widget, core.screen), |
| 1419 | sizeof (Screen *)}, |
| 1420 | {XtWidgetBaseOffset, (XtPointer) XtOffset (Widget, core.colormap), |
| 1421 | sizeof (Colormap)} |
| 1422 | }; |
| 1423 | |
| 1424 | |
| 1425 | /* The address of this variable is returned by |
| 1426 | cvt_string_to_pixel. */ |
| 1427 | |
| 1428 | static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value; |
| 1429 | |
| 1430 | |
| 1431 | /* Convert a color name to a pixel color. |
| 1432 | |
| 1433 | DPY is the display we are working on. |
| 1434 | |
| 1435 | ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional |
| 1436 | information about the widget for which the conversion takes place. |
| 1437 | The contents of this array are determined by the specification |
| 1438 | in cvt_string_to_pixel_args. |
| 1439 | |
| 1440 | FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to |
| 1441 | convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color. |
| 1442 | |
| 1443 | CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if |
| 1444 | we allocated the color or not. |
| 1445 | |
| 1446 | Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */ |
| 1447 | |
| 1448 | static Boolean |
| 1449 | cvt_string_to_pixel (dpy, args, nargs, from, to, closure_ret) |
| 1450 | Display *dpy; |
| 1451 | XrmValue *args; |
| 1452 | Cardinal *nargs; |
| 1453 | XrmValue *from, *to; |
| 1454 | XtPointer *closure_ret; |
| 1455 | { |
| 1456 | Screen *screen; |
| 1457 | Colormap cmap; |
| 1458 | Pixel pixel; |
| 1459 | String color_name; |
| 1460 | XColor color; |
| 1461 | |
| 1462 | if (*nargs != 2) |
| 1463 | { |
| 1464 | XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy), |
| 1465 | "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel", |
| 1466 | "XtToolkitError", |
| 1467 | "Screen and colormap args required", NULL, NULL); |
| 1468 | return False; |
| 1469 | } |
| 1470 | |
| 1471 | screen = *(Screen **) args[0].addr; |
| 1472 | cmap = *(Colormap *) args[1].addr; |
| 1473 | color_name = (String) from->addr; |
| 1474 | |
| 1475 | if (strcmp (color_name, XtDefaultBackground) == 0) |
| 1476 | { |
| 1477 | *closure_ret = (XtPointer) False; |
| 1478 | pixel = WhitePixelOfScreen (screen); |
| 1479 | } |
| 1480 | else if (strcmp (color_name, XtDefaultForeground) == 0) |
| 1481 | { |
| 1482 | *closure_ret = (XtPointer) False; |
| 1483 | pixel = BlackPixelOfScreen (screen); |
| 1484 | } |
| 1485 | else if (XParseColor (dpy, cmap, color_name, &color) |
| 1486 | && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy, cmap, &color)) |
| 1487 | { |
| 1488 | pixel = color.pixel; |
| 1489 | *closure_ret = (XtPointer) True; |
| 1490 | } |
| 1491 | else |
| 1492 | { |
| 1493 | String params[1]; |
| 1494 | Cardinal nparams = 1; |
| 1495 | |
| 1496 | params[0] = color_name; |
| 1497 | XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy), |
| 1498 | "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel", |
| 1499 | "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'", |
| 1500 | params, &nparams); |
| 1501 | return False; |
| 1502 | } |
| 1503 | |
| 1504 | if (to->addr != NULL) |
| 1505 | { |
| 1506 | if (to->size < sizeof (Pixel)) |
| 1507 | { |
| 1508 | to->size = sizeof (Pixel); |
| 1509 | return False; |
| 1510 | } |
| 1511 | |
| 1512 | *(Pixel *) to->addr = pixel; |
| 1513 | } |
| 1514 | else |
| 1515 | { |
| 1516 | cvt_string_to_pixel_value = pixel; |
| 1517 | to->addr = (XtPointer) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value; |
| 1518 | } |
| 1519 | |
| 1520 | to->size = sizeof (Pixel); |
| 1521 | return True; |
| 1522 | } |
| 1523 | |
| 1524 | |
| 1525 | /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via |
| 1526 | cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor |
| 1527 | for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter. |
| 1528 | |
| 1529 | APP is the application context in which we work. |
| 1530 | |
| 1531 | TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free. |
| 1532 | CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color |
| 1533 | in cvt_string_to_pixel. |
| 1534 | |
| 1535 | ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */ |
| 1536 | |
| 1537 | static void |
| 1538 | cvt_pixel_dtor (app, to, closure, args, nargs) |
| 1539 | XtAppContext app; |
| 1540 | XrmValuePtr to; |
| 1541 | XtPointer closure; |
| 1542 | XrmValuePtr args; |
| 1543 | Cardinal *nargs; |
| 1544 | { |
| 1545 | if (*nargs != 2) |
| 1546 | { |
| 1547 | XtAppWarningMsg (app, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor", |
| 1548 | "XtToolkitError", |
| 1549 | "Screen and colormap arguments required", |
| 1550 | NULL, NULL); |
| 1551 | } |
| 1552 | else if (closure != NULL) |
| 1553 | { |
| 1554 | /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */ |
| 1555 | Screen *screen = *(Screen **) args[0].addr; |
| 1556 | Colormap cmap = *(Colormap *) args[1].addr; |
| 1557 | x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen), screen, cmap, |
| 1558 | (Pixel *) to->addr, 1); |
| 1559 | } |
| 1560 | } |
| 1561 | |
| 1562 | |
| 1563 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 1564 | |
| 1565 | |
| 1566 | /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the |
| 1567 | color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array. |
| 1568 | Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps, |
| 1569 | say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */ |
| 1570 | |
| 1571 | static const XColor * |
| 1572 | x_color_cells (dpy, ncells) |
| 1573 | Display *dpy; |
| 1574 | int *ncells; |
| 1575 | { |
| 1576 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = x_display_info_for_display (dpy); |
| 1577 | |
| 1578 | if (dpyinfo->color_cells == NULL) |
| 1579 | { |
| 1580 | Screen *screen = dpyinfo->screen; |
| 1581 | int i; |
| 1582 | |
| 1583 | dpyinfo->ncolor_cells |
| 1584 | = XDisplayCells (dpy, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen)); |
| 1585 | dpyinfo->color_cells |
| 1586 | = (XColor *) xmalloc (dpyinfo->ncolor_cells |
| 1587 | * sizeof *dpyinfo->color_cells); |
| 1588 | |
| 1589 | for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->ncolor_cells; ++i) |
| 1590 | dpyinfo->color_cells[i].pixel = i; |
| 1591 | |
| 1592 | XQueryColors (dpy, dpyinfo->cmap, |
| 1593 | dpyinfo->color_cells, dpyinfo->ncolor_cells); |
| 1594 | } |
| 1595 | |
| 1596 | *ncells = dpyinfo->ncolor_cells; |
| 1597 | return dpyinfo->color_cells; |
| 1598 | } |
| 1599 | |
| 1600 | |
| 1601 | /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS |
| 1602 | colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */ |
| 1603 | |
| 1604 | void |
| 1605 | x_query_colors (f, colors, ncolors) |
| 1606 | struct frame *f; |
| 1607 | XColor *colors; |
| 1608 | int ncolors; |
| 1609 | { |
| 1610 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 1611 | |
| 1612 | if (dpyinfo->color_cells) |
| 1613 | { |
| 1614 | int i; |
| 1615 | for (i = 0; i < ncolors; ++i) |
| 1616 | { |
| 1617 | unsigned long pixel = colors[i].pixel; |
| 1618 | xassert (pixel < dpyinfo->ncolor_cells); |
| 1619 | xassert (dpyinfo->color_cells[pixel].pixel == pixel); |
| 1620 | colors[i] = dpyinfo->color_cells[pixel]; |
| 1621 | } |
| 1622 | } |
| 1623 | else |
| 1624 | XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f), colors, ncolors); |
| 1625 | } |
| 1626 | |
| 1627 | |
| 1628 | /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in |
| 1629 | COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */ |
| 1630 | |
| 1631 | void |
| 1632 | x_query_color (f, color) |
| 1633 | struct frame *f; |
| 1634 | XColor *color; |
| 1635 | { |
| 1636 | x_query_colors (f, color, 1); |
| 1637 | } |
| 1638 | |
| 1639 | |
| 1640 | /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an |
| 1641 | exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available. |
| 1642 | Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color |
| 1643 | allocated. */ |
| 1644 | |
| 1645 | static int |
| 1646 | x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy, cmap, color) |
| 1647 | Display *dpy; |
| 1648 | Colormap cmap; |
| 1649 | XColor *color; |
| 1650 | { |
| 1651 | int rc; |
| 1652 | |
| 1653 | rc = XAllocColor (dpy, cmap, color); |
| 1654 | if (rc == 0) |
| 1655 | { |
| 1656 | /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going |
| 1657 | to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is |
| 1658 | a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest |
| 1659 | color matching with StaticColor visuals. */ |
| 1660 | int nearest, i; |
| 1661 | unsigned long nearest_delta = ~0; |
| 1662 | int ncells; |
| 1663 | const XColor *cells = x_color_cells (dpy, &ncells); |
| 1664 | |
| 1665 | for (nearest = i = 0; i < ncells; ++i) |
| 1666 | { |
| 1667 | long dred = (color->red >> 8) - (cells[i].red >> 8); |
| 1668 | long dgreen = (color->green >> 8) - (cells[i].green >> 8); |
| 1669 | long dblue = (color->blue >> 8) - (cells[i].blue >> 8); |
| 1670 | unsigned long delta = dred * dred + dgreen * dgreen + dblue * dblue; |
| 1671 | |
| 1672 | if (delta < nearest_delta) |
| 1673 | { |
| 1674 | nearest = i; |
| 1675 | nearest_delta = delta; |
| 1676 | } |
| 1677 | } |
| 1678 | |
| 1679 | color->red = cells[nearest].red; |
| 1680 | color->green = cells[nearest].green; |
| 1681 | color->blue = cells[nearest].blue; |
| 1682 | rc = XAllocColor (dpy, cmap, color); |
| 1683 | } |
| 1684 | else |
| 1685 | { |
| 1686 | /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not |
| 1687 | equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a |
| 1688 | change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */ |
| 1689 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = x_display_info_for_display (dpy); |
| 1690 | XColor *cached_color; |
| 1691 | |
| 1692 | if (dpyinfo->color_cells |
| 1693 | && (cached_color = &dpyinfo->color_cells[color->pixel], |
| 1694 | (cached_color->red != color->red |
| 1695 | || cached_color->blue != color->blue |
| 1696 | || cached_color->green != color->green))) |
| 1697 | { |
| 1698 | xfree (dpyinfo->color_cells); |
| 1699 | dpyinfo->color_cells = NULL; |
| 1700 | dpyinfo->ncolor_cells = 0; |
| 1701 | } |
| 1702 | } |
| 1703 | |
| 1704 | #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS |
| 1705 | if (rc) |
| 1706 | register_color (color->pixel); |
| 1707 | #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */ |
| 1708 | |
| 1709 | return rc; |
| 1710 | } |
| 1711 | |
| 1712 | |
| 1713 | /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an |
| 1714 | exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available. |
| 1715 | Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color |
| 1716 | allocated. */ |
| 1717 | |
| 1718 | int |
| 1719 | x_alloc_nearest_color (f, cmap, color) |
| 1720 | struct frame *f; |
| 1721 | Colormap cmap; |
| 1722 | XColor *color; |
| 1723 | { |
| 1724 | gamma_correct (f, color); |
| 1725 | return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), cmap, color); |
| 1726 | } |
| 1727 | |
| 1728 | |
| 1729 | /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated. |
| 1730 | It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to |
| 1731 | get color reference counts right. */ |
| 1732 | |
| 1733 | unsigned long |
| 1734 | x_copy_color (f, pixel) |
| 1735 | struct frame *f; |
| 1736 | unsigned long pixel; |
| 1737 | { |
| 1738 | XColor color; |
| 1739 | |
| 1740 | color.pixel = pixel; |
| 1741 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 1742 | x_query_color (f, &color); |
| 1743 | XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f), &color); |
| 1744 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 1745 | #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS |
| 1746 | register_color (pixel); |
| 1747 | #endif |
| 1748 | return color.pixel; |
| 1749 | } |
| 1750 | |
| 1751 | |
| 1752 | /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated. |
| 1753 | It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to |
| 1754 | get color reference counts right. */ |
| 1755 | |
| 1756 | unsigned long |
| 1757 | x_copy_dpy_color (dpy, cmap, pixel) |
| 1758 | Display *dpy; |
| 1759 | Colormap cmap; |
| 1760 | unsigned long pixel; |
| 1761 | { |
| 1762 | XColor color; |
| 1763 | |
| 1764 | color.pixel = pixel; |
| 1765 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 1766 | XQueryColor (dpy, cmap, &color); |
| 1767 | XAllocColor (dpy, cmap, &color); |
| 1768 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 1769 | #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS |
| 1770 | register_color (pixel); |
| 1771 | #endif |
| 1772 | return color.pixel; |
| 1773 | } |
| 1774 | |
| 1775 | |
| 1776 | /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness |
| 1777 | boosted. |
| 1778 | |
| 1779 | Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by |
| 1780 | brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this |
| 1781 | doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's |
| 1782 | brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an |
| 1783 | use an additional additive factor. |
| 1784 | |
| 1785 | The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color |
| 1786 | (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */ |
| 1787 | #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000 |
| 1788 | |
| 1789 | |
| 1790 | /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR |
| 1791 | or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first. |
| 1792 | If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB |
| 1793 | values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL. |
| 1794 | DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on. |
| 1795 | Value is non-zero if successful. */ |
| 1796 | |
| 1797 | static int |
| 1798 | x_alloc_lighter_color (f, display, cmap, pixel, factor, delta) |
| 1799 | struct frame *f; |
| 1800 | Display *display; |
| 1801 | Colormap cmap; |
| 1802 | unsigned long *pixel; |
| 1803 | double factor; |
| 1804 | int delta; |
| 1805 | { |
| 1806 | XColor color, new; |
| 1807 | long bright; |
| 1808 | int success_p; |
| 1809 | |
| 1810 | /* Get RGB color values. */ |
| 1811 | color.pixel = *pixel; |
| 1812 | x_query_color (f, &color); |
| 1813 | |
| 1814 | /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */ |
| 1815 | xassert (factor >= 0); |
| 1816 | new.red = min (0xffff, factor * color.red); |
| 1817 | new.green = min (0xffff, factor * color.green); |
| 1818 | new.blue = min (0xffff, factor * color.blue); |
| 1819 | |
| 1820 | /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */ |
| 1821 | bright = (2 * color.red + 3 * color.green + color.blue) / 6; |
| 1822 | |
| 1823 | /* We only boost colors that are darker than |
| 1824 | HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */ |
| 1825 | if (bright < HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT) |
| 1826 | /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so |
| 1827 | that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */ |
| 1828 | { |
| 1829 | /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */ |
| 1830 | double dimness = 1 - (double)bright / HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT; |
| 1831 | /* The additive adjustment. */ |
| 1832 | int min_delta = delta * dimness * factor / 2; |
| 1833 | |
| 1834 | if (factor < 1) |
| 1835 | { |
| 1836 | new.red = max (0, new.red - min_delta); |
| 1837 | new.green = max (0, new.green - min_delta); |
| 1838 | new.blue = max (0, new.blue - min_delta); |
| 1839 | } |
| 1840 | else |
| 1841 | { |
| 1842 | new.red = min (0xffff, min_delta + new.red); |
| 1843 | new.green = min (0xffff, min_delta + new.green); |
| 1844 | new.blue = min (0xffff, min_delta + new.blue); |
| 1845 | } |
| 1846 | } |
| 1847 | |
| 1848 | /* Try to allocate the color. */ |
| 1849 | success_p = x_alloc_nearest_color (f, cmap, &new); |
| 1850 | if (success_p) |
| 1851 | { |
| 1852 | if (new.pixel == *pixel) |
| 1853 | { |
| 1854 | /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding |
| 1855 | delta to the RGB values. */ |
| 1856 | x_free_colors (f, &new.pixel, 1); |
| 1857 | |
| 1858 | new.red = min (0xffff, delta + color.red); |
| 1859 | new.green = min (0xffff, delta + color.green); |
| 1860 | new.blue = min (0xffff, delta + color.blue); |
| 1861 | success_p = x_alloc_nearest_color (f, cmap, &new); |
| 1862 | } |
| 1863 | else |
| 1864 | success_p = 1; |
| 1865 | *pixel = new.pixel; |
| 1866 | } |
| 1867 | |
| 1868 | return success_p; |
| 1869 | } |
| 1870 | |
| 1871 | |
| 1872 | /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph |
| 1873 | string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC |
| 1874 | with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or |
| 1875 | DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found |
| 1876 | in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot |
| 1877 | be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */ |
| 1878 | |
| 1879 | static void |
| 1880 | x_setup_relief_color (f, relief, factor, delta, default_pixel) |
| 1881 | struct frame *f; |
| 1882 | struct relief *relief; |
| 1883 | double factor; |
| 1884 | int delta; |
| 1885 | unsigned long default_pixel; |
| 1886 | { |
| 1887 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 1888 | struct x_output *di = f->output_data.x; |
| 1889 | unsigned long mask = GCForeground | GCLineWidth | GCGraphicsExposures; |
| 1890 | unsigned long pixel; |
| 1891 | unsigned long background = di->relief_background; |
| 1892 | Colormap cmap = FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f); |
| 1893 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 1894 | Display *dpy = FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f); |
| 1895 | |
| 1896 | xgcv.graphics_exposures = False; |
| 1897 | xgcv.line_width = 1; |
| 1898 | |
| 1899 | /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused |
| 1900 | when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this |
| 1901 | doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */ |
| 1902 | if (relief->gc |
| 1903 | && relief->allocated_p) |
| 1904 | { |
| 1905 | x_free_colors (f, &relief->pixel, 1); |
| 1906 | relief->allocated_p = 0; |
| 1907 | } |
| 1908 | |
| 1909 | /* Allocate new color. */ |
| 1910 | xgcv.foreground = default_pixel; |
| 1911 | pixel = background; |
| 1912 | if (dpyinfo->n_planes != 1 |
| 1913 | && x_alloc_lighter_color (f, dpy, cmap, &pixel, factor, delta)) |
| 1914 | { |
| 1915 | relief->allocated_p = 1; |
| 1916 | xgcv.foreground = relief->pixel = pixel; |
| 1917 | } |
| 1918 | |
| 1919 | if (relief->gc == 0) |
| 1920 | { |
| 1921 | xgcv.stipple = dpyinfo->gray; |
| 1922 | mask |= GCStipple; |
| 1923 | relief->gc = XCreateGC (dpy, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), mask, &xgcv); |
| 1924 | } |
| 1925 | else |
| 1926 | XChangeGC (dpy, relief->gc, mask, &xgcv); |
| 1927 | } |
| 1928 | |
| 1929 | |
| 1930 | /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */ |
| 1931 | |
| 1932 | static void |
| 1933 | x_setup_relief_colors (s) |
| 1934 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 1935 | { |
| 1936 | struct x_output *di = s->f->output_data.x; |
| 1937 | unsigned long color; |
| 1938 | |
| 1939 | if (s->face->use_box_color_for_shadows_p) |
| 1940 | color = s->face->box_color; |
| 1941 | else if (s->first_glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH |
| 1942 | && s->img->pixmap |
| 1943 | && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s->img, s->f, 0)) |
| 1944 | color = IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s->img, s->f, 0); |
| 1945 | else |
| 1946 | { |
| 1947 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 1948 | |
| 1949 | /* Get the background color of the face. */ |
| 1950 | XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCBackground, &xgcv); |
| 1951 | color = xgcv.background; |
| 1952 | } |
| 1953 | |
| 1954 | if (di->white_relief.gc == 0 |
| 1955 | || color != di->relief_background) |
| 1956 | { |
| 1957 | di->relief_background = color; |
| 1958 | x_setup_relief_color (s->f, &di->white_relief, 1.2, 0x8000, |
| 1959 | WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s->f)); |
| 1960 | x_setup_relief_color (s->f, &di->black_relief, 0.6, 0x4000, |
| 1961 | BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s->f)); |
| 1962 | } |
| 1963 | } |
| 1964 | |
| 1965 | |
| 1966 | /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, |
| 1967 | TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief |
| 1968 | to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised |
| 1969 | relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of |
| 1970 | the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right |
| 1971 | side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use |
| 1972 | when drawing. */ |
| 1973 | |
| 1974 | static void |
| 1975 | x_draw_relief_rect (f, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width, |
| 1976 | raised_p, left_p, right_p, clip_rect) |
| 1977 | struct frame *f; |
| 1978 | int left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width, left_p, right_p, raised_p; |
| 1979 | XRectangle *clip_rect; |
| 1980 | { |
| 1981 | Display *dpy = FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f); |
| 1982 | Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); |
| 1983 | int i; |
| 1984 | GC gc; |
| 1985 | |
| 1986 | if (raised_p) |
| 1987 | gc = f->output_data.x->white_relief.gc; |
| 1988 | else |
| 1989 | gc = f->output_data.x->black_relief.gc; |
| 1990 | XSetClipRectangles (dpy, gc, 0, 0, clip_rect, 1, Unsorted); |
| 1991 | |
| 1992 | /* Top. */ |
| 1993 | for (i = 0; i < width; ++i) |
| 1994 | XDrawLine (dpy, window, gc, |
| 1995 | left_x + i * left_p, top_y + i, |
| 1996 | right_x + 1 - i * right_p, top_y + i); |
| 1997 | |
| 1998 | /* Left. */ |
| 1999 | if (left_p) |
| 2000 | for (i = 0; i < width; ++i) |
| 2001 | XDrawLine (dpy, window, gc, |
| 2002 | left_x + i, top_y + i, left_x + i, bottom_y - i + 1); |
| 2003 | |
| 2004 | XSetClipMask (dpy, gc, None); |
| 2005 | if (raised_p) |
| 2006 | gc = f->output_data.x->black_relief.gc; |
| 2007 | else |
| 2008 | gc = f->output_data.x->white_relief.gc; |
| 2009 | XSetClipRectangles (dpy, gc, 0, 0, clip_rect, 1, Unsorted); |
| 2010 | |
| 2011 | /* Bottom. */ |
| 2012 | for (i = 0; i < width; ++i) |
| 2013 | XDrawLine (dpy, window, gc, |
| 2014 | left_x + i * left_p, bottom_y - i, |
| 2015 | right_x + 1 - i * right_p, bottom_y - i); |
| 2016 | |
| 2017 | /* Right. */ |
| 2018 | if (right_p) |
| 2019 | for (i = 0; i < width; ++i) |
| 2020 | XDrawLine (dpy, window, gc, |
| 2021 | right_x - i, top_y + i + 1, right_x - i, bottom_y - i); |
| 2022 | |
| 2023 | XSetClipMask (dpy, gc, None); |
| 2024 | } |
| 2025 | |
| 2026 | |
| 2027 | /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y, |
| 2028 | RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to |
| 2029 | draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the |
| 2030 | left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line |
| 2031 | on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping |
| 2032 | rectangle to use when drawing. */ |
| 2033 | |
| 2034 | static void |
| 2035 | x_draw_box_rect (s, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width, |
| 2036 | left_p, right_p, clip_rect) |
| 2037 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 2038 | int left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width, left_p, right_p; |
| 2039 | XRectangle *clip_rect; |
| 2040 | { |
| 2041 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 2042 | |
| 2043 | XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground, &xgcv); |
| 2044 | XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, s->face->box_color); |
| 2045 | XSetClipRectangles (s->display, s->gc, 0, 0, clip_rect, 1, Unsorted); |
| 2046 | |
| 2047 | /* Top. */ |
| 2048 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, |
| 2049 | left_x, top_y, right_x - left_x + 1, width); |
| 2050 | |
| 2051 | /* Left. */ |
| 2052 | if (left_p) |
| 2053 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, |
| 2054 | left_x, top_y, width, bottom_y - top_y + 1); |
| 2055 | |
| 2056 | /* Bottom. */ |
| 2057 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, |
| 2058 | left_x, bottom_y - width + 1, right_x - left_x + 1, width); |
| 2059 | |
| 2060 | /* Right. */ |
| 2061 | if (right_p) |
| 2062 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, |
| 2063 | right_x - width + 1, top_y, width, bottom_y - top_y + 1); |
| 2064 | |
| 2065 | XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground); |
| 2066 | XSetClipMask (s->display, s->gc, None); |
| 2067 | } |
| 2068 | |
| 2069 | |
| 2070 | /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */ |
| 2071 | |
| 2072 | static void |
| 2073 | x_draw_glyph_string_box (s) |
| 2074 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 2075 | { |
| 2076 | int width, left_x, right_x, top_y, bottom_y, last_x, raised_p; |
| 2077 | int left_p, right_p; |
| 2078 | struct glyph *last_glyph; |
| 2079 | XRectangle clip_rect; |
| 2080 | |
| 2081 | last_x = window_box_right (s->w, s->area); |
| 2082 | if (s->row->full_width_p |
| 2083 | && !s->w->pseudo_window_p) |
| 2084 | { |
| 2085 | last_x += WINDOW_RIGHT_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_WIDTH (s->w); |
| 2086 | if (s->area != RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA |
| 2087 | || WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (s->w)) |
| 2088 | last_x += WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (s->w); |
| 2089 | } |
| 2090 | |
| 2091 | /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */ |
| 2092 | last_glyph = (s->cmp || s->img |
| 2093 | ? s->first_glyph |
| 2094 | : s->first_glyph + s->nchars - 1); |
| 2095 | |
| 2096 | width = abs (s->face->box_line_width); |
| 2097 | raised_p = s->face->box == FACE_RAISED_BOX; |
| 2098 | left_x = s->x; |
| 2099 | right_x = (s->row->full_width_p && s->extends_to_end_of_line_p |
| 2100 | ? last_x - 1 |
| 2101 | : min (last_x, s->x + s->background_width) - 1); |
| 2102 | top_y = s->y; |
| 2103 | bottom_y = top_y + s->height - 1; |
| 2104 | |
| 2105 | left_p = (s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p |
| 2106 | || (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE |
| 2107 | && (s->prev == NULL |
| 2108 | || s->prev->hl != s->hl))); |
| 2109 | right_p = (last_glyph->right_box_line_p |
| 2110 | || (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE |
| 2111 | && (s->next == NULL |
| 2112 | || s->next->hl != s->hl))); |
| 2113 | |
| 2114 | get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &clip_rect); |
| 2115 | |
| 2116 | if (s->face->box == FACE_SIMPLE_BOX) |
| 2117 | x_draw_box_rect (s, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width, |
| 2118 | left_p, right_p, &clip_rect); |
| 2119 | else |
| 2120 | { |
| 2121 | x_setup_relief_colors (s); |
| 2122 | x_draw_relief_rect (s->f, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, |
| 2123 | width, raised_p, left_p, right_p, &clip_rect); |
| 2124 | } |
| 2125 | } |
| 2126 | |
| 2127 | |
| 2128 | /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */ |
| 2129 | |
| 2130 | static void |
| 2131 | x_draw_image_foreground (s) |
| 2132 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 2133 | { |
| 2134 | int x; |
| 2135 | int y = s->ybase - image_ascent (s->img, s->face); |
| 2136 | |
| 2137 | /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the |
| 2138 | right of that line. */ |
| 2139 | if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX |
| 2140 | && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p) |
| 2141 | x = s->x + abs (s->face->box_line_width); |
| 2142 | else |
| 2143 | x = s->x; |
| 2144 | |
| 2145 | /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position |
| 2146 | by that margin. */ |
| 2147 | x += s->img->hmargin; |
| 2148 | y += s->img->vmargin; |
| 2149 | |
| 2150 | if (s->img->pixmap) |
| 2151 | { |
| 2152 | if (s->img->mask) |
| 2153 | { |
| 2154 | /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles |
| 2155 | because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't |
| 2156 | trust on the shape extension to be available |
| 2157 | (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw |
| 2158 | manually. */ |
| 2159 | unsigned long mask = (GCClipMask | GCClipXOrigin | GCClipYOrigin |
| 2160 | | GCFunction); |
| 2161 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 2162 | XRectangle clip_rect, image_rect, r; |
| 2163 | |
| 2164 | xgcv.clip_mask = s->img->mask; |
| 2165 | xgcv.clip_x_origin = x; |
| 2166 | xgcv.clip_y_origin = y; |
| 2167 | xgcv.function = GXcopy; |
| 2168 | XChangeGC (s->display, s->gc, mask, &xgcv); |
| 2169 | |
| 2170 | get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &clip_rect); |
| 2171 | image_rect.x = x; |
| 2172 | image_rect.y = y; |
| 2173 | image_rect.width = s->img->width; |
| 2174 | image_rect.height = s->img->height; |
| 2175 | if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect, &image_rect, &r)) |
| 2176 | XCopyArea (s->display, s->img->pixmap, s->window, s->gc, |
| 2177 | r.x - x, r.y - y, r.width, r.height, r.x, r.y); |
| 2178 | } |
| 2179 | else |
| 2180 | { |
| 2181 | XRectangle clip_rect, image_rect, r; |
| 2182 | |
| 2183 | get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &clip_rect); |
| 2184 | image_rect.x = x; |
| 2185 | image_rect.y = y; |
| 2186 | image_rect.width = s->img->width; |
| 2187 | image_rect.height = s->img->height; |
| 2188 | if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect, &image_rect, &r)) |
| 2189 | XCopyArea (s->display, s->img->pixmap, s->window, s->gc, |
| 2190 | r.x - x, r.y - y, r.width, r.height, r.x, r.y); |
| 2191 | |
| 2192 | /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at |
| 2193 | least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will |
| 2194 | be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make |
| 2195 | a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around |
| 2196 | the image. I believe it's looking better if we do |
| 2197 | nothing here for mouse-face. */ |
| 2198 | if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR) |
| 2199 | { |
| 2200 | int r = s->img->relief; |
| 2201 | if (r < 0) r = -r; |
| 2202 | XDrawRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x - r, y - r, |
| 2203 | s->img->width + r*2 - 1, s->img->height + r*2 - 1); |
| 2204 | } |
| 2205 | } |
| 2206 | } |
| 2207 | else |
| 2208 | /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */ |
| 2209 | XDrawRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, y, |
| 2210 | s->img->width - 1, s->img->height - 1); |
| 2211 | } |
| 2212 | |
| 2213 | |
| 2214 | /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */ |
| 2215 | |
| 2216 | static void |
| 2217 | x_draw_image_relief (s) |
| 2218 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 2219 | { |
| 2220 | int x0, y0, x1, y1, thick, raised_p; |
| 2221 | XRectangle r; |
| 2222 | int x; |
| 2223 | int y = s->ybase - image_ascent (s->img, s->face); |
| 2224 | |
| 2225 | /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the |
| 2226 | right of that line. */ |
| 2227 | if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX |
| 2228 | && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p) |
| 2229 | x = s->x + abs (s->face->box_line_width); |
| 2230 | else |
| 2231 | x = s->x; |
| 2232 | |
| 2233 | /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position |
| 2234 | by that margin. */ |
| 2235 | x += s->img->hmargin; |
| 2236 | y += s->img->vmargin; |
| 2237 | |
| 2238 | if (s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN |
| 2239 | || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED) |
| 2240 | { |
| 2241 | thick = tool_bar_button_relief >= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief : DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF; |
| 2242 | raised_p = s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED; |
| 2243 | } |
| 2244 | else |
| 2245 | { |
| 2246 | thick = abs (s->img->relief); |
| 2247 | raised_p = s->img->relief > 0; |
| 2248 | } |
| 2249 | |
| 2250 | x0 = x - thick; |
| 2251 | y0 = y - thick; |
| 2252 | x1 = x + s->img->width + thick - 1; |
| 2253 | y1 = y + s->img->height + thick - 1; |
| 2254 | |
| 2255 | x_setup_relief_colors (s); |
| 2256 | get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r); |
| 2257 | x_draw_relief_rect (s->f, x0, y0, x1, y1, thick, raised_p, 1, 1, &r); |
| 2258 | } |
| 2259 | |
| 2260 | |
| 2261 | /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */ |
| 2262 | |
| 2263 | static void |
| 2264 | x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s, pixmap) |
| 2265 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 2266 | Pixmap pixmap; |
| 2267 | { |
| 2268 | int x; |
| 2269 | int y = s->ybase - s->y - image_ascent (s->img, s->face); |
| 2270 | |
| 2271 | /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the |
| 2272 | right of that line. */ |
| 2273 | if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX |
| 2274 | && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p) |
| 2275 | x = abs (s->face->box_line_width); |
| 2276 | else |
| 2277 | x = 0; |
| 2278 | |
| 2279 | /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position |
| 2280 | by that margin. */ |
| 2281 | x += s->img->hmargin; |
| 2282 | y += s->img->vmargin; |
| 2283 | |
| 2284 | if (s->img->pixmap) |
| 2285 | { |
| 2286 | if (s->img->mask) |
| 2287 | { |
| 2288 | /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles |
| 2289 | because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't |
| 2290 | trust on the shape extension to be available |
| 2291 | (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw |
| 2292 | manually. */ |
| 2293 | unsigned long mask = (GCClipMask | GCClipXOrigin | GCClipYOrigin |
| 2294 | | GCFunction); |
| 2295 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 2296 | |
| 2297 | xgcv.clip_mask = s->img->mask; |
| 2298 | xgcv.clip_x_origin = x; |
| 2299 | xgcv.clip_y_origin = y; |
| 2300 | xgcv.function = GXcopy; |
| 2301 | XChangeGC (s->display, s->gc, mask, &xgcv); |
| 2302 | |
| 2303 | XCopyArea (s->display, s->img->pixmap, pixmap, s->gc, |
| 2304 | 0, 0, s->img->width, s->img->height, x, y); |
| 2305 | XSetClipMask (s->display, s->gc, None); |
| 2306 | } |
| 2307 | else |
| 2308 | { |
| 2309 | XCopyArea (s->display, s->img->pixmap, pixmap, s->gc, |
| 2310 | 0, 0, s->img->width, s->img->height, x, y); |
| 2311 | |
| 2312 | /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at |
| 2313 | least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will |
| 2314 | be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make |
| 2315 | a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around |
| 2316 | the image. I believe it's looking better if we do |
| 2317 | nothing here for mouse-face. */ |
| 2318 | if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR) |
| 2319 | { |
| 2320 | int r = s->img->relief; |
| 2321 | if (r < 0) r = -r; |
| 2322 | XDrawRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x - r, y - r, |
| 2323 | s->img->width + r*2 - 1, s->img->height + r*2 - 1); |
| 2324 | } |
| 2325 | } |
| 2326 | } |
| 2327 | else |
| 2328 | /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */ |
| 2329 | XDrawRectangle (s->display, pixmap, s->gc, x, y, |
| 2330 | s->img->width - 1, s->img->height - 1); |
| 2331 | } |
| 2332 | |
| 2333 | |
| 2334 | /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H |
| 2335 | give the rectangle to draw. */ |
| 2336 | |
| 2337 | static void |
| 2338 | x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, x, y, w, h) |
| 2339 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 2340 | int x, y, w, h; |
| 2341 | { |
| 2342 | if (s->stippled_p) |
| 2343 | { |
| 2344 | /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */ |
| 2345 | XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled); |
| 2346 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, y, w, h); |
| 2347 | XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid); |
| 2348 | } |
| 2349 | else |
| 2350 | x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, x, y, w, h); |
| 2351 | } |
| 2352 | |
| 2353 | |
| 2354 | /* Draw image glyph string S. |
| 2355 | |
| 2356 | s->y |
| 2357 | s->x +------------------------- |
| 2358 | | s->face->box |
| 2359 | | |
| 2360 | | +------------------------- |
| 2361 | | | s->img->margin |
| 2362 | | | |
| 2363 | | | +------------------- |
| 2364 | | | | the image |
| 2365 | |
| 2366 | */ |
| 2367 | |
| 2368 | static void |
| 2369 | x_draw_image_glyph_string (s) |
| 2370 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 2371 | { |
| 2372 | int x, y; |
| 2373 | int box_line_hwidth = abs (s->face->box_line_width); |
| 2374 | int box_line_vwidth = max (s->face->box_line_width, 0); |
| 2375 | int height; |
| 2376 | Pixmap pixmap = None; |
| 2377 | |
| 2378 | height = s->height - 2 * box_line_vwidth; |
| 2379 | |
| 2380 | |
| 2381 | /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is |
| 2382 | taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce |
| 2383 | flickering. */ |
| 2384 | s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; |
| 2385 | if (height > s->img->height |
| 2386 | || s->img->hmargin |
| 2387 | || s->img->vmargin |
| 2388 | || s->img->mask |
| 2389 | || s->img->pixmap == 0 |
| 2390 | || s->width != s->background_width) |
| 2391 | { |
| 2392 | if (box_line_hwidth && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p) |
| 2393 | x = s->x + box_line_hwidth; |
| 2394 | else |
| 2395 | x = s->x; |
| 2396 | |
| 2397 | y = s->y + box_line_vwidth; |
| 2398 | |
| 2399 | if (s->img->mask) |
| 2400 | { |
| 2401 | /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it |
| 2402 | with the background color. Copy the image to it, using |
| 2403 | its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */ |
| 2404 | Screen *screen = FRAME_X_SCREEN (s->f); |
| 2405 | int depth = DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen); |
| 2406 | |
| 2407 | /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */ |
| 2408 | pixmap = XCreatePixmap (s->display, s->window, |
| 2409 | s->background_width, |
| 2410 | s->height, depth); |
| 2411 | |
| 2412 | /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the |
| 2413 | pixmap. */ |
| 2414 | XSetClipMask (s->display, s->gc, None); |
| 2415 | |
| 2416 | /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */ |
| 2417 | if (s->stippled_p) |
| 2418 | { |
| 2419 | /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */ |
| 2420 | XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled); |
| 2421 | XFillRectangle (s->display, pixmap, s->gc, |
| 2422 | 0, 0, s->background_width, s->height); |
| 2423 | XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid); |
| 2424 | } |
| 2425 | else |
| 2426 | { |
| 2427 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 2428 | XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground | GCBackground, |
| 2429 | &xgcv); |
| 2430 | XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.background); |
| 2431 | XFillRectangle (s->display, pixmap, s->gc, |
| 2432 | 0, 0, s->background_width, s->height); |
| 2433 | XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground); |
| 2434 | } |
| 2435 | } |
| 2436 | else |
| 2437 | x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, x, y, s->background_width, height); |
| 2438 | |
| 2439 | s->background_filled_p = 1; |
| 2440 | } |
| 2441 | |
| 2442 | /* Draw the foreground. */ |
| 2443 | if (pixmap != None) |
| 2444 | { |
| 2445 | x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s, pixmap); |
| 2446 | x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s); |
| 2447 | XCopyArea (s->display, pixmap, s->window, s->gc, |
| 2448 | 0, 0, s->background_width, s->height, s->x, s->y); |
| 2449 | XFreePixmap (s->display, pixmap); |
| 2450 | } |
| 2451 | else |
| 2452 | x_draw_image_foreground (s); |
| 2453 | |
| 2454 | /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */ |
| 2455 | if (s->img->relief |
| 2456 | || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED |
| 2457 | || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN) |
| 2458 | x_draw_image_relief (s); |
| 2459 | } |
| 2460 | |
| 2461 | |
| 2462 | /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */ |
| 2463 | |
| 2464 | static void |
| 2465 | x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s) |
| 2466 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 2467 | { |
| 2468 | xassert (s->first_glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH); |
| 2469 | s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0; |
| 2470 | |
| 2471 | if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR |
| 2472 | && !x_stretch_cursor_p) |
| 2473 | { |
| 2474 | /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor |
| 2475 | as wide as the stretch glyph. */ |
| 2476 | int width = min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s->f), s->background_width); |
| 2477 | |
| 2478 | /* Draw cursor. */ |
| 2479 | x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, s->x, s->y, width, s->height); |
| 2480 | |
| 2481 | /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */ |
| 2482 | if (width < s->background_width) |
| 2483 | { |
| 2484 | int x = s->x + width, y = s->y; |
| 2485 | int w = s->background_width - width, h = s->height; |
| 2486 | XRectangle r; |
| 2487 | GC gc; |
| 2488 | |
| 2489 | if (s->row->mouse_face_p |
| 2490 | && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s->w)) |
| 2491 | { |
| 2492 | x_set_mouse_face_gc (s); |
| 2493 | gc = s->gc; |
| 2494 | } |
| 2495 | else |
| 2496 | gc = s->face->gc; |
| 2497 | |
| 2498 | get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r); |
| 2499 | XSetClipRectangles (s->display, gc, 0, 0, &r, 1, Unsorted); |
| 2500 | |
| 2501 | if (s->face->stipple) |
| 2502 | { |
| 2503 | /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */ |
| 2504 | XSetFillStyle (s->display, gc, FillOpaqueStippled); |
| 2505 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, gc, x, y, w, h); |
| 2506 | XSetFillStyle (s->display, gc, FillSolid); |
| 2507 | } |
| 2508 | else |
| 2509 | { |
| 2510 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 2511 | XGetGCValues (s->display, gc, GCForeground | GCBackground, &xgcv); |
| 2512 | XSetForeground (s->display, gc, xgcv.background); |
| 2513 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, gc, x, y, w, h); |
| 2514 | XSetForeground (s->display, gc, xgcv.foreground); |
| 2515 | } |
| 2516 | } |
| 2517 | } |
| 2518 | else if (!s->background_filled_p) |
| 2519 | x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, s->x, s->y, s->background_width, |
| 2520 | s->height); |
| 2521 | |
| 2522 | s->background_filled_p = 1; |
| 2523 | } |
| 2524 | |
| 2525 | |
| 2526 | /* Draw glyph string S. */ |
| 2527 | |
| 2528 | static void |
| 2529 | x_draw_glyph_string (s) |
| 2530 | struct glyph_string *s; |
| 2531 | { |
| 2532 | int relief_drawn_p = 0; |
| 2533 | |
| 2534 | /* If S draws into the background of its successor, draw the |
| 2535 | background of the successor first so that S can draw into it. |
| 2536 | This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */ |
| 2537 | if (s->next && s->right_overhang && !s->for_overlaps_p) |
| 2538 | { |
| 2539 | xassert (s->next->img == NULL); |
| 2540 | x_set_glyph_string_gc (s->next); |
| 2541 | x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s->next); |
| 2542 | x_draw_glyph_string_background (s->next, 1); |
| 2543 | } |
| 2544 | |
| 2545 | /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */ |
| 2546 | x_set_glyph_string_gc (s); |
| 2547 | |
| 2548 | /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the |
| 2549 | glyph string can be drawn over it. */ |
| 2550 | if (!s->for_overlaps_p |
| 2551 | && s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX |
| 2552 | && (s->first_glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH |
| 2553 | || s->first_glyph->type == COMPOSITE_GLYPH)) |
| 2554 | |
| 2555 | { |
| 2556 | x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s); |
| 2557 | x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, 1); |
| 2558 | x_draw_glyph_string_box (s); |
| 2559 | x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s); |
| 2560 | relief_drawn_p = 1; |
| 2561 | } |
| 2562 | else |
| 2563 | x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s); |
| 2564 | |
| 2565 | switch (s->first_glyph->type) |
| 2566 | { |
| 2567 | case IMAGE_GLYPH: |
| 2568 | x_draw_image_glyph_string (s); |
| 2569 | break; |
| 2570 | |
| 2571 | case STRETCH_GLYPH: |
| 2572 | x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s); |
| 2573 | break; |
| 2574 | |
| 2575 | case CHAR_GLYPH: |
| 2576 | if (s->for_overlaps_p) |
| 2577 | s->background_filled_p = 1; |
| 2578 | else |
| 2579 | x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, 0); |
| 2580 | x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s); |
| 2581 | break; |
| 2582 | |
| 2583 | case COMPOSITE_GLYPH: |
| 2584 | if (s->for_overlaps_p || s->gidx > 0) |
| 2585 | s->background_filled_p = 1; |
| 2586 | else |
| 2587 | x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, 1); |
| 2588 | x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s); |
| 2589 | break; |
| 2590 | |
| 2591 | default: |
| 2592 | abort (); |
| 2593 | } |
| 2594 | |
| 2595 | if (!s->for_overlaps_p) |
| 2596 | { |
| 2597 | /* Draw underline. */ |
| 2598 | if (s->face->underline_p) |
| 2599 | { |
| 2600 | unsigned long tem, h; |
| 2601 | int y; |
| 2602 | |
| 2603 | /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */ |
| 2604 | if (!XGetFontProperty (s->font, XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS, &h)) |
| 2605 | h = 1; |
| 2606 | |
| 2607 | /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended |
| 2608 | vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of |
| 2609 | the underline. This is a signed value according to the |
| 2610 | specs, and its default is |
| 2611 | |
| 2612 | ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with |
| 2613 | ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */ |
| 2614 | |
| 2615 | if (x_use_underline_position_properties |
| 2616 | && XGetFontProperty (s->font, XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION, &tem)) |
| 2617 | y = s->ybase + (long) tem; |
| 2618 | else if (s->face->font) |
| 2619 | y = s->ybase + (s->face->font->max_bounds.descent + 1) / 2; |
| 2620 | else |
| 2621 | y = s->y + s->height - h; |
| 2622 | |
| 2623 | if (s->face->underline_defaulted_p) |
| 2624 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, |
| 2625 | s->x, y, s->width, h); |
| 2626 | else |
| 2627 | { |
| 2628 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 2629 | XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground, &xgcv); |
| 2630 | XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, s->face->underline_color); |
| 2631 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, |
| 2632 | s->x, y, s->width, h); |
| 2633 | XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground); |
| 2634 | } |
| 2635 | } |
| 2636 | |
| 2637 | /* Draw overline. */ |
| 2638 | if (s->face->overline_p) |
| 2639 | { |
| 2640 | unsigned long dy = 0, h = 1; |
| 2641 | |
| 2642 | if (s->face->overline_color_defaulted_p) |
| 2643 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x, s->y + dy, |
| 2644 | s->width, h); |
| 2645 | else |
| 2646 | { |
| 2647 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 2648 | XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground, &xgcv); |
| 2649 | XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, s->face->overline_color); |
| 2650 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x, s->y + dy, |
| 2651 | s->width, h); |
| 2652 | XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground); |
| 2653 | } |
| 2654 | } |
| 2655 | |
| 2656 | /* Draw strike-through. */ |
| 2657 | if (s->face->strike_through_p) |
| 2658 | { |
| 2659 | unsigned long h = 1; |
| 2660 | unsigned long dy = (s->height - h) / 2; |
| 2661 | |
| 2662 | if (s->face->strike_through_color_defaulted_p) |
| 2663 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x, s->y + dy, |
| 2664 | s->width, h); |
| 2665 | else |
| 2666 | { |
| 2667 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 2668 | XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground, &xgcv); |
| 2669 | XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, s->face->strike_through_color); |
| 2670 | XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x, s->y + dy, |
| 2671 | s->width, h); |
| 2672 | XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground); |
| 2673 | } |
| 2674 | } |
| 2675 | |
| 2676 | /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */ |
| 2677 | if (!relief_drawn_p && s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX) |
| 2678 | x_draw_glyph_string_box (s); |
| 2679 | } |
| 2680 | |
| 2681 | /* Reset clipping. */ |
| 2682 | XSetClipMask (s->display, s->gc, None); |
| 2683 | } |
| 2684 | |
| 2685 | /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */ |
| 2686 | |
| 2687 | void |
| 2688 | x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (f, x, y, width, height, shift_by) |
| 2689 | struct frame *f; |
| 2690 | int x, y, width, height, shift_by; |
| 2691 | { |
| 2692 | XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 2693 | f->output_data.x->normal_gc, |
| 2694 | x, y, width, height, |
| 2695 | x + shift_by, y); |
| 2696 | } |
| 2697 | |
| 2698 | /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented |
| 2699 | for X frames. */ |
| 2700 | |
| 2701 | static void |
| 2702 | x_delete_glyphs (n) |
| 2703 | register int n; |
| 2704 | { |
| 2705 | abort (); |
| 2706 | } |
| 2707 | |
| 2708 | |
| 2709 | /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable. |
| 2710 | If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */ |
| 2711 | |
| 2712 | void |
| 2713 | x_clear_area (dpy, window, x, y, width, height, exposures) |
| 2714 | Display *dpy; |
| 2715 | Window window; |
| 2716 | int x, y; |
| 2717 | int width, height; |
| 2718 | int exposures; |
| 2719 | { |
| 2720 | xassert (width > 0 && height > 0); |
| 2721 | XClearArea (dpy, window, x, y, width, height, exposures); |
| 2722 | } |
| 2723 | |
| 2724 | |
| 2725 | /* Clear entire frame. If updating_frame is non-null, clear that |
| 2726 | frame. Otherwise clear the selected frame. */ |
| 2727 | |
| 2728 | static void |
| 2729 | x_clear_frame () |
| 2730 | { |
| 2731 | struct frame *f; |
| 2732 | |
| 2733 | if (updating_frame) |
| 2734 | f = updating_frame; |
| 2735 | else |
| 2736 | f = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
| 2737 | |
| 2738 | /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no |
| 2739 | longer visible. */ |
| 2740 | mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))); |
| 2741 | output_cursor.hpos = output_cursor.vpos = 0; |
| 2742 | output_cursor.x = -1; |
| 2743 | |
| 2744 | /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always |
| 2745 | follow an explicit cursor_to. */ |
| 2746 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 2747 | XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)); |
| 2748 | |
| 2749 | /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed |
| 2750 | colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */ |
| 2751 | x_scroll_bar_clear (f); |
| 2752 | |
| 2753 | XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 2754 | |
| 2755 | #ifdef USE_GTK |
| 2756 | xg_frame_cleared (f); |
| 2757 | #endif |
| 2758 | |
| 2759 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 2760 | } |
| 2761 | |
| 2762 | |
| 2763 | \f |
| 2764 | /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */ |
| 2765 | |
| 2766 | /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make |
| 2767 | sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */ |
| 2768 | |
| 2769 | #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) |
| 2770 | |
| 2771 | |
| 2772 | /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in |
| 2773 | *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */ |
| 2774 | |
| 2775 | static int |
| 2776 | timeval_subtract (result, x, y) |
| 2777 | struct timeval *result, x, y; |
| 2778 | { |
| 2779 | /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This |
| 2780 | is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */ |
| 2781 | if (x.tv_usec < y.tv_usec) |
| 2782 | { |
| 2783 | int nsec = (y.tv_usec - x.tv_usec) / 1000000 + 1; |
| 2784 | y.tv_usec -= 1000000 * nsec; |
| 2785 | y.tv_sec += nsec; |
| 2786 | } |
| 2787 | |
| 2788 | if (x.tv_usec - y.tv_usec > 1000000) |
| 2789 | { |
| 2790 | int nsec = (y.tv_usec - x.tv_usec) / 1000000; |
| 2791 | y.tv_usec += 1000000 * nsec; |
| 2792 | y.tv_sec -= nsec; |
| 2793 | } |
| 2794 | |
| 2795 | /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly |
| 2796 | positive. */ |
| 2797 | result->tv_sec = x.tv_sec - y.tv_sec; |
| 2798 | result->tv_usec = x.tv_usec - y.tv_usec; |
| 2799 | |
| 2800 | /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered |
| 2801 | negative. */ |
| 2802 | return x.tv_sec < y.tv_sec; |
| 2803 | } |
| 2804 | |
| 2805 | void |
| 2806 | XTflash (f) |
| 2807 | struct frame *f; |
| 2808 | { |
| 2809 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 2810 | |
| 2811 | { |
| 2812 | GC gc; |
| 2813 | |
| 2814 | /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground |
| 2815 | pixels into background pixels. */ |
| 2816 | { |
| 2817 | XGCValues values; |
| 2818 | |
| 2819 | values.function = GXxor; |
| 2820 | values.foreground = (f->output_data.x->foreground_pixel |
| 2821 | ^ f->output_data.x->background_pixel); |
| 2822 | |
| 2823 | gc = XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 2824 | GCFunction | GCForeground, &values); |
| 2825 | } |
| 2826 | |
| 2827 | { |
| 2828 | /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */ |
| 2829 | int height = FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, FRAME_LINES (f)); |
| 2830 | /* Height of each line to flash. */ |
| 2831 | int flash_height = FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f); |
| 2832 | /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */ |
| 2833 | int flash_left = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f); |
| 2834 | int flash_right = FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f); |
| 2835 | |
| 2836 | int width; |
| 2837 | |
| 2838 | /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame |
| 2839 | edge it is next to. */ |
| 2840 | switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f)) |
| 2841 | { |
| 2842 | case vertical_scroll_bar_left: |
| 2843 | flash_left += VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM; |
| 2844 | break; |
| 2845 | |
| 2846 | case vertical_scroll_bar_right: |
| 2847 | flash_right -= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM; |
| 2848 | break; |
| 2849 | |
| 2850 | default: |
| 2851 | break; |
| 2852 | } |
| 2853 | |
| 2854 | width = flash_right - flash_left; |
| 2855 | |
| 2856 | /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */ |
| 2857 | if (height > 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f)) |
| 2858 | { |
| 2859 | XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc, |
| 2860 | flash_left, |
| 2861 | (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f) |
| 2862 | + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f)), |
| 2863 | width, flash_height); |
| 2864 | XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc, |
| 2865 | flash_left, |
| 2866 | (height - flash_height |
| 2867 | - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f)), |
| 2868 | width, flash_height); |
| 2869 | } |
| 2870 | else |
| 2871 | /* If it is short, flash it all. */ |
| 2872 | XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc, |
| 2873 | flash_left, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f), |
| 2874 | width, height - 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f)); |
| 2875 | |
| 2876 | x_flush (f); |
| 2877 | |
| 2878 | { |
| 2879 | struct timeval wakeup; |
| 2880 | |
| 2881 | EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup); |
| 2882 | |
| 2883 | /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */ |
| 2884 | wakeup.tv_usec += 150000; |
| 2885 | wakeup.tv_sec += (wakeup.tv_usec / 1000000); |
| 2886 | wakeup.tv_usec %= 1000000; |
| 2887 | |
| 2888 | /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets |
| 2889 | available. */ |
| 2890 | while (! detect_input_pending ()) |
| 2891 | { |
| 2892 | struct timeval current; |
| 2893 | struct timeval timeout; |
| 2894 | |
| 2895 | EMACS_GET_TIME (current); |
| 2896 | |
| 2897 | /* Break if result would be negative. */ |
| 2898 | if (timeval_subtract (¤t, wakeup, current)) |
| 2899 | break; |
| 2900 | |
| 2901 | /* How long `select' should wait. */ |
| 2902 | timeout.tv_sec = 0; |
| 2903 | timeout.tv_usec = 10000; |
| 2904 | |
| 2905 | /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */ |
| 2906 | select (0, NULL, NULL, NULL, &timeout); |
| 2907 | } |
| 2908 | } |
| 2909 | |
| 2910 | /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */ |
| 2911 | if (height > 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f)) |
| 2912 | { |
| 2913 | XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc, |
| 2914 | flash_left, |
| 2915 | (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f) |
| 2916 | + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f)), |
| 2917 | width, flash_height); |
| 2918 | XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc, |
| 2919 | flash_left, |
| 2920 | (height - flash_height |
| 2921 | - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f)), |
| 2922 | width, flash_height); |
| 2923 | } |
| 2924 | else |
| 2925 | /* If it is short, flash it all. */ |
| 2926 | XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc, |
| 2927 | flash_left, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f), |
| 2928 | width, height - 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f)); |
| 2929 | |
| 2930 | XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc); |
| 2931 | x_flush (f); |
| 2932 | } |
| 2933 | } |
| 2934 | |
| 2935 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 2936 | } |
| 2937 | |
| 2938 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */ |
| 2939 | |
| 2940 | |
| 2941 | /* Make audible bell. */ |
| 2942 | |
| 2943 | void |
| 2944 | XTring_bell () |
| 2945 | { |
| 2946 | struct frame *f = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
| 2947 | |
| 2948 | if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)) |
| 2949 | { |
| 2950 | #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) |
| 2951 | if (visible_bell) |
| 2952 | XTflash (f); |
| 2953 | else |
| 2954 | #endif |
| 2955 | { |
| 2956 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 2957 | XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), 0); |
| 2958 | XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 2959 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 2960 | } |
| 2961 | } |
| 2962 | } |
| 2963 | |
| 2964 | \f |
| 2965 | /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window, |
| 2966 | should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations. |
| 2967 | This, and those operations, are used only within an update |
| 2968 | that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */ |
| 2969 | |
| 2970 | static void |
| 2971 | XTset_terminal_window (n) |
| 2972 | register int n; |
| 2973 | { |
| 2974 | /* This function intentionally left blank. */ |
| 2975 | } |
| 2976 | |
| 2977 | |
| 2978 | \f |
| 2979 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 2980 | Line Dance |
| 2981 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 2982 | |
| 2983 | /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N |
| 2984 | lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */ |
| 2985 | |
| 2986 | static void |
| 2987 | x_ins_del_lines (vpos, n) |
| 2988 | int vpos, n; |
| 2989 | { |
| 2990 | abort (); |
| 2991 | } |
| 2992 | |
| 2993 | |
| 2994 | /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */ |
| 2995 | |
| 2996 | static void |
| 2997 | x_scroll_run (w, run) |
| 2998 | struct window *w; |
| 2999 | struct run *run; |
| 3000 | { |
| 3001 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 3002 | int x, y, width, height, from_y, to_y, bottom_y; |
| 3003 | |
| 3004 | /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W, |
| 3005 | without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right |
| 3006 | fringe of W. */ |
| 3007 | window_box (w, -1, &x, &y, &width, &height); |
| 3008 | |
| 3009 | from_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, run->current_y); |
| 3010 | to_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, run->desired_y); |
| 3011 | bottom_y = y + height; |
| 3012 | |
| 3013 | if (to_y < from_y) |
| 3014 | { |
| 3015 | /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode |
| 3016 | line at the bottom. */ |
| 3017 | if (from_y + run->height > bottom_y) |
| 3018 | height = bottom_y - from_y; |
| 3019 | else |
| 3020 | height = run->height; |
| 3021 | } |
| 3022 | else |
| 3023 | { |
| 3024 | /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line. |
| 3025 | at the bottom. */ |
| 3026 | if (to_y + run->height > bottom_y) |
| 3027 | height = bottom_y - to_y; |
| 3028 | else |
| 3029 | height = run->height; |
| 3030 | } |
| 3031 | |
| 3032 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 3033 | |
| 3034 | /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */ |
| 3035 | updated_window = w; |
| 3036 | x_clear_cursor (w); |
| 3037 | |
| 3038 | XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), |
| 3039 | FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 3040 | f->output_data.x->normal_gc, |
| 3041 | x, from_y, |
| 3042 | width, height, |
| 3043 | x, to_y); |
| 3044 | |
| 3045 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 3046 | } |
| 3047 | |
| 3048 | |
| 3049 | \f |
| 3050 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 3051 | Exposure Events |
| 3052 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 3053 | |
| 3054 | \f |
| 3055 | static void |
| 3056 | frame_highlight (f) |
| 3057 | struct frame *f; |
| 3058 | { |
| 3059 | /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but |
| 3060 | the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap |
| 3061 | and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the |
| 3062 | client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */ |
| 3063 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 3064 | XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 3065 | f->output_data.x->border_pixel); |
| 3066 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 3067 | x_update_cursor (f, 1); |
| 3068 | } |
| 3069 | |
| 3070 | static void |
| 3071 | frame_unhighlight (f) |
| 3072 | struct frame *f; |
| 3073 | { |
| 3074 | /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but |
| 3075 | the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap |
| 3076 | and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the |
| 3077 | client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */ |
| 3078 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 3079 | XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 3080 | f->output_data.x->border_tile); |
| 3081 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 3082 | x_update_cursor (f, 1); |
| 3083 | } |
| 3084 | |
| 3085 | /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect |
| 3086 | the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame |
| 3087 | here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused. |
| 3088 | Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the |
| 3089 | Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */ |
| 3090 | |
| 3091 | static void |
| 3092 | x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, frame) |
| 3093 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 3094 | struct frame *frame; |
| 3095 | { |
| 3096 | struct frame *old_focus = dpyinfo->x_focus_frame; |
| 3097 | |
| 3098 | if (frame != dpyinfo->x_focus_frame) |
| 3099 | { |
| 3100 | /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see |
| 3101 | the correct value of x_focus_frame. */ |
| 3102 | dpyinfo->x_focus_frame = frame; |
| 3103 | |
| 3104 | if (old_focus && old_focus->auto_lower) |
| 3105 | x_lower_frame (old_focus); |
| 3106 | |
| 3107 | #if 0 |
| 3108 | selected_frame = frame; |
| 3109 | XSETFRAME (XWINDOW (selected_frame->selected_window)->frame, |
| 3110 | selected_frame); |
| 3111 | Fselect_window (selected_frame->selected_window, Qnil); |
| 3112 | choose_minibuf_frame (); |
| 3113 | #endif /* ! 0 */ |
| 3114 | |
| 3115 | if (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame && dpyinfo->x_focus_frame->auto_raise) |
| 3116 | pending_autoraise_frame = dpyinfo->x_focus_frame; |
| 3117 | else |
| 3118 | pending_autoraise_frame = 0; |
| 3119 | } |
| 3120 | |
| 3121 | x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo); |
| 3122 | } |
| 3123 | |
| 3124 | /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME. |
| 3125 | If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts |
| 3126 | a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into BUFP. |
| 3127 | Returns number of events inserted into BUFP. */ |
| 3128 | |
| 3129 | static int |
| 3130 | x_focus_changed (type, state, dpyinfo, frame, bufp, numchars) |
| 3131 | int type; |
| 3132 | int state; |
| 3133 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 3134 | struct frame *frame; |
| 3135 | struct input_event *bufp; |
| 3136 | int numchars; |
| 3137 | { |
| 3138 | int nr_events = 0; |
| 3139 | |
| 3140 | if (type == FocusIn) |
| 3141 | { |
| 3142 | if (dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame != frame) |
| 3143 | { |
| 3144 | x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, frame); |
| 3145 | dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame = frame; |
| 3146 | |
| 3147 | /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message |
| 3148 | for a switch-frame event we don't need. */ |
| 3149 | if (numchars > 0 |
| 3150 | && GC_NILP (Vterminal_frame) |
| 3151 | && GC_CONSP (Vframe_list) |
| 3152 | && !GC_NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list))) |
| 3153 | { |
| 3154 | bufp->kind = FOCUS_IN_EVENT; |
| 3155 | XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, frame); |
| 3156 | bufp->arg = Qnil; |
| 3157 | ++bufp; |
| 3158 | numchars--; |
| 3159 | ++nr_events; |
| 3160 | } |
| 3161 | } |
| 3162 | |
| 3163 | frame->output_data.x->focus_state |= state; |
| 3164 | |
| 3165 | #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N |
| 3166 | if (FRAME_XIC (frame)) |
| 3167 | XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame)); |
| 3168 | #endif |
| 3169 | } |
| 3170 | else if (type == FocusOut) |
| 3171 | { |
| 3172 | frame->output_data.x->focus_state &= ~state; |
| 3173 | |
| 3174 | if (dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame == frame) |
| 3175 | { |
| 3176 | dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame = 0; |
| 3177 | x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, 0); |
| 3178 | } |
| 3179 | |
| 3180 | #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N |
| 3181 | if (FRAME_XIC (frame)) |
| 3182 | XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame)); |
| 3183 | #endif |
| 3184 | } |
| 3185 | |
| 3186 | return nr_events; |
| 3187 | } |
| 3188 | |
| 3189 | /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change, |
| 3190 | by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events. |
| 3191 | |
| 3192 | Returns number of events inserted into BUFP. */ |
| 3193 | |
| 3194 | static int |
| 3195 | x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo, event, bufp, numchars) |
| 3196 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 3197 | XEvent *event; |
| 3198 | struct input_event *bufp; |
| 3199 | int numchars; |
| 3200 | { |
| 3201 | struct frame *frame; |
| 3202 | int nr_events = 0; |
| 3203 | |
| 3204 | frame = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event->xany.window); |
| 3205 | if (! frame) return nr_events; |
| 3206 | |
| 3207 | switch (event->type) |
| 3208 | { |
| 3209 | case EnterNotify: |
| 3210 | case LeaveNotify: |
| 3211 | if (event->xcrossing.detail != NotifyInferior |
| 3212 | && event->xcrossing.focus |
| 3213 | && ! (frame->output_data.x->focus_state & FOCUS_EXPLICIT)) |
| 3214 | nr_events = x_focus_changed ((event->type == EnterNotify |
| 3215 | ? FocusIn : FocusOut), |
| 3216 | FOCUS_IMPLICIT, |
| 3217 | dpyinfo, |
| 3218 | frame, |
| 3219 | bufp, |
| 3220 | numchars); |
| 3221 | break; |
| 3222 | |
| 3223 | case FocusIn: |
| 3224 | case FocusOut: |
| 3225 | nr_events = x_focus_changed (event->type, |
| 3226 | (event->xfocus.detail == NotifyPointer |
| 3227 | ? FOCUS_IMPLICIT : FOCUS_EXPLICIT), |
| 3228 | dpyinfo, |
| 3229 | frame, |
| 3230 | bufp, |
| 3231 | numchars); |
| 3232 | break; |
| 3233 | } |
| 3234 | |
| 3235 | return nr_events; |
| 3236 | } |
| 3237 | |
| 3238 | |
| 3239 | /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */ |
| 3240 | |
| 3241 | void |
| 3242 | x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo) |
| 3243 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 3244 | { |
| 3245 | x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame); |
| 3246 | } |
| 3247 | |
| 3248 | /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to |
| 3249 | another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate |
| 3250 | mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate. |
| 3251 | |
| 3252 | The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which |
| 3253 | frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find |
| 3254 | the appropriate X display info. */ |
| 3255 | |
| 3256 | static void |
| 3257 | XTframe_rehighlight (frame) |
| 3258 | struct frame *frame; |
| 3259 | { |
| 3260 | x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame)); |
| 3261 | } |
| 3262 | |
| 3263 | static void |
| 3264 | x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo) |
| 3265 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 3266 | { |
| 3267 | struct frame *old_highlight = dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame; |
| 3268 | |
| 3269 | if (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame) |
| 3270 | { |
| 3271 | dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame |
| 3272 | = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame))) |
| 3273 | ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame)) |
| 3274 | : dpyinfo->x_focus_frame); |
| 3275 | if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame)) |
| 3276 | { |
| 3277 | FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->x_focus_frame) = Qnil; |
| 3278 | dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame = dpyinfo->x_focus_frame; |
| 3279 | } |
| 3280 | } |
| 3281 | else |
| 3282 | dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame = 0; |
| 3283 | |
| 3284 | if (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame != old_highlight) |
| 3285 | { |
| 3286 | if (old_highlight) |
| 3287 | frame_unhighlight (old_highlight); |
| 3288 | if (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame) |
| 3289 | frame_highlight (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame); |
| 3290 | } |
| 3291 | } |
| 3292 | |
| 3293 | |
| 3294 | \f |
| 3295 | /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */ |
| 3296 | |
| 3297 | /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */ |
| 3298 | static void |
| 3299 | x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo) |
| 3300 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 3301 | { |
| 3302 | int min_code, max_code; |
| 3303 | KeySym *syms; |
| 3304 | int syms_per_code; |
| 3305 | XModifierKeymap *mods; |
| 3306 | |
| 3307 | dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask = 0; |
| 3308 | dpyinfo->shift_lock_mask = 0; |
| 3309 | dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask = 0; |
| 3310 | dpyinfo->super_mod_mask = 0; |
| 3311 | dpyinfo->hyper_mod_mask = 0; |
| 3312 | |
| 3313 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R4 |
| 3314 | XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo->display, &min_code, &max_code); |
| 3315 | #else |
| 3316 | min_code = dpyinfo->display->min_keycode; |
| 3317 | max_code = dpyinfo->display->max_keycode; |
| 3318 | #endif |
| 3319 | |
| 3320 | syms = XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo->display, |
| 3321 | min_code, max_code - min_code + 1, |
| 3322 | &syms_per_code); |
| 3323 | mods = XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo->display); |
| 3324 | |
| 3325 | /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and |
| 3326 | Alt keysyms are on. */ |
| 3327 | { |
| 3328 | int row, col; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */ |
| 3329 | |
| 3330 | for (row = 3; row < 8; row++) |
| 3331 | for (col = 0; col < mods->max_keypermod; col++) |
| 3332 | { |
| 3333 | KeyCode code |
| 3334 | = mods->modifiermap[(row * mods->max_keypermod) + col]; |
| 3335 | |
| 3336 | /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */ |
| 3337 | if (code == 0) |
| 3338 | continue; |
| 3339 | |
| 3340 | /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */ |
| 3341 | { |
| 3342 | int code_col; |
| 3343 | |
| 3344 | for (code_col = 0; code_col < syms_per_code; code_col++) |
| 3345 | { |
| 3346 | int sym = syms[((code - min_code) * syms_per_code) + code_col]; |
| 3347 | |
| 3348 | switch (sym) |
| 3349 | { |
| 3350 | case XK_Meta_L: |
| 3351 | case XK_Meta_R: |
| 3352 | dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask |= (1 << row); |
| 3353 | break; |
| 3354 | |
| 3355 | case XK_Alt_L: |
| 3356 | case XK_Alt_R: |
| 3357 | dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask |= (1 << row); |
| 3358 | break; |
| 3359 | |
| 3360 | case XK_Hyper_L: |
| 3361 | case XK_Hyper_R: |
| 3362 | dpyinfo->hyper_mod_mask |= (1 << row); |
| 3363 | break; |
| 3364 | |
| 3365 | case XK_Super_L: |
| 3366 | case XK_Super_R: |
| 3367 | dpyinfo->super_mod_mask |= (1 << row); |
| 3368 | break; |
| 3369 | |
| 3370 | case XK_Shift_Lock: |
| 3371 | /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */ |
| 3372 | if ((1 << row) == LockMask) |
| 3373 | dpyinfo->shift_lock_mask = LockMask; |
| 3374 | break; |
| 3375 | } |
| 3376 | } |
| 3377 | } |
| 3378 | } |
| 3379 | } |
| 3380 | |
| 3381 | /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */ |
| 3382 | if (! dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask) |
| 3383 | { |
| 3384 | dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask = dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask; |
| 3385 | dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask = 0; |
| 3386 | } |
| 3387 | |
| 3388 | /* If some keys are both alt and meta, |
| 3389 | make them just meta, not alt. */ |
| 3390 | if (dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask & dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask) |
| 3391 | { |
| 3392 | dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask &= ~dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask; |
| 3393 | } |
| 3394 | |
| 3395 | XFree ((char *) syms); |
| 3396 | XFreeModifiermap (mods); |
| 3397 | } |
| 3398 | |
| 3399 | /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits |
| 3400 | Emacs uses. */ |
| 3401 | |
| 3402 | static unsigned int |
| 3403 | x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo, state) |
| 3404 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 3405 | unsigned int state; |
| 3406 | { |
| 3407 | EMACS_UINT mod_meta = meta_modifier; |
| 3408 | EMACS_UINT mod_alt = alt_modifier; |
| 3409 | EMACS_UINT mod_hyper = hyper_modifier; |
| 3410 | EMACS_UINT mod_super = super_modifier; |
| 3411 | Lisp_Object tem; |
| 3412 | |
| 3413 | tem = Fget (Vx_alt_keysym, Qmodifier_value); |
| 3414 | if (! EQ (tem, Qnil)) mod_alt = XUINT (tem); |
| 3415 | tem = Fget (Vx_meta_keysym, Qmodifier_value); |
| 3416 | if (! EQ (tem, Qnil)) mod_meta = XUINT (tem); |
| 3417 | tem = Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym, Qmodifier_value); |
| 3418 | if (! EQ (tem, Qnil)) mod_hyper = XUINT (tem); |
| 3419 | tem = Fget (Vx_super_keysym, Qmodifier_value); |
| 3420 | if (! EQ (tem, Qnil)) mod_super = XUINT (tem); |
| 3421 | |
| 3422 | |
| 3423 | return ( ((state & (ShiftMask | dpyinfo->shift_lock_mask)) ? shift_modifier : 0) |
| 3424 | | ((state & ControlMask) ? ctrl_modifier : 0) |
| 3425 | | ((state & dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask) ? mod_meta : 0) |
| 3426 | | ((state & dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask) ? mod_alt : 0) |
| 3427 | | ((state & dpyinfo->super_mod_mask) ? mod_super : 0) |
| 3428 | | ((state & dpyinfo->hyper_mod_mask) ? mod_hyper : 0)); |
| 3429 | } |
| 3430 | |
| 3431 | static unsigned int |
| 3432 | x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo, state) |
| 3433 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 3434 | unsigned int state; |
| 3435 | { |
| 3436 | EMACS_UINT mod_meta = meta_modifier; |
| 3437 | EMACS_UINT mod_alt = alt_modifier; |
| 3438 | EMACS_UINT mod_hyper = hyper_modifier; |
| 3439 | EMACS_UINT mod_super = super_modifier; |
| 3440 | |
| 3441 | Lisp_Object tem; |
| 3442 | |
| 3443 | tem = Fget (Vx_alt_keysym, Qmodifier_value); |
| 3444 | if (! EQ (tem, Qnil)) mod_alt = XUINT (tem); |
| 3445 | tem = Fget (Vx_meta_keysym, Qmodifier_value); |
| 3446 | if (! EQ (tem, Qnil)) mod_meta = XUINT (tem); |
| 3447 | tem = Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym, Qmodifier_value); |
| 3448 | if (! EQ (tem, Qnil)) mod_hyper = XUINT (tem); |
| 3449 | tem = Fget (Vx_super_keysym, Qmodifier_value); |
| 3450 | if (! EQ (tem, Qnil)) mod_super = XUINT (tem); |
| 3451 | |
| 3452 | |
| 3453 | return ( ((state & mod_alt) ? dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask : 0) |
| 3454 | | ((state & mod_super) ? dpyinfo->super_mod_mask : 0) |
| 3455 | | ((state & mod_hyper) ? dpyinfo->hyper_mod_mask : 0) |
| 3456 | | ((state & shift_modifier) ? ShiftMask : 0) |
| 3457 | | ((state & ctrl_modifier) ? ControlMask : 0) |
| 3458 | | ((state & mod_meta) ? dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask : 0)); |
| 3459 | } |
| 3460 | |
| 3461 | /* Convert a keysym to its name. */ |
| 3462 | |
| 3463 | char * |
| 3464 | x_get_keysym_name (keysym) |
| 3465 | KeySym keysym; |
| 3466 | { |
| 3467 | char *value; |
| 3468 | |
| 3469 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 3470 | value = XKeysymToString (keysym); |
| 3471 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 3472 | |
| 3473 | return value; |
| 3474 | } |
| 3475 | |
| 3476 | |
| 3477 | \f |
| 3478 | /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */ |
| 3479 | |
| 3480 | /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue. |
| 3481 | |
| 3482 | If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed |
| 3483 | the mouse. */ |
| 3484 | |
| 3485 | static Lisp_Object |
| 3486 | construct_mouse_click (result, event, f) |
| 3487 | struct input_event *result; |
| 3488 | XButtonEvent *event; |
| 3489 | struct frame *f; |
| 3490 | { |
| 3491 | /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide |
| 3492 | otherwise. */ |
| 3493 | result->kind = MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT; |
| 3494 | result->code = event->button - Button1; |
| 3495 | result->timestamp = event->time; |
| 3496 | result->modifiers = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f), |
| 3497 | event->state) |
| 3498 | | (event->type == ButtonRelease |
| 3499 | ? up_modifier |
| 3500 | : down_modifier)); |
| 3501 | |
| 3502 | XSETINT (result->x, event->x); |
| 3503 | XSETINT (result->y, event->y); |
| 3504 | XSETFRAME (result->frame_or_window, f); |
| 3505 | result->arg = Qnil; |
| 3506 | return Qnil; |
| 3507 | } |
| 3508 | |
| 3509 | \f |
| 3510 | /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code. |
| 3511 | The input handler calls this. |
| 3512 | |
| 3513 | We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event. |
| 3514 | If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell |
| 3515 | the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for |
| 3516 | another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */ |
| 3517 | |
| 3518 | static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event; |
| 3519 | static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame; |
| 3520 | |
| 3521 | static void |
| 3522 | note_mouse_movement (frame, event) |
| 3523 | FRAME_PTR frame; |
| 3524 | XMotionEvent *event; |
| 3525 | { |
| 3526 | last_mouse_movement_time = event->time; |
| 3527 | last_mouse_motion_event = *event; |
| 3528 | XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame, frame); |
| 3529 | |
| 3530 | if (event->window != FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame)) |
| 3531 | { |
| 3532 | frame->mouse_moved = 1; |
| 3533 | last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; |
| 3534 | note_mouse_highlight (frame, -1, -1); |
| 3535 | } |
| 3536 | |
| 3537 | /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */ |
| 3538 | else if (event->x < last_mouse_glyph.x |
| 3539 | || event->x >= last_mouse_glyph.x + last_mouse_glyph.width |
| 3540 | || event->y < last_mouse_glyph.y |
| 3541 | || event->y >= last_mouse_glyph.y + last_mouse_glyph.height) |
| 3542 | { |
| 3543 | frame->mouse_moved = 1; |
| 3544 | last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; |
| 3545 | note_mouse_highlight (frame, event->x, event->y); |
| 3546 | } |
| 3547 | } |
| 3548 | |
| 3549 | \f |
| 3550 | /************************************************************************ |
| 3551 | Mouse Face |
| 3552 | ************************************************************************/ |
| 3553 | |
| 3554 | static void |
| 3555 | redo_mouse_highlight () |
| 3556 | { |
| 3557 | if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame) |
| 3558 | && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame))) |
| 3559 | note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame), |
| 3560 | last_mouse_motion_event.x, |
| 3561 | last_mouse_motion_event.y); |
| 3562 | } |
| 3563 | |
| 3564 | |
| 3565 | static int glyph_rect P_ ((struct frame *f, int, int, XRectangle *)); |
| 3566 | |
| 3567 | |
| 3568 | /* Try to determine frame pixel position and size of the glyph under |
| 3569 | frame pixel coordinates X/Y on frame F . Return the position and |
| 3570 | size in *RECT. Value is non-zero if we could compute these |
| 3571 | values. */ |
| 3572 | |
| 3573 | static int |
| 3574 | glyph_rect (f, x, y, rect) |
| 3575 | struct frame *f; |
| 3576 | int x, y; |
| 3577 | XRectangle *rect; |
| 3578 | { |
| 3579 | Lisp_Object window; |
| 3580 | int found = 0; |
| 3581 | |
| 3582 | window = window_from_coordinates (f, x, y, 0, &x, &y, 0); |
| 3583 | if (!NILP (window)) |
| 3584 | { |
| 3585 | struct window *w = XWINDOW (window); |
| 3586 | struct glyph_row *r = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix); |
| 3587 | struct glyph_row *end = r + w->current_matrix->nrows - 1; |
| 3588 | |
| 3589 | for (; !found && r < end && r->enabled_p; ++r) |
| 3590 | if (r->y >= y) |
| 3591 | { |
| 3592 | struct glyph *g = r->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]; |
| 3593 | struct glyph *end = g + r->used[TEXT_AREA]; |
| 3594 | int gx; |
| 3595 | |
| 3596 | for (gx = r->x; !found && g < end; gx += g->pixel_width, ++g) |
| 3597 | if (gx >= x) |
| 3598 | { |
| 3599 | rect->width = g->pixel_width; |
| 3600 | rect->height = r->height; |
| 3601 | rect->x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, gx); |
| 3602 | rect->y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, r->y); |
| 3603 | found = 1; |
| 3604 | } |
| 3605 | } |
| 3606 | } |
| 3607 | |
| 3608 | return found; |
| 3609 | } |
| 3610 | |
| 3611 | |
| 3612 | /* Return the current position of the mouse. |
| 3613 | *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about. |
| 3614 | |
| 3615 | If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW, |
| 3616 | and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse |
| 3617 | is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's |
| 3618 | position on the scroll bar. |
| 3619 | |
| 3620 | If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the |
| 3621 | mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell |
| 3622 | the mouse is over. |
| 3623 | |
| 3624 | Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse |
| 3625 | was at this position. |
| 3626 | |
| 3627 | Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report. |
| 3628 | |
| 3629 | This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse |
| 3630 | movement. */ |
| 3631 | |
| 3632 | static void |
| 3633 | XTmouse_position (fp, insist, bar_window, part, x, y, time) |
| 3634 | FRAME_PTR *fp; |
| 3635 | int insist; |
| 3636 | Lisp_Object *bar_window; |
| 3637 | enum scroll_bar_part *part; |
| 3638 | Lisp_Object *x, *y; |
| 3639 | unsigned long *time; |
| 3640 | { |
| 3641 | FRAME_PTR f1; |
| 3642 | |
| 3643 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 3644 | |
| 3645 | if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar) && insist == 0) |
| 3646 | x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time); |
| 3647 | else |
| 3648 | { |
| 3649 | Window root; |
| 3650 | int root_x, root_y; |
| 3651 | |
| 3652 | Window dummy_window; |
| 3653 | int dummy; |
| 3654 | |
| 3655 | Lisp_Object frame, tail; |
| 3656 | |
| 3657 | /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */ |
| 3658 | FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
| 3659 | if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp)) |
| 3660 | XFRAME (frame)->mouse_moved = 0; |
| 3661 | |
| 3662 | last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; |
| 3663 | |
| 3664 | /* Figure out which root window we're on. */ |
| 3665 | XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp), |
| 3666 | DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp)), |
| 3667 | |
| 3668 | /* The root window which contains the pointer. */ |
| 3669 | &root, |
| 3670 | |
| 3671 | /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on |
| 3672 | a different screen. */ |
| 3673 | &dummy_window, |
| 3674 | |
| 3675 | /* The position on that root window. */ |
| 3676 | &root_x, &root_y, |
| 3677 | |
| 3678 | /* More trash we can't trust. */ |
| 3679 | &dummy, &dummy, |
| 3680 | |
| 3681 | /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which |
| 3682 | we don't care. */ |
| 3683 | (unsigned int *) &dummy); |
| 3684 | |
| 3685 | /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window |
| 3686 | containing the pointer. */ |
| 3687 | { |
| 3688 | Window win, child; |
| 3689 | int win_x, win_y; |
| 3690 | int parent_x = 0, parent_y = 0; |
| 3691 | int count; |
| 3692 | |
| 3693 | win = root; |
| 3694 | |
| 3695 | /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window |
| 3696 | structure is changing at the same time this function |
| 3697 | is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */ |
| 3698 | |
| 3699 | count = x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp)); |
| 3700 | |
| 3701 | if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp)->grabbed && last_mouse_frame |
| 3702 | && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame)) |
| 3703 | { |
| 3704 | /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame |
| 3705 | even if the mouse is now outside it. */ |
| 3706 | XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp), |
| 3707 | |
| 3708 | /* From-window, to-window. */ |
| 3709 | root, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame), |
| 3710 | |
| 3711 | /* From-position, to-position. */ |
| 3712 | root_x, root_y, &win_x, &win_y, |
| 3713 | |
| 3714 | /* Child of win. */ |
| 3715 | &child); |
| 3716 | f1 = last_mouse_frame; |
| 3717 | } |
| 3718 | else |
| 3719 | { |
| 3720 | while (1) |
| 3721 | { |
| 3722 | XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp), |
| 3723 | |
| 3724 | /* From-window, to-window. */ |
| 3725 | root, win, |
| 3726 | |
| 3727 | /* From-position, to-position. */ |
| 3728 | root_x, root_y, &win_x, &win_y, |
| 3729 | |
| 3730 | /* Child of win. */ |
| 3731 | &child); |
| 3732 | |
| 3733 | if (child == None || child == win) |
| 3734 | break; |
| 3735 | |
| 3736 | win = child; |
| 3737 | parent_x = win_x; |
| 3738 | parent_y = win_y; |
| 3739 | } |
| 3740 | |
| 3741 | /* Now we know that: |
| 3742 | win is the innermost window containing the pointer |
| 3743 | (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer), |
| 3744 | win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it |
| 3745 | (XTC did this the last time through), and |
| 3746 | parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent. |
| 3747 | (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child. |
| 3748 | If win is the root window, it has no parent, and |
| 3749 | parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll |
| 3750 | never use them in that case.) */ |
| 3751 | |
| 3752 | /* Is win one of our frames? */ |
| 3753 | f1 = x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp), win); |
| 3754 | |
| 3755 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 3756 | /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not |
| 3757 | on the frame. */ |
| 3758 | if (f1 != NULL |
| 3759 | && f1->output_data.x->menubar_widget |
| 3760 | && win == XtWindow (f1->output_data.x->menubar_widget)) |
| 3761 | f1 = NULL; |
| 3762 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 3763 | } |
| 3764 | |
| 3765 | if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp))) |
| 3766 | f1 = 0; |
| 3767 | |
| 3768 | x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp), count); |
| 3769 | |
| 3770 | /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */ |
| 3771 | if (! f1) |
| 3772 | { |
| 3773 | struct scroll_bar *bar = x_window_to_scroll_bar (win); |
| 3774 | |
| 3775 | if (bar) |
| 3776 | { |
| 3777 | f1 = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); |
| 3778 | win_x = parent_x; |
| 3779 | win_y = parent_y; |
| 3780 | } |
| 3781 | } |
| 3782 | |
| 3783 | if (f1 == 0 && insist > 0) |
| 3784 | f1 = SELECTED_FRAME (); |
| 3785 | |
| 3786 | if (f1) |
| 3787 | { |
| 3788 | /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values. |
| 3789 | last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the |
| 3790 | generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion |
| 3791 | events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the |
| 3792 | size of the smallest character that could be displayed |
| 3793 | on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on |
| 3794 | the frame are divided into. */ |
| 3795 | |
| 3796 | int width, height, gx, gy; |
| 3797 | XRectangle rect; |
| 3798 | |
| 3799 | if (glyph_rect (f1, win_x, win_y, &rect)) |
| 3800 | last_mouse_glyph = rect; |
| 3801 | else |
| 3802 | { |
| 3803 | width = FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f1); |
| 3804 | height = FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f1); |
| 3805 | gx = win_x; |
| 3806 | gy = win_y; |
| 3807 | |
| 3808 | /* Arrange for the division in FRAME_PIXEL_X_TO_COL etc. to |
| 3809 | round down even for negative values. */ |
| 3810 | if (gx < 0) |
| 3811 | gx -= width - 1; |
| 3812 | if (gy < 0) |
| 3813 | gy -= height - 1; |
| 3814 | gx = (gx + width - 1) / width * width; |
| 3815 | gy = (gy + height - 1) / height * height; |
| 3816 | |
| 3817 | last_mouse_glyph.width = width; |
| 3818 | last_mouse_glyph.height = height; |
| 3819 | last_mouse_glyph.x = gx; |
| 3820 | last_mouse_glyph.y = gy; |
| 3821 | } |
| 3822 | |
| 3823 | *bar_window = Qnil; |
| 3824 | *part = 0; |
| 3825 | *fp = f1; |
| 3826 | XSETINT (*x, win_x); |
| 3827 | XSETINT (*y, win_y); |
| 3828 | *time = last_mouse_movement_time; |
| 3829 | } |
| 3830 | } |
| 3831 | } |
| 3832 | |
| 3833 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 3834 | } |
| 3835 | |
| 3836 | |
| 3837 | \f |
| 3838 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 3839 | Scroll bars |
| 3840 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 3841 | |
| 3842 | /* Scroll bar support. */ |
| 3843 | |
| 3844 | /* Given an X window ID, find the struct scroll_bar which manages it. |
| 3845 | This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark |
| 3846 | bits. */ |
| 3847 | |
| 3848 | static struct scroll_bar * |
| 3849 | x_window_to_scroll_bar (window_id) |
| 3850 | Window window_id; |
| 3851 | { |
| 3852 | Lisp_Object tail; |
| 3853 | |
| 3854 | #ifdef USE_GTK |
| 3855 | window_id = (Window) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (window_id); |
| 3856 | #endif /* USE_GTK */ |
| 3857 | |
| 3858 | for (tail = Vframe_list; |
| 3859 | XGCTYPE (tail) == Lisp_Cons; |
| 3860 | tail = XCDR (tail)) |
| 3861 | { |
| 3862 | Lisp_Object frame, bar, condemned; |
| 3863 | |
| 3864 | frame = XCAR (tail); |
| 3865 | /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */ |
| 3866 | if (! GC_FRAMEP (frame)) |
| 3867 | abort (); |
| 3868 | |
| 3869 | /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the |
| 3870 | right window ID. */ |
| 3871 | condemned = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame)); |
| 3872 | for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame)); |
| 3873 | /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and |
| 3874 | condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */ |
| 3875 | ! GC_NILP (bar) || (bar = condemned, |
| 3876 | condemned = Qnil, |
| 3877 | ! GC_NILP (bar)); |
| 3878 | bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next) |
| 3879 | if (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar)) == window_id) |
| 3880 | return XSCROLL_BAR (bar); |
| 3881 | } |
| 3882 | |
| 3883 | return 0; |
| 3884 | } |
| 3885 | |
| 3886 | |
| 3887 | #if defined USE_LUCID |
| 3888 | |
| 3889 | /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null |
| 3890 | if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */ |
| 3891 | |
| 3892 | static Widget |
| 3893 | x_window_to_menu_bar (window) |
| 3894 | Window window; |
| 3895 | { |
| 3896 | Lisp_Object tail; |
| 3897 | |
| 3898 | for (tail = Vframe_list; |
| 3899 | XGCTYPE (tail) == Lisp_Cons; |
| 3900 | tail = XCDR (tail)) |
| 3901 | { |
| 3902 | Lisp_Object frame = XCAR (tail); |
| 3903 | Widget menu_bar = XFRAME (frame)->output_data.x->menubar_widget; |
| 3904 | |
| 3905 | if (menu_bar && xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar, window)) |
| 3906 | return menu_bar; |
| 3907 | } |
| 3908 | |
| 3909 | return NULL; |
| 3910 | } |
| 3911 | |
| 3912 | #endif /* USE_LUCID */ |
| 3913 | |
| 3914 | \f |
| 3915 | /************************************************************************ |
| 3916 | Toolkit scroll bars |
| 3917 | ************************************************************************/ |
| 3918 | |
| 3919 | #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS |
| 3920 | |
| 3921 | static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event P_ ((XEvent *, struct input_event *)); |
| 3922 | static void x_send_scroll_bar_event P_ ((Lisp_Object, int, int, int)); |
| 3923 | static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar P_ ((struct frame *, |
| 3924 | struct scroll_bar *)); |
| 3925 | static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb P_ ((struct scroll_bar *, |
| 3926 | int, int, int)); |
| 3927 | |
| 3928 | |
| 3929 | /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with |
| 3930 | a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */ |
| 3931 | |
| 3932 | static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled; |
| 3933 | |
| 3934 | /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */ |
| 3935 | |
| 3936 | static int last_scroll_bar_part; |
| 3937 | |
| 3938 | /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply |
| 3939 | that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */ |
| 3940 | |
| 3941 | #ifndef USE_GTK |
| 3942 | /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */ |
| 3943 | |
| 3944 | static XtActionHookId action_hook_id; |
| 3945 | |
| 3946 | static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll; |
| 3947 | |
| 3948 | /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the |
| 3949 | thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully |
| 3950 | to avoid jerkyness. */ |
| 3951 | |
| 3952 | static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top; |
| 3953 | |
| 3954 | extern void set_vertical_scroll_bar P_ ((struct window *)); |
| 3955 | |
| 3956 | /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll |
| 3957 | bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when |
| 3958 | the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates |
| 3959 | a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */ |
| 3960 | |
| 3961 | static void |
| 3962 | xt_action_hook (widget, client_data, action_name, event, params, |
| 3963 | num_params) |
| 3964 | Widget widget; |
| 3965 | XtPointer client_data; |
| 3966 | String action_name; |
| 3967 | XEvent *event; |
| 3968 | String *params; |
| 3969 | Cardinal *num_params; |
| 3970 | { |
| 3971 | int scroll_bar_p; |
| 3972 | char *end_action; |
| 3973 | |
| 3974 | #ifdef USE_MOTIF |
| 3975 | scroll_bar_p = XmIsScrollBar (widget); |
| 3976 | end_action = "Release"; |
| 3977 | #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */ |
| 3978 | scroll_bar_p = XtIsSubclass (widget, scrollbarWidgetClass); |
| 3979 | end_action = "EndScroll"; |
| 3980 | #endif /* USE_MOTIF */ |
| 3981 | |
| 3982 | if (scroll_bar_p |
| 3983 | && strcmp (action_name, end_action) == 0 |
| 3984 | && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled)) |
| 3985 | { |
| 3986 | struct window *w; |
| 3987 | |
| 3988 | x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled, |
| 3989 | scroll_bar_end_scroll, 0, 0); |
| 3990 | w = XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled); |
| 3991 | |
| 3992 | if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w->vertical_scroll_bar)->dragging)) |
| 3993 | { |
| 3994 | XSCROLL_BAR (w->vertical_scroll_bar)->dragging = Qnil; |
| 3995 | /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */ |
| 3996 | set_vertical_scroll_bar (w); |
| 3997 | } |
| 3998 | window_being_scrolled = Qnil; |
| 3999 | last_scroll_bar_part = -1; |
| 4000 | |
| 4001 | /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */ |
| 4002 | toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction = 0; |
| 4003 | } |
| 4004 | } |
| 4005 | #endif /* not USE_GTK */ |
| 4006 | |
| 4007 | /* A vector of windows used for communication between |
| 4008 | x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */ |
| 4009 | |
| 4010 | static struct window **scroll_bar_windows; |
| 4011 | static int scroll_bar_windows_size; |
| 4012 | |
| 4013 | |
| 4014 | /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a |
| 4015 | scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying |
| 4016 | the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the |
| 4017 | amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */ |
| 4018 | |
| 4019 | static void |
| 4020 | x_send_scroll_bar_event (window, part, portion, whole) |
| 4021 | Lisp_Object window; |
| 4022 | int part, portion, whole; |
| 4023 | { |
| 4024 | XEvent event; |
| 4025 | XClientMessageEvent *ev = (XClientMessageEvent *) &event; |
| 4026 | struct window *w = XWINDOW (window); |
| 4027 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 4028 | int i; |
| 4029 | |
| 4030 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 4031 | |
| 4032 | /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */ |
| 4033 | ev->type = ClientMessage; |
| 4034 | ev->message_type = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->Xatom_Scrollbar; |
| 4035 | ev->display = FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f); |
| 4036 | ev->window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); |
| 4037 | ev->format = 32; |
| 4038 | |
| 4039 | /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is |
| 4040 | not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system. |
| 4041 | So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index |
| 4042 | into that array in the event. */ |
| 4043 | for (i = 0; i < scroll_bar_windows_size; ++i) |
| 4044 | if (scroll_bar_windows[i] == NULL) |
| 4045 | break; |
| 4046 | |
| 4047 | if (i == scroll_bar_windows_size) |
| 4048 | { |
| 4049 | int new_size = max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size); |
| 4050 | size_t nbytes = new_size * sizeof *scroll_bar_windows; |
| 4051 | size_t old_nbytes = scroll_bar_windows_size * sizeof *scroll_bar_windows; |
| 4052 | |
| 4053 | scroll_bar_windows = (struct window **) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows, |
| 4054 | nbytes); |
| 4055 | bzero (&scroll_bar_windows[i], nbytes - old_nbytes); |
| 4056 | scroll_bar_windows_size = new_size; |
| 4057 | } |
| 4058 | |
| 4059 | scroll_bar_windows[i] = w; |
| 4060 | ev->data.l[0] = (long) i; |
| 4061 | ev->data.l[1] = (long) part; |
| 4062 | ev->data.l[2] = (long) 0; |
| 4063 | ev->data.l[3] = (long) portion; |
| 4064 | ev->data.l[4] = (long) whole; |
| 4065 | |
| 4066 | /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */ |
| 4067 | toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction = 1; |
| 4068 | |
| 4069 | /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will |
| 4070 | be sent to the client that created the window, and if that |
| 4071 | window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */ |
| 4072 | XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), False, 0, &event); |
| 4073 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 4074 | } |
| 4075 | |
| 4076 | |
| 4077 | /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event |
| 4078 | in *IEVENT. */ |
| 4079 | |
| 4080 | static void |
| 4081 | x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event, ievent) |
| 4082 | XEvent *event; |
| 4083 | struct input_event *ievent; |
| 4084 | { |
| 4085 | XClientMessageEvent *ev = (XClientMessageEvent *) event; |
| 4086 | Lisp_Object window; |
| 4087 | struct frame *f; |
| 4088 | struct window *w; |
| 4089 | |
| 4090 | w = scroll_bar_windows[ev->data.l[0]]; |
| 4091 | scroll_bar_windows[ev->data.l[0]] = NULL; |
| 4092 | |
| 4093 | XSETWINDOW (window, w); |
| 4094 | f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 4095 | |
| 4096 | ievent->kind = SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT; |
| 4097 | ievent->frame_or_window = window; |
| 4098 | ievent->arg = Qnil; |
| 4099 | #ifdef USE_GTK |
| 4100 | ievent->timestamp = CurrentTime; |
| 4101 | #else |
| 4102 | ievent->timestamp = XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 4103 | #endif |
| 4104 | ievent->part = ev->data.l[1]; |
| 4105 | ievent->code = ev->data.l[2]; |
| 4106 | ievent->x = make_number ((int) ev->data.l[3]); |
| 4107 | ievent->y = make_number ((int) ev->data.l[4]); |
| 4108 | ievent->modifiers = 0; |
| 4109 | } |
| 4110 | |
| 4111 | |
| 4112 | #ifdef USE_MOTIF |
| 4113 | |
| 4114 | /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */ |
| 4115 | |
| 4116 | #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000 |
| 4117 | |
| 4118 | |
| 4119 | /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll |
| 4120 | bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. |
| 4121 | CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */ |
| 4122 | |
| 4123 | static void |
| 4124 | xm_scroll_callback (widget, client_data, call_data) |
| 4125 | Widget widget; |
| 4126 | XtPointer client_data, call_data; |
| 4127 | { |
| 4128 | struct scroll_bar *bar = (struct scroll_bar *) client_data; |
| 4129 | XmScrollBarCallbackStruct *cs = (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct *) call_data; |
| 4130 | int part = -1, whole = 0, portion = 0; |
| 4131 | |
| 4132 | switch (cs->reason) |
| 4133 | { |
| 4134 | case XmCR_DECREMENT: |
| 4135 | bar->dragging = Qnil; |
| 4136 | part = scroll_bar_up_arrow; |
| 4137 | break; |
| 4138 | |
| 4139 | case XmCR_INCREMENT: |
| 4140 | bar->dragging = Qnil; |
| 4141 | part = scroll_bar_down_arrow; |
| 4142 | break; |
| 4143 | |
| 4144 | case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT: |
| 4145 | bar->dragging = Qnil; |
| 4146 | part = scroll_bar_above_handle; |
| 4147 | break; |
| 4148 | |
| 4149 | case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT: |
| 4150 | bar->dragging = Qnil; |
| 4151 | part = scroll_bar_below_handle; |
| 4152 | break; |
| 4153 | |
| 4154 | case XmCR_TO_TOP: |
| 4155 | bar->dragging = Qnil; |
| 4156 | part = scroll_bar_to_top; |
| 4157 | break; |
| 4158 | |
| 4159 | case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM: |
| 4160 | bar->dragging = Qnil; |
| 4161 | part = scroll_bar_to_bottom; |
| 4162 | break; |
| 4163 | |
| 4164 | case XmCR_DRAG: |
| 4165 | { |
| 4166 | int slider_size; |
| 4167 | |
| 4168 | /* Get the slider size. */ |
| 4169 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 4170 | XtVaGetValues (widget, XmNsliderSize, &slider_size, NULL); |
| 4171 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 4172 | |
| 4173 | whole = XM_SB_MAX - slider_size; |
| 4174 | portion = min (cs->value, whole); |
| 4175 | part = scroll_bar_handle; |
| 4176 | bar->dragging = make_number (cs->value); |
| 4177 | } |
| 4178 | break; |
| 4179 | |
| 4180 | case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED: |
| 4181 | break; |
| 4182 | }; |
| 4183 | |
| 4184 | if (part >= 0) |
| 4185 | { |
| 4186 | window_being_scrolled = bar->window; |
| 4187 | last_scroll_bar_part = part; |
| 4188 | x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar->window, part, portion, whole); |
| 4189 | } |
| 4190 | } |
| 4191 | |
| 4192 | |
| 4193 | #else /* !USE_MOTIF, i.e. Xaw or GTK */ |
| 4194 | #ifdef USE_GTK |
| 4195 | /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll |
| 4196 | bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */ |
| 4197 | |
| 4198 | static void |
| 4199 | xg_scroll_callback (widget, data) |
| 4200 | GtkRange *widget; |
| 4201 | gpointer data; |
| 4202 | { |
| 4203 | struct scroll_bar *bar = (struct scroll_bar *) data; |
| 4204 | gdouble previous; |
| 4205 | gdouble position; |
| 4206 | gdouble *p; |
| 4207 | int diff; |
| 4208 | |
| 4209 | int part = -1, whole = 0, portion = 0; |
| 4210 | GtkAdjustment *adj = GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (widget)); |
| 4211 | |
| 4212 | if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar) return; |
| 4213 | |
| 4214 | position = gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj); |
| 4215 | |
| 4216 | p = g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget), XG_LAST_SB_DATA); |
| 4217 | if (! p) |
| 4218 | { |
| 4219 | p = (gdouble*) xmalloc (sizeof (gdouble)); |
| 4220 | *p = XG_SB_MIN; |
| 4221 | g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget), XG_LAST_SB_DATA, p); |
| 4222 | } |
| 4223 | |
| 4224 | previous = *p; |
| 4225 | *p = position; |
| 4226 | |
| 4227 | diff = (int) (position - previous); |
| 4228 | |
| 4229 | if (diff == (int) adj->step_increment) |
| 4230 | { |
| 4231 | part = scroll_bar_down_arrow; |
| 4232 | bar->dragging = Qnil; |
| 4233 | } |
| 4234 | else if (-diff == (int) adj->step_increment) |
| 4235 | { |
| 4236 | part = scroll_bar_up_arrow; |
| 4237 | bar->dragging = Qnil; |
| 4238 | } |
| 4239 | else if (diff == (int) adj->page_increment) |
| 4240 | { |
| 4241 | part = scroll_bar_below_handle; |
| 4242 | bar->dragging = Qnil; |
| 4243 | } |
| 4244 | else if (-diff == (int) adj->page_increment) |
| 4245 | { |
| 4246 | part = scroll_bar_above_handle; |
| 4247 | bar->dragging = Qnil; |
| 4248 | } |
| 4249 | else |
| 4250 | { |
| 4251 | part = scroll_bar_handle; |
| 4252 | whole = adj->upper - adj->page_size; |
| 4253 | portion = min ((int)position, whole); |
| 4254 | bar->dragging = make_number ((int)portion); |
| 4255 | } |
| 4256 | |
| 4257 | if (part >= 0) |
| 4258 | { |
| 4259 | window_being_scrolled = bar->window; |
| 4260 | last_scroll_bar_part = part; |
| 4261 | x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar->window, part, portion, whole); |
| 4262 | } |
| 4263 | } |
| 4264 | |
| 4265 | #else /* not USE_GTK */ |
| 4266 | |
| 4267 | /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged. |
| 4268 | WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the |
| 4269 | scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where |
| 4270 | the thumb is. */ |
| 4271 | |
| 4272 | static void |
| 4273 | xaw_jump_callback (widget, client_data, call_data) |
| 4274 | Widget widget; |
| 4275 | XtPointer client_data, call_data; |
| 4276 | { |
| 4277 | struct scroll_bar *bar = (struct scroll_bar *) client_data; |
| 4278 | float top = *(float *) call_data; |
| 4279 | float shown; |
| 4280 | int whole, portion, height; |
| 4281 | int part; |
| 4282 | |
| 4283 | /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */ |
| 4284 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 4285 | XtVaGetValues (widget, XtNshown, &shown, XtNheight, &height, NULL); |
| 4286 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 4287 | |
| 4288 | whole = 10000000; |
| 4289 | portion = shown < 1 ? top * whole : 0; |
| 4290 | |
| 4291 | if (shown < 1 && (abs (top + shown - 1) < 1.0/height)) |
| 4292 | /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach |
| 4293 | the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're |
| 4294 | too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb |
| 4295 | we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the |
| 4296 | bottom). */ |
| 4297 | part = scroll_bar_down_arrow; |
| 4298 | else |
| 4299 | part = scroll_bar_handle; |
| 4300 | |
| 4301 | window_being_scrolled = bar->window; |
| 4302 | bar->dragging = make_number (portion); |
| 4303 | last_scroll_bar_part = part; |
| 4304 | x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar->window, part, portion, whole); |
| 4305 | } |
| 4306 | |
| 4307 | |
| 4308 | /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling., |
| 4309 | i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar |
| 4310 | widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for |
| 4311 | the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that |
| 4312 | has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the |
| 4313 | scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start. |
| 4314 | Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */ |
| 4315 | |
| 4316 | static void |
| 4317 | xaw_scroll_callback (widget, client_data, call_data) |
| 4318 | Widget widget; |
| 4319 | XtPointer client_data, call_data; |
| 4320 | { |
| 4321 | struct scroll_bar *bar = (struct scroll_bar *) client_data; |
| 4322 | /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */ |
| 4323 | int position = (long) call_data; |
| 4324 | Dimension height; |
| 4325 | int part; |
| 4326 | |
| 4327 | /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */ |
| 4328 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 4329 | XtVaGetValues (widget, XtNheight, &height, NULL); |
| 4330 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 4331 | |
| 4332 | if (abs (position) >= height) |
| 4333 | part = (position < 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle : scroll_bar_below_handle; |
| 4334 | |
| 4335 | /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR, |
| 4336 | it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */ |
| 4337 | else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll && abs (position) <= max (5, height / 20)) |
| 4338 | part = (position < 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow : scroll_bar_down_arrow; |
| 4339 | else |
| 4340 | part = scroll_bar_move_ratio; |
| 4341 | |
| 4342 | window_being_scrolled = bar->window; |
| 4343 | bar->dragging = Qnil; |
| 4344 | last_scroll_bar_part = part; |
| 4345 | x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar->window, part, position, height); |
| 4346 | } |
| 4347 | |
| 4348 | #endif /* not USE_GTK */ |
| 4349 | #endif /* not USE_MOTIF */ |
| 4350 | |
| 4351 | #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar" |
| 4352 | |
| 4353 | /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget |
| 4354 | and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */ |
| 4355 | |
| 4356 | #ifdef USE_GTK |
| 4357 | static void |
| 4358 | x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f, bar) |
| 4359 | struct frame *f; |
| 4360 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
| 4361 | { |
| 4362 | char *scroll_bar_name = SCROLL_BAR_NAME; |
| 4363 | |
| 4364 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 4365 | xg_create_scroll_bar (f, bar, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback), |
| 4366 | scroll_bar_name); |
| 4367 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 4368 | } |
| 4369 | |
| 4370 | #else /* not USE_GTK */ |
| 4371 | |
| 4372 | static void |
| 4373 | x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f, bar) |
| 4374 | struct frame *f; |
| 4375 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
| 4376 | { |
| 4377 | Window xwindow; |
| 4378 | Widget widget; |
| 4379 | Arg av[20]; |
| 4380 | int ac = 0; |
| 4381 | char *scroll_bar_name = SCROLL_BAR_NAME; |
| 4382 | unsigned long pixel; |
| 4383 | |
| 4384 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 4385 | |
| 4386 | #ifdef USE_MOTIF |
| 4387 | /* Set resources. Create the widget. */ |
| 4388 | XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNmappedWhenManaged, False); ++ac; |
| 4389 | XtSetArg (av[ac], XmNminimum, 0); ++ac; |
| 4390 | XtSetArg (av[ac], XmNmaximum, XM_SB_MAX); ++ac; |
| 4391 | XtSetArg (av[ac], XmNorientation, XmVERTICAL); ++ac; |
| 4392 | XtSetArg (av[ac], XmNprocessingDirection, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM), ++ac; |
| 4393 | XtSetArg (av[ac], XmNincrement, 1); ++ac; |
| 4394 | XtSetArg (av[ac], XmNpageIncrement, 1); ++ac; |
| 4395 | |
| 4396 | pixel = f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel; |
| 4397 | if (pixel != -1) |
| 4398 | { |
| 4399 | XtSetArg (av[ac], XmNforeground, pixel); |
| 4400 | ++ac; |
| 4401 | } |
| 4402 | |
| 4403 | pixel = f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_background_pixel; |
| 4404 | if (pixel != -1) |
| 4405 | { |
| 4406 | XtSetArg (av[ac], XmNbackground, pixel); |
| 4407 | ++ac; |
| 4408 | } |
| 4409 | |
| 4410 | widget = XmCreateScrollBar (f->output_data.x->edit_widget, |
| 4411 | scroll_bar_name, av, ac); |
| 4412 | |
| 4413 | /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */ |
| 4414 | XtAddCallback (widget, XmNdecrementCallback, xm_scroll_callback, |
| 4415 | (XtPointer) bar); |
| 4416 | XtAddCallback (widget, XmNdragCallback, xm_scroll_callback, |
| 4417 | (XtPointer) bar); |
| 4418 | XtAddCallback (widget, XmNincrementCallback, xm_scroll_callback, |
| 4419 | (XtPointer) bar); |
| 4420 | XtAddCallback (widget, XmNpageDecrementCallback, xm_scroll_callback, |
| 4421 | (XtPointer) bar); |
| 4422 | XtAddCallback (widget, XmNpageIncrementCallback, xm_scroll_callback, |
| 4423 | (XtPointer) bar); |
| 4424 | XtAddCallback (widget, XmNtoBottomCallback, xm_scroll_callback, |
| 4425 | (XtPointer) bar); |
| 4426 | XtAddCallback (widget, XmNtoTopCallback, xm_scroll_callback, |
| 4427 | (XtPointer) bar); |
| 4428 | |
| 4429 | /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */ |
| 4430 | XtRealizeWidget (widget); |
| 4431 | |
| 4432 | /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that. |
| 4433 | And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */ |
| 4434 | XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget), XtWindow (widget), |
| 4435 | f->output_data.x->nontext_cursor); |
| 4436 | |
| 4437 | #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */ |
| 4438 | |
| 4439 | /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the |
| 4440 | Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste. |
| 4441 | We don't alter it here to let users change it according |
| 4442 | to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */ |
| 4443 | XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNmappedWhenManaged, False); ++ac; |
| 4444 | XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNorientation, XtorientVertical); ++ac; |
| 4445 | /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */ |
| 4446 | /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */ |
| 4447 | |
| 4448 | pixel = f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel; |
| 4449 | if (pixel != -1) |
| 4450 | { |
| 4451 | XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNforeground, pixel); |
| 4452 | ++ac; |
| 4453 | } |
| 4454 | |
| 4455 | pixel = f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_background_pixel; |
| 4456 | if (pixel != -1) |
| 4457 | { |
| 4458 | XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNbackground, pixel); |
| 4459 | ++ac; |
| 4460 | } |
| 4461 | |
| 4462 | /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */ |
| 4463 | |
| 4464 | /* Allocate them, if necessary. */ |
| 4465 | if (f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel == -1) |
| 4466 | { |
| 4467 | pixel = f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_background_pixel; |
| 4468 | if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f), |
| 4469 | &pixel, 1.2, 0x8000)) |
| 4470 | pixel = -1; |
| 4471 | f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel = pixel; |
| 4472 | } |
| 4473 | if (f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel == -1) |
| 4474 | { |
| 4475 | pixel = f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_background_pixel; |
| 4476 | if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f), |
| 4477 | &pixel, 0.6, 0x4000)) |
| 4478 | pixel = -1; |
| 4479 | f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel = pixel; |
| 4480 | } |
| 4481 | |
| 4482 | /* Tell the toolkit about them. */ |
| 4483 | if (f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel == -1 |
| 4484 | || f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel == -1) |
| 4485 | /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and |
| 4486 | failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */ |
| 4487 | { |
| 4488 | XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNbeNiceToColormap, True); |
| 4489 | ++ac; |
| 4490 | } |
| 4491 | else |
| 4492 | /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to |
| 4493 | be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is |
| 4494 | not good at dealing with allocation failure. */ |
| 4495 | { |
| 4496 | /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for |
| 4497 | the shadows. */ |
| 4498 | XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNbeNiceToColormap, False); |
| 4499 | ++ac; |
| 4500 | |
| 4501 | /* Specify the colors. */ |
| 4502 | pixel = f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel; |
| 4503 | if (pixel != -1) |
| 4504 | { |
| 4505 | XtSetArg (av[ac], "topShadowPixel", pixel); |
| 4506 | ++ac; |
| 4507 | } |
| 4508 | pixel = f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel; |
| 4509 | if (pixel != -1) |
| 4510 | { |
| 4511 | XtSetArg (av[ac], "bottomShadowPixel", pixel); |
| 4512 | ++ac; |
| 4513 | } |
| 4514 | } |
| 4515 | |
| 4516 | widget = XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name, scrollbarWidgetClass, |
| 4517 | f->output_data.x->edit_widget, av, ac); |
| 4518 | |
| 4519 | { |
| 4520 | char *initial = ""; |
| 4521 | char *val = initial; |
| 4522 | XtVaGetValues (widget, XtNscrollVCursor, (XtPointer) &val, |
| 4523 | XtNpickTop, (XtPointer) &xaw3d_pick_top, NULL); |
| 4524 | if (val == initial) |
| 4525 | { /* ARROW_SCROLL */ |
| 4526 | xaw3d_arrow_scroll = True; |
| 4527 | /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? -sm */ |
| 4528 | XtVaSetValues (widget, XtNcursorName, "top_left_arrow", NULL); |
| 4529 | } |
| 4530 | } |
| 4531 | |
| 4532 | /* Define callbacks. */ |
| 4533 | XtAddCallback (widget, XtNjumpProc, xaw_jump_callback, (XtPointer) bar); |
| 4534 | XtAddCallback (widget, XtNscrollProc, xaw_scroll_callback, |
| 4535 | (XtPointer) bar); |
| 4536 | |
| 4537 | /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */ |
| 4538 | XtRealizeWidget (widget); |
| 4539 | |
| 4540 | #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */ |
| 4541 | |
| 4542 | /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user |
| 4543 | finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */ |
| 4544 | if (action_hook_id == 0) |
| 4545 | action_hook_id = XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con, xt_action_hook, 0); |
| 4546 | |
| 4547 | /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */ |
| 4548 | SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar, widget); |
| 4549 | xwindow = XtWindow (widget); |
| 4550 | SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar, xwindow); |
| 4551 | |
| 4552 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 4553 | } |
| 4554 | #endif /* not USE_GTK */ |
| 4555 | |
| 4556 | |
| 4557 | /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently |
| 4558 | displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */ |
| 4559 | |
| 4560 | #ifdef USE_GTK |
| 4561 | static void |
| 4562 | x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar, portion, position, whole) |
| 4563 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
| 4564 | int portion, position, whole; |
| 4565 | { |
| 4566 | xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar, portion, position, whole); |
| 4567 | } |
| 4568 | |
| 4569 | #else /* not USE_GTK */ |
| 4570 | static void |
| 4571 | x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar, portion, position, whole) |
| 4572 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
| 4573 | int portion, position, whole; |
| 4574 | { |
| 4575 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); |
| 4576 | Widget widget = SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), bar); |
| 4577 | float top, shown; |
| 4578 | |
| 4579 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 4580 | |
| 4581 | #ifdef USE_MOTIF |
| 4582 | |
| 4583 | /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real |
| 4584 | `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size |
| 4585 | is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier. |
| 4586 | Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which |
| 4587 | we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of |
| 4588 | the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the |
| 4589 | way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow |
| 4590 | updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update |
| 4591 | its size, the update will often happen too late. |
| 4592 | If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see |
| 4593 | what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */ |
| 4594 | portion = WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar->window)) * 30; |
| 4595 | /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole. |
| 4596 | So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */ |
| 4597 | whole += portion; |
| 4598 | |
| 4599 | if (whole <= 0) |
| 4600 | top = 0, shown = 1; |
| 4601 | else |
| 4602 | { |
| 4603 | top = (float) position / whole; |
| 4604 | shown = (float) portion / whole; |
| 4605 | } |
| 4606 | |
| 4607 | if (NILP (bar->dragging)) |
| 4608 | { |
| 4609 | int size, value; |
| 4610 | |
| 4611 | /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX |
| 4612 | is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum |
| 4613 | value. */ |
| 4614 | size = shown * XM_SB_MAX; |
| 4615 | size = min (size, XM_SB_MAX); |
| 4616 | size = max (size, 1); |
| 4617 | |
| 4618 | /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */ |
| 4619 | value = top * XM_SB_MAX; |
| 4620 | value = min (value, XM_SB_MAX - size); |
| 4621 | |
| 4622 | XmScrollBarSetValues (widget, value, size, 0, 0, False); |
| 4623 | } |
| 4624 | #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */ |
| 4625 | |
| 4626 | if (whole == 0) |
| 4627 | top = 0, shown = 1; |
| 4628 | else |
| 4629 | { |
| 4630 | top = (float) position / whole; |
| 4631 | shown = (float) portion / whole; |
| 4632 | } |
| 4633 | |
| 4634 | { |
| 4635 | float old_top, old_shown; |
| 4636 | Dimension height; |
| 4637 | XtVaGetValues (widget, |
| 4638 | XtNtopOfThumb, &old_top, |
| 4639 | XtNshown, &old_shown, |
| 4640 | XtNheight, &height, |
| 4641 | NULL); |
| 4642 | |
| 4643 | /* Massage the top+shown values. */ |
| 4644 | if (NILP (bar->dragging) || last_scroll_bar_part == scroll_bar_down_arrow) |
| 4645 | top = max (0, min (1, top)); |
| 4646 | else |
| 4647 | top = old_top; |
| 4648 | /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */ |
| 4649 | shown = max (0, min (1 - top - (2.0 / height), shown)); |
| 4650 | |
| 4651 | /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work, |
| 4652 | check that your system's configuration file contains a define |
| 4653 | for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */ |
| 4654 | if (top != old_top || shown != old_shown) |
| 4655 | { |
| 4656 | if (NILP (bar->dragging)) |
| 4657 | XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget, top, shown); |
| 4658 | else |
| 4659 | { |
| 4660 | #ifdef HAVE_XAW3D |
| 4661 | ScrollbarWidget sb = (ScrollbarWidget) widget; |
| 4662 | int scroll_mode = 0; |
| 4663 | |
| 4664 | /* `scroll_mode' only exists with Xaw3d + ARROW_SCROLLBAR. */ |
| 4665 | if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll) |
| 4666 | { |
| 4667 | /* Xaw3d stupidly ignores resize requests while dragging |
| 4668 | so we have to make it believe it's not in dragging mode. */ |
| 4669 | scroll_mode = sb->scrollbar.scroll_mode; |
| 4670 | if (scroll_mode == 2) |
| 4671 | sb->scrollbar.scroll_mode = 0; |
| 4672 | } |
| 4673 | #endif |
| 4674 | /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */ |
| 4675 | if (!xaw3d_pick_top) |
| 4676 | shown = min (shown, old_shown); |
| 4677 | |
| 4678 | XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget, top, shown); |
| 4679 | |
| 4680 | #ifdef HAVE_XAW3D |
| 4681 | if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll && scroll_mode == 2) |
| 4682 | sb->scrollbar.scroll_mode = scroll_mode; |
| 4683 | #endif |
| 4684 | } |
| 4685 | } |
| 4686 | } |
| 4687 | #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */ |
| 4688 | |
| 4689 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 4690 | } |
| 4691 | #endif /* not USE_GTK */ |
| 4692 | |
| 4693 | #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ |
| 4694 | |
| 4695 | |
| 4696 | \f |
| 4697 | /************************************************************************ |
| 4698 | Scroll bars, general |
| 4699 | ************************************************************************/ |
| 4700 | |
| 4701 | /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is |
| 4702 | the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT, |
| 4703 | WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the |
| 4704 | scroll bar. */ |
| 4705 | |
| 4706 | static struct scroll_bar * |
| 4707 | x_scroll_bar_create (w, top, left, width, height) |
| 4708 | struct window *w; |
| 4709 | int top, left, width, height; |
| 4710 | { |
| 4711 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 4712 | struct scroll_bar *bar |
| 4713 | = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE), Qnil)); |
| 4714 | |
| 4715 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 4716 | |
| 4717 | #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS |
| 4718 | x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f, bar); |
| 4719 | #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ |
| 4720 | { |
| 4721 | XSetWindowAttributes a; |
| 4722 | unsigned long mask; |
| 4723 | Window window; |
| 4724 | |
| 4725 | a.background_pixel = f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_background_pixel; |
| 4726 | if (a.background_pixel == -1) |
| 4727 | a.background_pixel = f->output_data.x->background_pixel; |
| 4728 | |
| 4729 | a.event_mask = (ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask |
| 4730 | | ButtonMotionMask | PointerMotionHintMask |
| 4731 | | ExposureMask); |
| 4732 | a.cursor = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor; |
| 4733 | |
| 4734 | mask = (CWBackPixel | CWEventMask | CWCursor); |
| 4735 | |
| 4736 | /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is |
| 4737 | for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In |
| 4738 | this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */ |
| 4739 | if (width > 0 && height > 0) |
| 4740 | x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 4741 | left, top, width, |
| 4742 | window_box_height (w), False); |
| 4743 | |
| 4744 | window = XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 4745 | /* Position and size of scroll bar. */ |
| 4746 | left + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM, |
| 4747 | top, |
| 4748 | width - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM * 2, |
| 4749 | height, |
| 4750 | /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */ |
| 4751 | 0, |
| 4752 | CopyFromParent, |
| 4753 | CopyFromParent, |
| 4754 | CopyFromParent, |
| 4755 | /* Attributes. */ |
| 4756 | mask, &a); |
| 4757 | SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar, window); |
| 4758 | } |
| 4759 | #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ |
| 4760 | |
| 4761 | XSETWINDOW (bar->window, w); |
| 4762 | XSETINT (bar->top, top); |
| 4763 | XSETINT (bar->left, left); |
| 4764 | XSETINT (bar->width, width); |
| 4765 | XSETINT (bar->height, height); |
| 4766 | XSETINT (bar->start, 0); |
| 4767 | XSETINT (bar->end, 0); |
| 4768 | bar->dragging = Qnil; |
| 4769 | |
| 4770 | /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */ |
| 4771 | bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); |
| 4772 | bar->prev = Qnil; |
| 4773 | XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar); |
| 4774 | if (!NILP (bar->next)) |
| 4775 | XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar); |
| 4776 | |
| 4777 | /* Map the window/widget. */ |
| 4778 | #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS |
| 4779 | { |
| 4780 | #ifdef USE_GTK |
| 4781 | xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f, |
| 4782 | SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar), |
| 4783 | top, |
| 4784 | left + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM, |
| 4785 | width - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM * 2, |
| 4786 | max (height, 1), |
| 4787 | left, |
| 4788 | width); |
| 4789 | xg_show_scroll_bar (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar)); |
| 4790 | #else /* not USE_GTK */ |
| 4791 | Widget scroll_bar = SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), bar); |
| 4792 | XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar, |
| 4793 | left + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM, |
| 4794 | top, |
| 4795 | width - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM * 2, |
| 4796 | max (height, 1), 0); |
| 4797 | XtMapWidget (scroll_bar); |
| 4798 | #endif /* not USE_GTK */ |
| 4799 | } |
| 4800 | #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ |
| 4801 | XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar)); |
| 4802 | #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ |
| 4803 | |
| 4804 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 4805 | return bar; |
| 4806 | } |
| 4807 | |
| 4808 | |
| 4809 | /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position. |
| 4810 | |
| 4811 | If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother |
| 4812 | redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always |
| 4813 | redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose |
| 4814 | events.) |
| 4815 | |
| 4816 | Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to |
| 4817 | fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll |
| 4818 | bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that |
| 4819 | the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way |
| 4820 | to move to the very end of the buffer. */ |
| 4821 | |
| 4822 | #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS |
| 4823 | |
| 4824 | static void |
| 4825 | x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, start, end, rebuild) |
| 4826 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
| 4827 | int start, end; |
| 4828 | int rebuild; |
| 4829 | { |
| 4830 | int dragging = ! NILP (bar->dragging); |
| 4831 | Window w = SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar); |
| 4832 | FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); |
| 4833 | GC gc = f->output_data.x->normal_gc; |
| 4834 | |
| 4835 | /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */ |
| 4836 | if (! rebuild |
| 4837 | && start == XINT (bar->start) |
| 4838 | && end == XINT (bar->end)) |
| 4839 | return; |
| 4840 | |
| 4841 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 4842 | |
| 4843 | { |
| 4844 | int inside_width = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f, XINT (bar->width)); |
| 4845 | int inside_height = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f, XINT (bar->height)); |
| 4846 | int top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height)); |
| 4847 | |
| 4848 | /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve |
| 4849 | the distance between start and end. */ |
| 4850 | { |
| 4851 | int length = end - start; |
| 4852 | |
| 4853 | if (start < 0) |
| 4854 | start = 0; |
| 4855 | else if (start > top_range) |
| 4856 | start = top_range; |
| 4857 | end = start + length; |
| 4858 | |
| 4859 | if (end < start) |
| 4860 | end = start; |
| 4861 | else if (end > top_range && ! dragging) |
| 4862 | end = top_range; |
| 4863 | } |
| 4864 | |
| 4865 | /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */ |
| 4866 | XSETINT (bar->start, start); |
| 4867 | XSETINT (bar->end, end); |
| 4868 | |
| 4869 | /* Clip the end position, just for display. */ |
| 4870 | if (end > top_range) |
| 4871 | end = top_range; |
| 4872 | |
| 4873 | /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels |
| 4874 | below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least |
| 4875 | that many pixels tall. */ |
| 4876 | end += VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE; |
| 4877 | |
| 4878 | /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear |
| 4879 | zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */ |
| 4880 | if (0 < start) |
| 4881 | x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), w, |
| 4882 | /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */ |
| 4883 | VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER, |
| 4884 | VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER, |
| 4885 | inside_width, start, |
| 4886 | False); |
| 4887 | |
| 4888 | /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */ |
| 4889 | if (f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel != -1) |
| 4890 | XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, |
| 4891 | f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel); |
| 4892 | |
| 4893 | /* Draw the handle itself. */ |
| 4894 | XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), w, gc, |
| 4895 | /* x, y, width, height */ |
| 4896 | VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER, |
| 4897 | VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER + start, |
| 4898 | inside_width, end - start); |
| 4899 | |
| 4900 | /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */ |
| 4901 | if (f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel != -1) |
| 4902 | XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, |
| 4903 | f->output_data.x->foreground_pixel); |
| 4904 | |
| 4905 | /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't |
| 4906 | clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */ |
| 4907 | if (end < inside_height) |
| 4908 | x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), w, |
| 4909 | /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */ |
| 4910 | VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER, |
| 4911 | VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER + end, |
| 4912 | inside_width, inside_height - end, |
| 4913 | False); |
| 4914 | |
| 4915 | } |
| 4916 | |
| 4917 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 4918 | } |
| 4919 | |
| 4920 | #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ |
| 4921 | |
| 4922 | /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to |
| 4923 | nil. */ |
| 4924 | |
| 4925 | static void |
| 4926 | x_scroll_bar_remove (bar) |
| 4927 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
| 4928 | { |
| 4929 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); |
| 4930 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 4931 | |
| 4932 | #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS |
| 4933 | #ifdef USE_GTK |
| 4934 | xg_remove_scroll_bar (f, SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar)); |
| 4935 | #else /* not USE_GTK */ |
| 4936 | XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), bar)); |
| 4937 | #endif /* not USE_GTK */ |
| 4938 | #else |
| 4939 | XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar)); |
| 4940 | #endif |
| 4941 | |
| 4942 | /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */ |
| 4943 | XWINDOW (bar->window)->vertical_scroll_bar = Qnil; |
| 4944 | |
| 4945 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 4946 | } |
| 4947 | |
| 4948 | |
| 4949 | /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate |
| 4950 | that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE |
| 4951 | characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar, |
| 4952 | create one. */ |
| 4953 | |
| 4954 | static void |
| 4955 | XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w, portion, whole, position) |
| 4956 | struct window *w; |
| 4957 | int portion, whole, position; |
| 4958 | { |
| 4959 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 4960 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
| 4961 | int top, height, left, sb_left, width, sb_width; |
| 4962 | int window_y, window_height; |
| 4963 | |
| 4964 | /* Get window dimensions. */ |
| 4965 | window_box (w, -1, 0, &window_y, 0, &window_height); |
| 4966 | top = window_y; |
| 4967 | width = WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f); |
| 4968 | height = window_height; |
| 4969 | |
| 4970 | /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */ |
| 4971 | left = WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w); |
| 4972 | |
| 4973 | /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than |
| 4974 | the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */ |
| 4975 | if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w) > 0) |
| 4976 | sb_width = WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w); |
| 4977 | else |
| 4978 | sb_width = width; |
| 4979 | |
| 4980 | /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */ |
| 4981 | #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS |
| 4982 | if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w)) |
| 4983 | sb_left = left + width - sb_width - (width - sb_width) / 2; |
| 4984 | else |
| 4985 | sb_left = left + (width - sb_width) / 2; |
| 4986 | #else |
| 4987 | if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w)) |
| 4988 | sb_left = left + width - sb_width; |
| 4989 | else |
| 4990 | sb_left = left; |
| 4991 | #endif |
| 4992 | |
| 4993 | /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */ |
| 4994 | if (NILP (w->vertical_scroll_bar)) |
| 4995 | { |
| 4996 | if (width > 0 && height > 0) |
| 4997 | { |
| 4998 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 4999 | x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 5000 | left, top, width, height, False); |
| 5001 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5002 | } |
| 5003 | |
| 5004 | bar = x_scroll_bar_create (w, top, sb_left, sb_width, height); |
| 5005 | } |
| 5006 | else |
| 5007 | { |
| 5008 | /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */ |
| 5009 | unsigned int mask = 0; |
| 5010 | |
| 5011 | bar = XSCROLL_BAR (w->vertical_scroll_bar); |
| 5012 | |
| 5013 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5014 | |
| 5015 | if (sb_left != XINT (bar->left)) |
| 5016 | mask |= CWX; |
| 5017 | if (top != XINT (bar->top)) |
| 5018 | mask |= CWY; |
| 5019 | if (sb_width != XINT (bar->width)) |
| 5020 | mask |= CWWidth; |
| 5021 | if (height != XINT (bar->height)) |
| 5022 | mask |= CWHeight; |
| 5023 | |
| 5024 | #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS |
| 5025 | |
| 5026 | #ifdef USE_GTK |
| 5027 | if (mask) |
| 5028 | xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f, |
| 5029 | SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar), |
| 5030 | top, |
| 5031 | sb_left + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM, |
| 5032 | sb_width - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM * 2, |
| 5033 | max (height, 1), |
| 5034 | left, |
| 5035 | width); |
| 5036 | #else /* not USE_GTK */ |
| 5037 | |
| 5038 | /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved |
| 5039 | for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */ |
| 5040 | if (width > 0 && height > 0) |
| 5041 | x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 5042 | left, top, width, height, False); |
| 5043 | /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */ |
| 5044 | if (mask) |
| 5045 | XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), bar), |
| 5046 | sb_left + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM, |
| 5047 | top, |
| 5048 | sb_width - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM * 2, |
| 5049 | max (height, 1), 0); |
| 5050 | |
| 5051 | #endif /* not USE_GTK */ |
| 5052 | #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ |
| 5053 | |
| 5054 | /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of |
| 5055 | VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */ |
| 5056 | if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM) |
| 5057 | { |
| 5058 | x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 5059 | left, top, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM, |
| 5060 | height, False); |
| 5061 | x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 5062 | left + width - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM, |
| 5063 | top, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM, |
| 5064 | height, False); |
| 5065 | } |
| 5066 | |
| 5067 | /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as |
| 5068 | wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a |
| 5069 | previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for |
| 5070 | example. */ |
| 5071 | { |
| 5072 | int area_width = WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f); |
| 5073 | int rest = area_width - sb_width; |
| 5074 | if (rest > 0 && height > 0) |
| 5075 | { |
| 5076 | if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w)) |
| 5077 | x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 5078 | left + area_width - rest, top, |
| 5079 | rest, height, False); |
| 5080 | else |
| 5081 | x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 5082 | left, top, rest, height, False); |
| 5083 | } |
| 5084 | } |
| 5085 | |
| 5086 | /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */ |
| 5087 | if (mask) |
| 5088 | { |
| 5089 | XWindowChanges wc; |
| 5090 | |
| 5091 | wc.x = sb_left + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM; |
| 5092 | wc.y = top; |
| 5093 | wc.width = sb_width - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM * 2; |
| 5094 | wc.height = height; |
| 5095 | XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar), |
| 5096 | mask, &wc); |
| 5097 | } |
| 5098 | |
| 5099 | #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ |
| 5100 | |
| 5101 | /* Remember new settings. */ |
| 5102 | XSETINT (bar->left, sb_left); |
| 5103 | XSETINT (bar->top, top); |
| 5104 | XSETINT (bar->width, sb_width); |
| 5105 | XSETINT (bar->height, height); |
| 5106 | |
| 5107 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5108 | } |
| 5109 | |
| 5110 | #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS |
| 5111 | x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar, portion, position, whole); |
| 5112 | #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ |
| 5113 | /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being |
| 5114 | dragged. */ |
| 5115 | if (NILP (bar->dragging)) |
| 5116 | { |
| 5117 | int top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, height); |
| 5118 | |
| 5119 | if (whole == 0) |
| 5120 | x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, 0, top_range, 0); |
| 5121 | else |
| 5122 | { |
| 5123 | int start = ((double) position * top_range) / whole; |
| 5124 | int end = ((double) (position + portion) * top_range) / whole; |
| 5125 | x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, start, end, 0); |
| 5126 | } |
| 5127 | } |
| 5128 | #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ |
| 5129 | |
| 5130 | XSETVECTOR (w->vertical_scroll_bar, bar); |
| 5131 | } |
| 5132 | |
| 5133 | |
| 5134 | /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough |
| 5135 | redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars |
| 5136 | are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go |
| 5137 | away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys |
| 5138 | and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay |
| 5139 | that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar |
| 5140 | from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */ |
| 5141 | |
| 5142 | /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call |
| 5143 | to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if |
| 5144 | `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */ |
| 5145 | |
| 5146 | static void |
| 5147 | XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame) |
| 5148 | FRAME_PTR frame; |
| 5149 | { |
| 5150 | /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */ |
| 5151 | while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame))) |
| 5152 | { |
| 5153 | Lisp_Object bar; |
| 5154 | bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame); |
| 5155 | FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next; |
| 5156 | XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame); |
| 5157 | XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->prev = Qnil; |
| 5158 | if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame))) |
| 5159 | XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame))->prev = bar; |
| 5160 | FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = bar; |
| 5161 | } |
| 5162 | } |
| 5163 | |
| 5164 | |
| 5165 | /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle. |
| 5166 | Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */ |
| 5167 | |
| 5168 | static void |
| 5169 | XTredeem_scroll_bar (window) |
| 5170 | struct window *window; |
| 5171 | { |
| 5172 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
| 5173 | struct frame *f; |
| 5174 | |
| 5175 | /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */ |
| 5176 | if (NILP (window->vertical_scroll_bar)) |
| 5177 | abort (); |
| 5178 | |
| 5179 | bar = XSCROLL_BAR (window->vertical_scroll_bar); |
| 5180 | |
| 5181 | /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */ |
| 5182 | f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window)); |
| 5183 | if (NILP (bar->prev)) |
| 5184 | { |
| 5185 | /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of |
| 5186 | the lists. */ |
| 5187 | if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), window->vertical_scroll_bar)) |
| 5188 | /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */ |
| 5189 | return; |
| 5190 | else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f), |
| 5191 | window->vertical_scroll_bar)) |
| 5192 | FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f) = bar->next; |
| 5193 | else |
| 5194 | /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of |
| 5195 | one or the other! */ |
| 5196 | abort (); |
| 5197 | } |
| 5198 | else |
| 5199 | XSCROLL_BAR (bar->prev)->next = bar->next; |
| 5200 | |
| 5201 | if (! NILP (bar->next)) |
| 5202 | XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev = bar->prev; |
| 5203 | |
| 5204 | bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); |
| 5205 | bar->prev = Qnil; |
| 5206 | XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar); |
| 5207 | if (! NILP (bar->next)) |
| 5208 | XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar); |
| 5209 | } |
| 5210 | |
| 5211 | /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the |
| 5212 | last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */ |
| 5213 | |
| 5214 | static void |
| 5215 | XTjudge_scroll_bars (f) |
| 5216 | FRAME_PTR f; |
| 5217 | { |
| 5218 | Lisp_Object bar, next; |
| 5219 | |
| 5220 | bar = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f); |
| 5221 | |
| 5222 | /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any |
| 5223 | more events on the hapless scroll bars. */ |
| 5224 | FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f) = Qnil; |
| 5225 | |
| 5226 | for (; ! NILP (bar); bar = next) |
| 5227 | { |
| 5228 | struct scroll_bar *b = XSCROLL_BAR (bar); |
| 5229 | |
| 5230 | x_scroll_bar_remove (b); |
| 5231 | |
| 5232 | next = b->next; |
| 5233 | b->next = b->prev = Qnil; |
| 5234 | } |
| 5235 | |
| 5236 | /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars, |
| 5237 | and they should get garbage-collected. */ |
| 5238 | } |
| 5239 | |
| 5240 | |
| 5241 | #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS |
| 5242 | /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This |
| 5243 | is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars. |
| 5244 | |
| 5245 | This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC |
| 5246 | mark bits. */ |
| 5247 | |
| 5248 | static void |
| 5249 | x_scroll_bar_expose (bar, event) |
| 5250 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
| 5251 | XEvent *event; |
| 5252 | { |
| 5253 | Window w = SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar); |
| 5254 | FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); |
| 5255 | GC gc = f->output_data.x->normal_gc; |
| 5256 | int width_trim = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM; |
| 5257 | |
| 5258 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5259 | |
| 5260 | x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, XINT (bar->start), XINT (bar->end), 1); |
| 5261 | |
| 5262 | /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */ |
| 5263 | XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), w, gc, |
| 5264 | |
| 5265 | /* x, y, width, height */ |
| 5266 | 0, 0, |
| 5267 | XINT (bar->width) - 1 - width_trim - width_trim, |
| 5268 | XINT (bar->height) - 1); |
| 5269 | |
| 5270 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5271 | |
| 5272 | } |
| 5273 | #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ |
| 5274 | |
| 5275 | /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind |
| 5276 | is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued. |
| 5277 | |
| 5278 | This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC |
| 5279 | mark bits. */ |
| 5280 | |
| 5281 | |
| 5282 | static void |
| 5283 | x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, event, emacs_event) |
| 5284 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
| 5285 | XEvent *event; |
| 5286 | struct input_event *emacs_event; |
| 5287 | { |
| 5288 | if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar->window)) |
| 5289 | abort (); |
| 5290 | |
| 5291 | emacs_event->kind = SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT; |
| 5292 | emacs_event->code = event->xbutton.button - Button1; |
| 5293 | emacs_event->modifiers |
| 5294 | = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO |
| 5295 | (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)))), |
| 5296 | event->xbutton.state) |
| 5297 | | (event->type == ButtonRelease |
| 5298 | ? up_modifier |
| 5299 | : down_modifier)); |
| 5300 | emacs_event->frame_or_window = bar->window; |
| 5301 | emacs_event->arg = Qnil; |
| 5302 | emacs_event->timestamp = event->xbutton.time; |
| 5303 | { |
| 5304 | #if 0 |
| 5305 | FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); |
| 5306 | int internal_height |
| 5307 | = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f, XINT (bar->height)); |
| 5308 | #endif |
| 5309 | int top_range |
| 5310 | = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height)); |
| 5311 | int y = event->xbutton.y - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER; |
| 5312 | |
| 5313 | if (y < 0) y = 0; |
| 5314 | if (y > top_range) y = top_range; |
| 5315 | |
| 5316 | if (y < XINT (bar->start)) |
| 5317 | emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_above_handle; |
| 5318 | else if (y < XINT (bar->end) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE) |
| 5319 | emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle; |
| 5320 | else |
| 5321 | emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_below_handle; |
| 5322 | |
| 5323 | /* Just because the user has clicked on the handle doesn't mean |
| 5324 | they want to drag it. Lisp code needs to be able to decide |
| 5325 | whether or not we're dragging. */ |
| 5326 | #if 0 |
| 5327 | /* If the user has just clicked on the handle, record where they're |
| 5328 | holding it. */ |
| 5329 | if (event->type == ButtonPress |
| 5330 | && emacs_event->part == scroll_bar_handle) |
| 5331 | XSETINT (bar->dragging, y - XINT (bar->start)); |
| 5332 | #endif |
| 5333 | |
| 5334 | #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS |
| 5335 | /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */ |
| 5336 | if (event->type == ButtonRelease |
| 5337 | && ! NILP (bar->dragging)) |
| 5338 | { |
| 5339 | int new_start = y - XINT (bar->dragging); |
| 5340 | int new_end = new_start + (XINT (bar->end) - XINT (bar->start)); |
| 5341 | |
| 5342 | x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, new_start, new_end, 0); |
| 5343 | bar->dragging = Qnil; |
| 5344 | } |
| 5345 | #endif |
| 5346 | |
| 5347 | /* Same deal here as the other #if 0. */ |
| 5348 | #if 0 |
| 5349 | /* Clicks on the handle are always reported as occurring at the top of |
| 5350 | the handle. */ |
| 5351 | if (emacs_event->part == scroll_bar_handle) |
| 5352 | emacs_event->x = bar->start; |
| 5353 | else |
| 5354 | XSETINT (emacs_event->x, y); |
| 5355 | #else |
| 5356 | XSETINT (emacs_event->x, y); |
| 5357 | #endif |
| 5358 | |
| 5359 | XSETINT (emacs_event->y, top_range); |
| 5360 | } |
| 5361 | } |
| 5362 | |
| 5363 | #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS |
| 5364 | |
| 5365 | /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar. |
| 5366 | |
| 5367 | This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC |
| 5368 | mark bits. */ |
| 5369 | |
| 5370 | static void |
| 5371 | x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar, event) |
| 5372 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
| 5373 | XEvent *event; |
| 5374 | { |
| 5375 | FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)->frame); |
| 5376 | |
| 5377 | last_mouse_movement_time = event->xmotion.time; |
| 5378 | |
| 5379 | f->mouse_moved = 1; |
| 5380 | XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar, bar); |
| 5381 | |
| 5382 | /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */ |
| 5383 | if (! GC_NILP (bar->dragging)) |
| 5384 | { |
| 5385 | /* Where should the handle be now? */ |
| 5386 | int new_start = event->xmotion.y - XINT (bar->dragging); |
| 5387 | |
| 5388 | if (new_start != XINT (bar->start)) |
| 5389 | { |
| 5390 | int new_end = new_start + (XINT (bar->end) - XINT (bar->start)); |
| 5391 | |
| 5392 | x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar, new_start, new_end, 0); |
| 5393 | } |
| 5394 | } |
| 5395 | } |
| 5396 | |
| 5397 | #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ |
| 5398 | |
| 5399 | /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse |
| 5400 | on the scroll bar. */ |
| 5401 | |
| 5402 | static void |
| 5403 | x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time) |
| 5404 | FRAME_PTR *fp; |
| 5405 | Lisp_Object *bar_window; |
| 5406 | enum scroll_bar_part *part; |
| 5407 | Lisp_Object *x, *y; |
| 5408 | unsigned long *time; |
| 5409 | { |
| 5410 | struct scroll_bar *bar = XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar); |
| 5411 | Window w = SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar); |
| 5412 | FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); |
| 5413 | int win_x, win_y; |
| 5414 | Window dummy_window; |
| 5415 | int dummy_coord; |
| 5416 | unsigned int dummy_mask; |
| 5417 | |
| 5418 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5419 | |
| 5420 | /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and |
| 5421 | report that. */ |
| 5422 | if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), w, |
| 5423 | |
| 5424 | /* Root, child, root x and root y. */ |
| 5425 | &dummy_window, &dummy_window, |
| 5426 | &dummy_coord, &dummy_coord, |
| 5427 | |
| 5428 | /* Position relative to scroll bar. */ |
| 5429 | &win_x, &win_y, |
| 5430 | |
| 5431 | /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */ |
| 5432 | &dummy_mask)) |
| 5433 | ; |
| 5434 | else |
| 5435 | { |
| 5436 | #if 0 |
| 5437 | int inside_height |
| 5438 | = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f, XINT (bar->height)); |
| 5439 | #endif |
| 5440 | int top_range |
| 5441 | = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height)); |
| 5442 | |
| 5443 | win_y -= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER; |
| 5444 | |
| 5445 | if (! NILP (bar->dragging)) |
| 5446 | win_y -= XINT (bar->dragging); |
| 5447 | |
| 5448 | if (win_y < 0) |
| 5449 | win_y = 0; |
| 5450 | if (win_y > top_range) |
| 5451 | win_y = top_range; |
| 5452 | |
| 5453 | *fp = f; |
| 5454 | *bar_window = bar->window; |
| 5455 | |
| 5456 | if (! NILP (bar->dragging)) |
| 5457 | *part = scroll_bar_handle; |
| 5458 | else if (win_y < XINT (bar->start)) |
| 5459 | *part = scroll_bar_above_handle; |
| 5460 | else if (win_y < XINT (bar->end) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE) |
| 5461 | *part = scroll_bar_handle; |
| 5462 | else |
| 5463 | *part = scroll_bar_below_handle; |
| 5464 | |
| 5465 | XSETINT (*x, win_y); |
| 5466 | XSETINT (*y, top_range); |
| 5467 | |
| 5468 | f->mouse_moved = 0; |
| 5469 | last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; |
| 5470 | } |
| 5471 | |
| 5472 | *time = last_mouse_movement_time; |
| 5473 | |
| 5474 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 5475 | } |
| 5476 | |
| 5477 | |
| 5478 | /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or |
| 5479 | background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn. |
| 5480 | Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can |
| 5481 | redraw them. */ |
| 5482 | |
| 5483 | void |
| 5484 | x_scroll_bar_clear (f) |
| 5485 | FRAME_PTR f; |
| 5486 | { |
| 5487 | #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS |
| 5488 | Lisp_Object bar; |
| 5489 | |
| 5490 | /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0, |
| 5491 | if we just turned off scroll bar mode. |
| 5492 | But in that case we should not clear them. */ |
| 5493 | if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f)) |
| 5494 | for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); VECTORP (bar); |
| 5495 | bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next) |
| 5496 | XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), |
| 5497 | SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar)), |
| 5498 | 0, 0, 0, 0, True); |
| 5499 | #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ |
| 5500 | } |
| 5501 | |
| 5502 | \f |
| 5503 | /* Define a queue to save up SelectionRequest events for later handling. */ |
| 5504 | |
| 5505 | struct selection_event_queue |
| 5506 | { |
| 5507 | XEvent event; |
| 5508 | struct selection_event_queue *next; |
| 5509 | }; |
| 5510 | |
| 5511 | static struct selection_event_queue *queue; |
| 5512 | |
| 5513 | /* Nonzero means queue up certain events--don't process them yet. */ |
| 5514 | |
| 5515 | static int x_queue_selection_requests; |
| 5516 | |
| 5517 | /* Queue up an X event *EVENT, to be processed later. */ |
| 5518 | |
| 5519 | static void |
| 5520 | x_queue_event (f, event) |
| 5521 | FRAME_PTR f; |
| 5522 | XEvent *event; |
| 5523 | { |
| 5524 | struct selection_event_queue *queue_tmp |
| 5525 | = (struct selection_event_queue *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct selection_event_queue)); |
| 5526 | |
| 5527 | if (queue_tmp != NULL) |
| 5528 | { |
| 5529 | queue_tmp->event = *event; |
| 5530 | queue_tmp->next = queue; |
| 5531 | queue = queue_tmp; |
| 5532 | } |
| 5533 | } |
| 5534 | |
| 5535 | /* Take all the queued events and put them back |
| 5536 | so that they get processed afresh. */ |
| 5537 | |
| 5538 | static void |
| 5539 | x_unqueue_events (display) |
| 5540 | Display *display; |
| 5541 | { |
| 5542 | while (queue != NULL) |
| 5543 | { |
| 5544 | struct selection_event_queue *queue_tmp = queue; |
| 5545 | XPutBackEvent (display, &queue_tmp->event); |
| 5546 | queue = queue_tmp->next; |
| 5547 | xfree ((char *)queue_tmp); |
| 5548 | } |
| 5549 | } |
| 5550 | |
| 5551 | /* Start queuing SelectionRequest events. */ |
| 5552 | |
| 5553 | void |
| 5554 | x_start_queuing_selection_requests (display) |
| 5555 | Display *display; |
| 5556 | { |
| 5557 | x_queue_selection_requests++; |
| 5558 | } |
| 5559 | |
| 5560 | /* Stop queuing SelectionRequest events. */ |
| 5561 | |
| 5562 | void |
| 5563 | x_stop_queuing_selection_requests (display) |
| 5564 | Display *display; |
| 5565 | { |
| 5566 | x_queue_selection_requests--; |
| 5567 | x_unqueue_events (display); |
| 5568 | } |
| 5569 | \f |
| 5570 | /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */ |
| 5571 | |
| 5572 | #if 0 |
| 5573 | /* Time stamp of enter window event. This is only used by XTread_socket, |
| 5574 | but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions |
| 5575 | sometimes don't work. */ |
| 5576 | |
| 5577 | static Time enter_timestamp; |
| 5578 | #endif |
| 5579 | |
| 5580 | /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys |
| 5581 | and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_ |
| 5582 | says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures |
| 5583 | me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay. |
| 5584 | |
| 5585 | This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons |
| 5586 | given for enter_timestamp, above. */ |
| 5587 | |
| 5588 | static XComposeStatus compose_status; |
| 5589 | |
| 5590 | /* Record the last 100 characters stored |
| 5591 | to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */ |
| 5592 | |
| 5593 | static int temp_index; |
| 5594 | static short temp_buffer[100]; |
| 5595 | |
| 5596 | /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error" |
| 5597 | on a particular display. */ |
| 5598 | |
| 5599 | struct x_display_info *XTread_socket_fake_io_error; |
| 5600 | |
| 5601 | /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command |
| 5602 | to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it. |
| 5603 | We try all the open displays, one by one. |
| 5604 | This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */ |
| 5605 | |
| 5606 | static struct x_display_info *next_noop_dpyinfo; |
| 5607 | |
| 5608 | #define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) \ |
| 5609 | do \ |
| 5610 | { \ |
| 5611 | if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \ |
| 5612 | f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \ |
| 5613 | = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \ |
| 5614 | bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \ |
| 5615 | if (numchars >= 1) \ |
| 5616 | { \ |
| 5617 | bufp->kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \ |
| 5618 | XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); \ |
| 5619 | bufp->arg = Qnil; \ |
| 5620 | bufp++; \ |
| 5621 | count++; \ |
| 5622 | numchars--; \ |
| 5623 | } \ |
| 5624 | } \ |
| 5625 | while (0) |
| 5626 | |
| 5627 | #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent)) |
| 5628 | #define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent)) |
| 5629 | |
| 5630 | |
| 5631 | enum |
| 5632 | { |
| 5633 | X_EVENT_NORMAL, |
| 5634 | X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT, |
| 5635 | X_EVENT_DROP |
| 5636 | }; |
| 5637 | |
| 5638 | /* Filter events for the current X input method. |
| 5639 | DPYINFO is the display this event is for. |
| 5640 | EVENT is the X event to filter. |
| 5641 | |
| 5642 | Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process |
| 5643 | this event further. |
| 5644 | Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */ |
| 5645 | |
| 5646 | #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N |
| 5647 | static int |
| 5648 | x_filter_event (dpyinfo, event) |
| 5649 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 5650 | XEvent *event; |
| 5651 | { |
| 5652 | /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has |
| 5653 | consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to |
| 5654 | XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC |
| 5655 | was created. */ |
| 5656 | |
| 5657 | struct frame *f1 = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, |
| 5658 | event->xclient.window); |
| 5659 | |
| 5660 | return XFilterEvent (event, f1 ? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1) : None); |
| 5661 | } |
| 5662 | #endif |
| 5663 | |
| 5664 | #ifdef USE_GTK |
| 5665 | static struct x_display_info *current_dpyinfo; |
| 5666 | static struct input_event **current_bufp; |
| 5667 | static int *current_numcharsp; |
| 5668 | static int current_count; |
| 5669 | static int current_finish; |
| 5670 | |
| 5671 | /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop. |
| 5672 | It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent, |
| 5673 | so we have a chanse to act on the event before GTK. */ |
| 5674 | static GdkFilterReturn |
| 5675 | event_handler_gdk (gxev, ev, data) |
| 5676 | GdkXEvent *gxev; |
| 5677 | GdkEvent *ev; |
| 5678 | gpointer data; |
| 5679 | { |
| 5680 | XEvent *xev = (XEvent*)gxev; |
| 5681 | |
| 5682 | if (current_numcharsp) |
| 5683 | { |
| 5684 | #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N |
| 5685 | /* Filter events for the current X input method. |
| 5686 | GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release, |
| 5687 | so we do it here. */ |
| 5688 | if (xev->type == KeyPress || xev->type == KeyRelease) |
| 5689 | if (x_filter_event (current_dpyinfo, xev)) |
| 5690 | return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE; |
| 5691 | #endif |
| 5692 | current_count += handle_one_xevent (current_dpyinfo, |
| 5693 | xev, |
| 5694 | current_bufp, |
| 5695 | current_numcharsp, |
| 5696 | ¤t_finish); |
| 5697 | } |
| 5698 | else |
| 5699 | current_finish = x_dispatch_event (xev, GDK_DISPLAY ()); |
| 5700 | |
| 5701 | if (current_finish == X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT || current_finish == X_EVENT_DROP) |
| 5702 | return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE; |
| 5703 | |
| 5704 | return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE; |
| 5705 | } |
| 5706 | #endif /* USE_GTK */ |
| 5707 | |
| 5708 | |
| 5709 | /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO. |
| 5710 | |
| 5711 | *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events. |
| 5712 | *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events. |
| 5713 | *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit. |
| 5714 | |
| 5715 | Events representing keys are stored in buffer *BUFP_R, |
| 5716 | which can hold up to *NUMCHARSP characters. |
| 5717 | We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */ |
| 5718 | |
| 5719 | static int |
| 5720 | handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo, eventp, bufp_r, numcharsp, finish) |
| 5721 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 5722 | XEvent *eventp; |
| 5723 | /* register */ struct input_event **bufp_r; |
| 5724 | /* register */ int *numcharsp; |
| 5725 | int *finish; |
| 5726 | { |
| 5727 | int count = 0; |
| 5728 | int nbytes = 0; |
| 5729 | struct frame *f; |
| 5730 | struct coding_system coding; |
| 5731 | struct input_event *bufp = *bufp_r; |
| 5732 | int numchars = *numcharsp; |
| 5733 | XEvent event = *eventp; |
| 5734 | |
| 5735 | *finish = X_EVENT_NORMAL; |
| 5736 | |
| 5737 | switch (event.type) |
| 5738 | { |
| 5739 | case ClientMessage: |
| 5740 | { |
| 5741 | if (event.xclient.message_type |
| 5742 | == dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_protocols |
| 5743 | && event.xclient.format == 32) |
| 5744 | { |
| 5745 | if (event.xclient.data.l[0] |
| 5746 | == dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_take_focus) |
| 5747 | { |
| 5748 | /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this |
| 5749 | could be the shell widget window |
| 5750 | if the frame has no title bar. */ |
| 5751 | f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xclient.window); |
| 5752 | #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N |
| 5753 | /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */ |
| 5754 | if (f && FRAME_XIC (f)) |
| 5755 | XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f)); |
| 5756 | #endif |
| 5757 | #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This |
| 5758 | instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for |
| 5759 | Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS |
| 5760 | tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after |
| 5761 | it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not |
| 5762 | needed. |
| 5763 | |
| 5764 | The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In |
| 5765 | cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one |
| 5766 | below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call |
| 5767 | below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse |
| 5768 | Emacs. */ |
| 5769 | |
| 5770 | /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call |
| 5771 | XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null, |
| 5772 | since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */ |
| 5773 | if (f) |
| 5774 | { |
| 5775 | Display *d = event.xclient.display; |
| 5776 | /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been |
| 5777 | iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */ |
| 5778 | int count = x_catch_errors (d); |
| 5779 | XSetInputFocus (d, event.xclient.window, |
| 5780 | /* The ICCCM says this is |
| 5781 | the only valid choice. */ |
| 5782 | RevertToParent, |
| 5783 | event.xclient.data.l[1]); |
| 5784 | /* This is needed to detect the error |
| 5785 | if there is an error. */ |
| 5786 | XSync (d, False); |
| 5787 | x_uncatch_errors (d, count); |
| 5788 | } |
| 5789 | /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */ |
| 5790 | #endif /* 0 */ |
| 5791 | } |
| 5792 | else if (event.xclient.data.l[0] |
| 5793 | == dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_save_yourself) |
| 5794 | { |
| 5795 | /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to |
| 5796 | something which can reinstate us. This notifies |
| 5797 | the session manager, who's looking for such a |
| 5798 | PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when |
| 5799 | a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */ |
| 5800 | /* If we have a session manager, don't set this. |
| 5801 | KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the |
| 5802 | session manager and one for this. */ |
| 5803 | if (numchars > 0 |
| 5804 | #ifdef HAVE_X_SM |
| 5805 | && ! x_session_have_connection () |
| 5806 | #endif |
| 5807 | ) |
| 5808 | { |
| 5809 | f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, |
| 5810 | event.xclient.window); |
| 5811 | /* This is just so we only give real data once |
| 5812 | for a single Emacs process. */ |
| 5813 | if (f == SELECTED_FRAME ()) |
| 5814 | XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), |
| 5815 | event.xclient.window, |
| 5816 | initial_argv, initial_argc); |
| 5817 | else if (f) |
| 5818 | XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), |
| 5819 | event.xclient.window, |
| 5820 | 0, 0); |
| 5821 | } |
| 5822 | } |
| 5823 | else if (event.xclient.data.l[0] |
| 5824 | == dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_delete_window) |
| 5825 | { |
| 5826 | struct frame *f |
| 5827 | = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, |
| 5828 | event.xclient.window); |
| 5829 | |
| 5830 | if (f) |
| 5831 | { |
| 5832 | if (numchars == 0) |
| 5833 | abort (); |
| 5834 | |
| 5835 | bufp->kind = DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT; |
| 5836 | XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); |
| 5837 | bufp->arg = Qnil; |
| 5838 | bufp++; |
| 5839 | |
| 5840 | count += 1; |
| 5841 | numchars -= 1; |
| 5842 | } |
| 5843 | else |
| 5844 | goto OTHER; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */ |
| 5845 | } |
| 5846 | } |
| 5847 | else if (event.xclient.message_type |
| 5848 | == dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_configure_denied) |
| 5849 | { |
| 5850 | } |
| 5851 | else if (event.xclient.message_type |
| 5852 | == dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_window_moved) |
| 5853 | { |
| 5854 | int new_x, new_y; |
| 5855 | struct frame *f |
| 5856 | = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xclient.window); |
| 5857 | |
| 5858 | new_x = event.xclient.data.s[0]; |
| 5859 | new_y = event.xclient.data.s[1]; |
| 5860 | |
| 5861 | if (f) |
| 5862 | { |
| 5863 | f->left_pos = new_x; |
| 5864 | f->top_pos = new_y; |
| 5865 | } |
| 5866 | } |
| 5867 | #ifdef HACK_EDITRES |
| 5868 | else if (event.xclient.message_type |
| 5869 | == dpyinfo->Xatom_editres) |
| 5870 | { |
| 5871 | struct frame *f |
| 5872 | = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xclient.window); |
| 5873 | _XEditResCheckMessages (f->output_data.x->widget, NULL, |
| 5874 | &event, NULL); |
| 5875 | } |
| 5876 | #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */ |
| 5877 | else if ((event.xclient.message_type |
| 5878 | == dpyinfo->Xatom_DONE) |
| 5879 | || (event.xclient.message_type |
| 5880 | == dpyinfo->Xatom_PAGE)) |
| 5881 | { |
| 5882 | /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could |
| 5883 | reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we |
| 5884 | currently never do because we are interested in |
| 5885 | images, only, which should have 1 page. */ |
| 5886 | Pixmap pixmap = (Pixmap) event.xclient.data.l[1]; |
| 5887 | struct frame *f |
| 5888 | = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xclient.window); |
| 5889 | x_kill_gs_process (pixmap, f); |
| 5890 | expose_frame (f, 0, 0, 0, 0); |
| 5891 | } |
| 5892 | #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS |
| 5893 | /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which |
| 5894 | we construct an input_event. */ |
| 5895 | else if (event.xclient.message_type |
| 5896 | == dpyinfo->Xatom_Scrollbar) |
| 5897 | { |
| 5898 | x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event, bufp); |
| 5899 | ++bufp, ++count, --numchars; |
| 5900 | goto out; |
| 5901 | } |
| 5902 | #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ |
| 5903 | else |
| 5904 | goto OTHER; |
| 5905 | } |
| 5906 | break; |
| 5907 | |
| 5908 | case SelectionNotify: |
| 5909 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 5910 | if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xselection.requestor)) |
| 5911 | goto OTHER; |
| 5912 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 5913 | x_handle_selection_notify (&event.xselection); |
| 5914 | break; |
| 5915 | |
| 5916 | case SelectionClear: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */ |
| 5917 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 5918 | if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xselectionclear.window)) |
| 5919 | goto OTHER; |
| 5920 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 5921 | { |
| 5922 | XSelectionClearEvent *eventp = (XSelectionClearEvent *) &event; |
| 5923 | |
| 5924 | if (numchars == 0) |
| 5925 | abort (); |
| 5926 | |
| 5927 | bufp->kind = SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT; |
| 5928 | SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (bufp) = eventp->display; |
| 5929 | SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (bufp) = eventp->selection; |
| 5930 | SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (bufp) = eventp->time; |
| 5931 | bufp->frame_or_window = Qnil; |
| 5932 | bufp->arg = Qnil; |
| 5933 | bufp++; |
| 5934 | |
| 5935 | count += 1; |
| 5936 | numchars -= 1; |
| 5937 | } |
| 5938 | break; |
| 5939 | |
| 5940 | case SelectionRequest: /* Someone wants our selection. */ |
| 5941 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 5942 | if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xselectionrequest.owner)) |
| 5943 | goto OTHER; |
| 5944 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 5945 | if (x_queue_selection_requests) |
| 5946 | x_queue_event (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xselectionrequest.owner), |
| 5947 | &event); |
| 5948 | else |
| 5949 | { |
| 5950 | XSelectionRequestEvent *eventp |
| 5951 | = (XSelectionRequestEvent *) &event; |
| 5952 | |
| 5953 | if (numchars == 0) |
| 5954 | abort (); |
| 5955 | |
| 5956 | bufp->kind = SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT; |
| 5957 | SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (bufp) = eventp->display; |
| 5958 | SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (bufp) = eventp->requestor; |
| 5959 | SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (bufp) = eventp->selection; |
| 5960 | SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (bufp) = eventp->target; |
| 5961 | SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (bufp) = eventp->property; |
| 5962 | SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (bufp) = eventp->time; |
| 5963 | bufp->frame_or_window = Qnil; |
| 5964 | bufp->arg = Qnil; |
| 5965 | bufp++; |
| 5966 | |
| 5967 | count += 1; |
| 5968 | numchars -= 1; |
| 5969 | } |
| 5970 | break; |
| 5971 | |
| 5972 | case PropertyNotify: |
| 5973 | #if 0 /* This is plain wrong. In the case that we are waiting for a |
| 5974 | PropertyNotify used as an ACK in incremental selection |
| 5975 | transfer, the property will be on the receiver's window. */ |
| 5976 | #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 5977 | if (!x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xproperty.window)) |
| 5978 | goto OTHER; |
| 5979 | #endif |
| 5980 | #endif |
| 5981 | x_handle_property_notify (&event.xproperty); |
| 5982 | goto OTHER; |
| 5983 | |
| 5984 | case ReparentNotify: |
| 5985 | f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xreparent.window); |
| 5986 | if (f) |
| 5987 | { |
| 5988 | int x, y; |
| 5989 | f->output_data.x->parent_desc = event.xreparent.parent; |
| 5990 | x_real_positions (f, &x, &y); |
| 5991 | f->left_pos = x; |
| 5992 | f->top_pos = y; |
| 5993 | } |
| 5994 | goto OTHER; |
| 5995 | break; |
| 5996 | |
| 5997 | case Expose: |
| 5998 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xexpose.window); |
| 5999 | if (f) |
| 6000 | { |
| 6001 | x_check_fullscreen (f); |
| 6002 | |
| 6003 | if (f->async_visible == 0) |
| 6004 | { |
| 6005 | f->async_visible = 1; |
| 6006 | f->async_iconified = 0; |
| 6007 | f->output_data.x->has_been_visible = 1; |
| 6008 | SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
| 6009 | } |
| 6010 | else |
| 6011 | expose_frame (f, |
| 6012 | event.xexpose.x, event.xexpose.y, |
| 6013 | event.xexpose.width, event.xexpose.height); |
| 6014 | } |
| 6015 | else |
| 6016 | { |
| 6017 | #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS |
| 6018 | struct scroll_bar *bar; |
| 6019 | #endif |
| 6020 | #if defined USE_LUCID |
| 6021 | /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets |
| 6022 | themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events |
| 6023 | to them. Recognize this case separately. */ |
| 6024 | { |
| 6025 | Widget widget |
| 6026 | = x_window_to_menu_bar (event.xexpose.window); |
| 6027 | if (widget) |
| 6028 | xlwmenu_redisplay (widget); |
| 6029 | } |
| 6030 | #endif /* USE_LUCID */ |
| 6031 | |
| 6032 | #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS |
| 6033 | /* Dispatch event to the widget. */ |
| 6034 | goto OTHER; |
| 6035 | #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ |
| 6036 | bar = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event.xexpose.window); |
| 6037 | |
| 6038 | if (bar) |
| 6039 | x_scroll_bar_expose (bar, &event); |
| 6040 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 6041 | else |
| 6042 | goto OTHER; |
| 6043 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 6044 | #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ |
| 6045 | } |
| 6046 | break; |
| 6047 | |
| 6048 | case GraphicsExpose: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's |
| 6049 | source area was obscured or not |
| 6050 | available. */ |
| 6051 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xgraphicsexpose.drawable); |
| 6052 | if (f) |
| 6053 | { |
| 6054 | expose_frame (f, |
| 6055 | event.xgraphicsexpose.x, event.xgraphicsexpose.y, |
| 6056 | event.xgraphicsexpose.width, |
| 6057 | event.xgraphicsexpose.height); |
| 6058 | } |
| 6059 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 6060 | else |
| 6061 | goto OTHER; |
| 6062 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 6063 | break; |
| 6064 | |
| 6065 | case NoExpose: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's |
| 6066 | source area was completely |
| 6067 | available. */ |
| 6068 | break; |
| 6069 | |
| 6070 | case UnmapNotify: |
| 6071 | /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */ |
| 6072 | if (event.xmap.window == tip_window) |
| 6073 | { |
| 6074 | tip_window = 0; |
| 6075 | redo_mouse_highlight (); |
| 6076 | } |
| 6077 | |
| 6078 | f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xunmap.window); |
| 6079 | if (f) /* F may no longer exist if |
| 6080 | the frame was deleted. */ |
| 6081 | { |
| 6082 | /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is |
| 6083 | disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a |
| 6084 | display that won't ever be seen. */ |
| 6085 | f->async_visible = 0; |
| 6086 | /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window |
| 6087 | has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it |
| 6088 | was previously visible, than now it is iconified. |
| 6089 | But x_make_frame_invisible clears both |
| 6090 | the visible flag and the iconified flag; |
| 6091 | and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */ |
| 6092 | if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f)) |
| 6093 | { |
| 6094 | f->async_iconified = 1; |
| 6095 | |
| 6096 | bufp->kind = ICONIFY_EVENT; |
| 6097 | XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); |
| 6098 | bufp->arg = Qnil; |
| 6099 | bufp++; |
| 6100 | count++; |
| 6101 | numchars--; |
| 6102 | } |
| 6103 | } |
| 6104 | goto OTHER; |
| 6105 | |
| 6106 | case MapNotify: |
| 6107 | if (event.xmap.window == tip_window) |
| 6108 | /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid |
| 6109 | the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */ |
| 6110 | goto OTHER; |
| 6111 | |
| 6112 | /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can |
| 6113 | come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the |
| 6114 | frame is visible. */ |
| 6115 | f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xmap.window); |
| 6116 | if (f) |
| 6117 | { |
| 6118 | /* wait_reading_process_input will notice this and update |
| 6119 | the frame's display structures. |
| 6120 | If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged, |
| 6121 | because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks |
| 6122 | bad if we are called from a recursive event loop |
| 6123 | (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */ |
| 6124 | if (! f->async_iconified) |
| 6125 | SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
| 6126 | |
| 6127 | f->async_visible = 1; |
| 6128 | f->async_iconified = 0; |
| 6129 | f->output_data.x->has_been_visible = 1; |
| 6130 | |
| 6131 | if (f->iconified) |
| 6132 | { |
| 6133 | bufp->kind = DEICONIFY_EVENT; |
| 6134 | XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); |
| 6135 | bufp->arg = Qnil; |
| 6136 | bufp++; |
| 6137 | count++; |
| 6138 | numchars--; |
| 6139 | } |
| 6140 | else if (! NILP (Vframe_list) |
| 6141 | && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list))) |
| 6142 | /* Force a redisplay sooner or later |
| 6143 | to update the frame titles |
| 6144 | in case this is the second frame. */ |
| 6145 | record_asynch_buffer_change (); |
| 6146 | } |
| 6147 | goto OTHER; |
| 6148 | |
| 6149 | case KeyPress: |
| 6150 | |
| 6151 | #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK) |
| 6152 | /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */ |
| 6153 | if (popup_activated ()) |
| 6154 | goto OTHER; |
| 6155 | #endif |
| 6156 | |
| 6157 | f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xkey.window); |
| 6158 | |
| 6159 | if (!dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden && INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight)) |
| 6160 | { |
| 6161 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden = 1; |
| 6162 | clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); |
| 6163 | } |
| 6164 | |
| 6165 | #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS |
| 6166 | if (f == 0) |
| 6167 | { |
| 6168 | /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want |
| 6169 | the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */ |
| 6170 | Widget widget = XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo->display, |
| 6171 | event.xkey.window); |
| 6172 | if (widget && XmIsScrollBar (widget)) |
| 6173 | { |
| 6174 | widget = XtParent (widget); |
| 6175 | f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, XtWindow (widget)); |
| 6176 | } |
| 6177 | } |
| 6178 | #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ |
| 6179 | |
| 6180 | if (f != 0) |
| 6181 | { |
| 6182 | KeySym keysym, orig_keysym; |
| 6183 | /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81 |
| 6184 | instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made |
| 6185 | his Emacs hang. |
| 6186 | |
| 6187 | It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has |
| 6188 | a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in |
| 6189 | status_return even if the input is too long to |
| 6190 | fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient |
| 6191 | bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for |
| 6192 | two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good |
| 6193 | approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */ |
| 6194 | unsigned char copy_buffer[513]; |
| 6195 | unsigned char *copy_bufptr = copy_buffer; |
| 6196 | int copy_bufsiz = sizeof (copy_buffer); |
| 6197 | int modifiers; |
| 6198 | Lisp_Object coding_system = Qlatin_1; |
| 6199 | |
| 6200 | event.xkey.state |
| 6201 | |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f), |
| 6202 | extra_keyboard_modifiers); |
| 6203 | modifiers = event.xkey.state; |
| 6204 | |
| 6205 | /* This will have to go some day... */ |
| 6206 | |
| 6207 | /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars. |
| 6208 | Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */ |
| 6209 | event.xkey.state &= ~ControlMask; |
| 6210 | event.xkey.state &= ~(dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask |
| 6211 | | dpyinfo->super_mod_mask |
| 6212 | | dpyinfo->hyper_mod_mask |
| 6213 | | dpyinfo->alt_mod_mask); |
| 6214 | |
| 6215 | /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter, |
| 6216 | clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger |
| 6217 | Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de |
| 6218 | this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or |
| 6219 | not it is combined with Meta. */ |
| 6220 | if (modifiers & dpyinfo->meta_mod_mask) |
| 6221 | bzero (&compose_status, sizeof (compose_status)); |
| 6222 | |
| 6223 | #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N |
| 6224 | if (FRAME_XIC (f)) |
| 6225 | { |
| 6226 | Status status_return; |
| 6227 | |
| 6228 | coding_system = Vlocale_coding_system; |
| 6229 | nbytes = XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f), |
| 6230 | &event.xkey, copy_bufptr, |
| 6231 | copy_bufsiz, &keysym, |
| 6232 | &status_return); |
| 6233 | if (status_return == XBufferOverflow) |
| 6234 | { |
| 6235 | copy_bufsiz = nbytes + 1; |
| 6236 | copy_bufptr = (char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz); |
| 6237 | nbytes = XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f), |
| 6238 | &event.xkey, copy_bufptr, |
| 6239 | copy_bufsiz, &keysym, |
| 6240 | &status_return); |
| 6241 | } |
| 6242 | /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */ |
| 6243 | #if 0 && defined X_HAVE_UTF8_STRING |
| 6244 | else if (status_return == XLookupKeySym) |
| 6245 | { /* Try again but with utf-8. */ |
| 6246 | coding_system = Qutf_8; |
| 6247 | nbytes = Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f), |
| 6248 | &event.xkey, copy_bufptr, |
| 6249 | copy_bufsiz, &keysym, |
| 6250 | &status_return); |
| 6251 | if (status_return == XBufferOverflow) |
| 6252 | { |
| 6253 | copy_bufsiz = nbytes + 1; |
| 6254 | copy_bufptr = (char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz); |
| 6255 | nbytes = Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f), |
| 6256 | &event.xkey, |
| 6257 | copy_bufptr, |
| 6258 | copy_bufsiz, &keysym, |
| 6259 | &status_return); |
| 6260 | } |
| 6261 | } |
| 6262 | #endif |
| 6263 | |
| 6264 | if (status_return == XLookupNone) |
| 6265 | break; |
| 6266 | else if (status_return == XLookupChars) |
| 6267 | { |
| 6268 | keysym = NoSymbol; |
| 6269 | modifiers = 0; |
| 6270 | } |
| 6271 | else if (status_return != XLookupKeySym |
| 6272 | && status_return != XLookupBoth) |
| 6273 | abort (); |
| 6274 | } |
| 6275 | else |
| 6276 | nbytes = XLookupString (&event.xkey, copy_bufptr, |
| 6277 | copy_bufsiz, &keysym, |
| 6278 | &compose_status); |
| 6279 | #else |
| 6280 | nbytes = XLookupString (&event.xkey, copy_bufptr, |
| 6281 | copy_bufsiz, &keysym, |
| 6282 | &compose_status); |
| 6283 | #endif |
| 6284 | |
| 6285 | orig_keysym = keysym; |
| 6286 | |
| 6287 | if (numchars > 1) |
| 6288 | { |
| 6289 | Lisp_Object c; |
| 6290 | |
| 6291 | /* First deal with keysyms which have defined |
| 6292 | translations to characters. */ |
| 6293 | if (keysym >= 32 && keysym < 128) |
| 6294 | /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */ |
| 6295 | { |
| 6296 | bufp->kind = ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT; |
| 6297 | bufp->code = keysym; |
| 6298 | XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); |
| 6299 | bufp->arg = Qnil; |
| 6300 | bufp->modifiers |
| 6301 | = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f), |
| 6302 | modifiers); |
| 6303 | bufp->timestamp = event.xkey.time; |
| 6304 | bufp++; |
| 6305 | count++; |
| 6306 | numchars--; |
| 6307 | } |
| 6308 | /* Now non-ASCII. */ |
| 6309 | else if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table) |
| 6310 | && (NATNUMP (c = Fgethash (make_number (keysym), |
| 6311 | Vx_keysym_table, |
| 6312 | Qnil)))) |
| 6313 | { |
| 6314 | bufp->kind = (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c)) |
| 6315 | ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT |
| 6316 | : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT); |
| 6317 | bufp->code = XFASTINT (c); |
| 6318 | XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); |
| 6319 | bufp->arg = Qnil; |
| 6320 | bufp->modifiers |
| 6321 | = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f), |
| 6322 | modifiers); |
| 6323 | bufp->timestamp = event.xkey.time; |
| 6324 | bufp++; |
| 6325 | count++; |
| 6326 | numchars--; |
| 6327 | } |
| 6328 | /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */ |
| 6329 | else if (((keysym >= XK_BackSpace && keysym <= XK_Escape) |
| 6330 | || keysym == XK_Delete |
| 6331 | #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab |
| 6332 | || (keysym >= XK_ISO_Left_Tab |
| 6333 | && keysym <= XK_ISO_Enter) |
| 6334 | #endif |
| 6335 | || IsCursorKey (keysym) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */ |
| 6336 | || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */ |
| 6337 | #ifdef HPUX |
| 6338 | /* This recognizes the "extended function |
| 6339 | keys". It seems there's no cleaner way. |
| 6340 | Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling |
| 6341 | mode_switch incorrectly. */ |
| 6342 | || ((unsigned) (keysym) >= XK_Select |
| 6343 | && (unsigned)(keysym) < XK_KP_Space) |
| 6344 | #endif |
| 6345 | #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex |
| 6346 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_circumflex |
| 6347 | #endif |
| 6348 | #ifdef XK_dead_grave |
| 6349 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_grave |
| 6350 | #endif |
| 6351 | #ifdef XK_dead_tilde |
| 6352 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_tilde |
| 6353 | #endif |
| 6354 | #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis |
| 6355 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_diaeresis |
| 6356 | #endif |
| 6357 | #ifdef XK_dead_macron |
| 6358 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_macron |
| 6359 | #endif |
| 6360 | #ifdef XK_dead_degree |
| 6361 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_degree |
| 6362 | #endif |
| 6363 | #ifdef XK_dead_acute |
| 6364 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_acute |
| 6365 | #endif |
| 6366 | #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla |
| 6367 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_cedilla |
| 6368 | #endif |
| 6369 | #ifdef XK_dead_breve |
| 6370 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_breve |
| 6371 | #endif |
| 6372 | #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek |
| 6373 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_ogonek |
| 6374 | #endif |
| 6375 | #ifdef XK_dead_caron |
| 6376 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_caron |
| 6377 | #endif |
| 6378 | #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute |
| 6379 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_doubleacute |
| 6380 | #endif |
| 6381 | #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot |
| 6382 | || orig_keysym == XK_dead_abovedot |
| 6383 | #endif |
| 6384 | || IsKeypadKey (keysym) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */ |
| 6385 | || IsFunctionKey (keysym) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */ |
| 6386 | /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */ |
| 6387 | || (orig_keysym & (1 << 28)) |
| 6388 | || (keysym != NoSymbol && nbytes == 0)) |
| 6389 | && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym) |
| 6390 | #ifndef HAVE_X11R5 |
| 6391 | #ifdef XK_Mode_switch |
| 6392 | || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym) == XK_Mode_switch) |
| 6393 | #endif |
| 6394 | #ifdef XK_Num_Lock |
| 6395 | || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym) == XK_Num_Lock) |
| 6396 | #endif |
| 6397 | #endif /* not HAVE_X11R5 */ |
| 6398 | /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock |
| 6399 | to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock |
| 6400 | don't have real modifiers but |
| 6401 | should be treated similarly to |
| 6402 | Mode_switch by Emacs. */ |
| 6403 | #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock |
| 6404 | || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym) |
| 6405 | >= XK_ISO_Lock |
| 6406 | && (unsigned)(orig_keysym) |
| 6407 | <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock) |
| 6408 | #endif |
| 6409 | )) |
| 6410 | { |
| 6411 | if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) |
| 6412 | temp_index = 0; |
| 6413 | temp_buffer[temp_index++] = keysym; |
| 6414 | /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic |
| 6415 | key. */ |
| 6416 | bufp->kind = NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT; |
| 6417 | bufp->code = keysym; |
| 6418 | XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); |
| 6419 | bufp->arg = Qnil; |
| 6420 | bufp->modifiers |
| 6421 | = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f), |
| 6422 | modifiers); |
| 6423 | bufp->timestamp = event.xkey.time; |
| 6424 | bufp++; |
| 6425 | count++; |
| 6426 | numchars--; |
| 6427 | } |
| 6428 | else if (numchars > nbytes) |
| 6429 | { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */ |
| 6430 | register int i; |
| 6431 | register int c; |
| 6432 | int nchars, len; |
| 6433 | |
| 6434 | /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system' |
| 6435 | which depends on which X*LookupString function |
| 6436 | we used just above and the locale. */ |
| 6437 | setup_coding_system (coding_system, &coding); |
| 6438 | coding.src_multibyte = 0; |
| 6439 | coding.dst_multibyte = 1; |
| 6440 | /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't |
| 6441 | handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that |
| 6442 | gives us composition information. */ |
| 6443 | coding.composing = COMPOSITION_DISABLED; |
| 6444 | |
| 6445 | for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i++) |
| 6446 | { |
| 6447 | if (temp_index == (sizeof temp_buffer |
| 6448 | / sizeof (short))) |
| 6449 | temp_index = 0; |
| 6450 | temp_buffer[temp_index++] = copy_bufptr[i]; |
| 6451 | } |
| 6452 | |
| 6453 | { |
| 6454 | /* Decode the input data. */ |
| 6455 | int require; |
| 6456 | unsigned char *p; |
| 6457 | |
| 6458 | require = decoding_buffer_size (&coding, nbytes); |
| 6459 | p = (unsigned char *) alloca (require); |
| 6460 | coding.mode |= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK; |
| 6461 | /* We explicitly disable composition |
| 6462 | handling because key data should |
| 6463 | not contain any composition |
| 6464 | sequence. */ |
| 6465 | coding.composing = COMPOSITION_DISABLED; |
| 6466 | decode_coding (&coding, copy_bufptr, p, |
| 6467 | nbytes, require); |
| 6468 | nbytes = coding.produced; |
| 6469 | nchars = coding.produced_char; |
| 6470 | copy_bufptr = p; |
| 6471 | } |
| 6472 | |
| 6473 | /* Convert the input data to a sequence of |
| 6474 | character events. */ |
| 6475 | for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i += len) |
| 6476 | { |
| 6477 | if (nchars == nbytes) |
| 6478 | c = copy_bufptr[i], len = 1; |
| 6479 | else |
| 6480 | c = STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr + i, |
| 6481 | nbytes - i, len); |
| 6482 | |
| 6483 | bufp->kind = (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c) |
| 6484 | ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT |
| 6485 | : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT); |
| 6486 | bufp->code = c; |
| 6487 | XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); |
| 6488 | bufp->arg = Qnil; |
| 6489 | bufp->modifiers |
| 6490 | = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f), |
| 6491 | modifiers); |
| 6492 | bufp->timestamp = event.xkey.time; |
| 6493 | bufp++; |
| 6494 | } |
| 6495 | |
| 6496 | count += nchars; |
| 6497 | numchars -= nchars; |
| 6498 | |
| 6499 | if (keysym == NoSymbol) |
| 6500 | break; |
| 6501 | } |
| 6502 | else |
| 6503 | abort (); |
| 6504 | } |
| 6505 | else |
| 6506 | abort (); |
| 6507 | } |
| 6508 | #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N |
| 6509 | /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls |
| 6510 | XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the |
| 6511 | client. */ |
| 6512 | break; |
| 6513 | #else |
| 6514 | goto OTHER; |
| 6515 | #endif |
| 6516 | |
| 6517 | case KeyRelease: |
| 6518 | #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N |
| 6519 | /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls |
| 6520 | XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the |
| 6521 | client. */ |
| 6522 | break; |
| 6523 | #else |
| 6524 | goto OTHER; |
| 6525 | #endif |
| 6526 | |
| 6527 | case EnterNotify: |
| 6528 | { |
| 6529 | int n; |
| 6530 | |
| 6531 | n = x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo, &event, bufp, numchars); |
| 6532 | if (n > 0) |
| 6533 | { |
| 6534 | bufp += n, count += n, numchars -= n; |
| 6535 | } |
| 6536 | |
| 6537 | f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xcrossing.window); |
| 6538 | |
| 6539 | #if 0 |
| 6540 | if (event.xcrossing.focus) |
| 6541 | { |
| 6542 | /* Avoid nasty pop/raise loops. */ |
| 6543 | if (f && (!(f->auto_raise) |
| 6544 | || !(f->auto_lower) |
| 6545 | || (event.xcrossing.time - enter_timestamp) > 500)) |
| 6546 | { |
| 6547 | x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, f); |
| 6548 | enter_timestamp = event.xcrossing.time; |
| 6549 | } |
| 6550 | } |
| 6551 | else if (f == dpyinfo->x_focus_frame) |
| 6552 | x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, 0); |
| 6553 | #endif |
| 6554 | |
| 6555 | /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement, |
| 6556 | so update things that depend on mouse position. */ |
| 6557 | if (f && !f->output_data.x->hourglass_p) |
| 6558 | note_mouse_movement (f, &event.xmotion); |
| 6559 | goto OTHER; |
| 6560 | } |
| 6561 | |
| 6562 | case FocusIn: |
| 6563 | { |
| 6564 | int n; |
| 6565 | |
| 6566 | n = x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo, &event, bufp, numchars); |
| 6567 | if (n > 0) |
| 6568 | { |
| 6569 | bufp += n, count += n, numchars -= n; |
| 6570 | } |
| 6571 | } |
| 6572 | |
| 6573 | goto OTHER; |
| 6574 | |
| 6575 | case LeaveNotify: |
| 6576 | { |
| 6577 | int n; |
| 6578 | |
| 6579 | n = x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo, &event, bufp, numchars); |
| 6580 | if (n > 0) |
| 6581 | { |
| 6582 | bufp += n, count += n, numchars -= n; |
| 6583 | } |
| 6584 | } |
| 6585 | |
| 6586 | f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xcrossing.window); |
| 6587 | if (f) |
| 6588 | { |
| 6589 | if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame) |
| 6590 | { |
| 6591 | /* If we move outside the frame, then we're |
| 6592 | certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */ |
| 6593 | clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); |
| 6594 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0; |
| 6595 | } |
| 6596 | |
| 6597 | /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo. |
| 6598 | Do it only if there's something to cancel. |
| 6599 | Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when |
| 6600 | the mouse leaves the frame. */ |
| 6601 | if (any_help_event_p) |
| 6602 | { |
| 6603 | Lisp_Object frame; |
| 6604 | int n; |
| 6605 | |
| 6606 | XSETFRAME (frame, f); |
| 6607 | help_echo_string = Qnil; |
| 6608 | n = gen_help_event (bufp, numchars, |
| 6609 | Qnil, frame, Qnil, Qnil, 0); |
| 6610 | bufp += n, count += n, numchars -= n; |
| 6611 | } |
| 6612 | |
| 6613 | } |
| 6614 | goto OTHER; |
| 6615 | |
| 6616 | case FocusOut: |
| 6617 | { |
| 6618 | int n; |
| 6619 | |
| 6620 | n = x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo, &event, bufp, numchars); |
| 6621 | if (n > 0) |
| 6622 | { |
| 6623 | bufp += n, count += n, numchars -= n; |
| 6624 | } |
| 6625 | } |
| 6626 | |
| 6627 | goto OTHER; |
| 6628 | |
| 6629 | case MotionNotify: |
| 6630 | { |
| 6631 | previous_help_echo_string = help_echo_string; |
| 6632 | help_echo_string = help_echo_object = help_echo_window = Qnil; |
| 6633 | help_echo_pos = -1; |
| 6634 | |
| 6635 | if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame |
| 6636 | && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame)) |
| 6637 | f = last_mouse_frame; |
| 6638 | else |
| 6639 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xmotion.window); |
| 6640 | |
| 6641 | if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden) |
| 6642 | { |
| 6643 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden = 0; |
| 6644 | clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); |
| 6645 | } |
| 6646 | |
| 6647 | if (f) |
| 6648 | { |
| 6649 | |
| 6650 | /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed. */ |
| 6651 | if (mouse_autoselect_window) |
| 6652 | { |
| 6653 | Lisp_Object window; |
| 6654 | |
| 6655 | window = window_from_coordinates (f, |
| 6656 | event.xmotion.x, event.xmotion.y, |
| 6657 | 0, 0, 0, 0); |
| 6658 | |
| 6659 | /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and |
| 6660 | last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window |
| 6661 | will be selected iff it is active. */ |
| 6662 | if (WINDOWP(window) |
| 6663 | && !EQ (window, last_window) |
| 6664 | && !EQ (window, selected_window) |
| 6665 | && numchars > 0) |
| 6666 | { |
| 6667 | bufp->kind = SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT; |
| 6668 | bufp->frame_or_window = window; |
| 6669 | bufp->arg = Qnil; |
| 6670 | ++bufp, ++count, --numchars; |
| 6671 | } |
| 6672 | |
| 6673 | last_window=window; |
| 6674 | } |
| 6675 | note_mouse_movement (f, &event.xmotion); |
| 6676 | } |
| 6677 | else |
| 6678 | { |
| 6679 | #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS |
| 6680 | struct scroll_bar *bar |
| 6681 | = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event.xmotion.window); |
| 6682 | |
| 6683 | if (bar) |
| 6684 | x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar, &event); |
| 6685 | #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ |
| 6686 | |
| 6687 | /* If we move outside the frame, then we're |
| 6688 | certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */ |
| 6689 | clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo); |
| 6690 | } |
| 6691 | |
| 6692 | /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string |
| 6693 | has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */ |
| 6694 | if (!NILP (help_echo_string) |
| 6695 | || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string)) |
| 6696 | { |
| 6697 | Lisp_Object frame; |
| 6698 | int n; |
| 6699 | |
| 6700 | if (f) |
| 6701 | XSETFRAME (frame, f); |
| 6702 | else |
| 6703 | frame = Qnil; |
| 6704 | |
| 6705 | any_help_event_p = 1; |
| 6706 | n = gen_help_event (bufp, numchars, help_echo_string, frame, |
| 6707 | help_echo_window, help_echo_object, |
| 6708 | help_echo_pos); |
| 6709 | bufp += n, count += n, numchars -= n; |
| 6710 | } |
| 6711 | |
| 6712 | goto OTHER; |
| 6713 | } |
| 6714 | |
| 6715 | case ConfigureNotify: |
| 6716 | f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xconfigure.window); |
| 6717 | if (f) |
| 6718 | { |
| 6719 | #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 6720 | #ifdef USE_GTK |
| 6721 | xg_resize_widgets (f, event.xconfigure.width, |
| 6722 | event.xconfigure.height); |
| 6723 | #else /* not USE_GTK */ |
| 6724 | /* If there is a pending resize for fullscreen, don't |
| 6725 | do this one, the right one will come later. |
| 6726 | The toolkit version doesn't seem to need this, but we |
| 6727 | need to reset it below. */ |
| 6728 | int dont_resize |
| 6729 | = ((f->want_fullscreen & FULLSCREEN_WAIT) |
| 6730 | && f->new_text_cols != 0); |
| 6731 | int rows = FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f, event.xconfigure.height); |
| 6732 | int columns = FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f, event.xconfigure.width); |
| 6733 | |
| 6734 | if (dont_resize) |
| 6735 | goto OTHER; |
| 6736 | |
| 6737 | /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size |
| 6738 | is called by the code that handles resizing |
| 6739 | of the EmacsFrame widget. */ |
| 6740 | |
| 6741 | /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has |
| 6742 | not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need |
| 6743 | to check the pixel dimensions as well. */ |
| 6744 | if (columns != FRAME_COLS (f) |
| 6745 | || rows != FRAME_LINES (f) |
| 6746 | || event.xconfigure.width != FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) |
| 6747 | || event.xconfigure.height != FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)) |
| 6748 | { |
| 6749 | change_frame_size (f, rows, columns, 0, 1, 0); |
| 6750 | SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
| 6751 | cancel_mouse_face (f); |
| 6752 | } |
| 6753 | #endif /* not USE_GTK */ |
| 6754 | #endif |
| 6755 | |
| 6756 | FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) = event.xconfigure.width; |
| 6757 | FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) = event.xconfigure.height; |
| 6758 | |
| 6759 | #ifdef USE_GTK |
| 6760 | /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them. |
| 6761 | Only get real positions and check fullscreen when mapped. */ |
| 6762 | if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f) |
| 6763 | && GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f))) |
| 6764 | #endif |
| 6765 | { |
| 6766 | /* What we have now is the position of Emacs's own window. |
| 6767 | Convert that to the position of the window manager window. */ |
| 6768 | x_real_positions (f, &f->left_pos, &f->top_pos); |
| 6769 | |
| 6770 | x_check_fullscreen_move (f); |
| 6771 | if (f->want_fullscreen & FULLSCREEN_WAIT) |
| 6772 | f->want_fullscreen &= ~(FULLSCREEN_WAIT|FULLSCREEN_BOTH); |
| 6773 | } |
| 6774 | |
| 6775 | #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N |
| 6776 | if (FRAME_XIC (f) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f) & XIMStatusArea)) |
| 6777 | xic_set_statusarea (f); |
| 6778 | #endif |
| 6779 | |
| 6780 | if (f->output_data.x->parent_desc != FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window) |
| 6781 | { |
| 6782 | /* Since the WM decorations come below top_pos now, |
| 6783 | we must put them below top_pos in the future. */ |
| 6784 | f->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity; |
| 6785 | x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0); |
| 6786 | } |
| 6787 | } |
| 6788 | goto OTHER; |
| 6789 | |
| 6790 | case ButtonRelease: |
| 6791 | case ButtonPress: |
| 6792 | { |
| 6793 | /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen |
| 6794 | by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */ |
| 6795 | struct input_event emacs_event; |
| 6796 | int tool_bar_p = 0; |
| 6797 | |
| 6798 | emacs_event.kind = NO_EVENT; |
| 6799 | bzero (&compose_status, sizeof (compose_status)); |
| 6800 | |
| 6801 | if (dpyinfo->grabbed |
| 6802 | && last_mouse_frame |
| 6803 | && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame)) |
| 6804 | f = last_mouse_frame; |
| 6805 | else |
| 6806 | f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xbutton.window); |
| 6807 | |
| 6808 | if (f) |
| 6809 | { |
| 6810 | /* Is this in the tool-bar? */ |
| 6811 | if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window) |
| 6812 | && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window))) |
| 6813 | { |
| 6814 | Lisp_Object window; |
| 6815 | int x = event.xbutton.x; |
| 6816 | int y = event.xbutton.y; |
| 6817 | |
| 6818 | window = window_from_coordinates (f, x, y, 0, 0, 0, 1); |
| 6819 | if (EQ (window, f->tool_bar_window)) |
| 6820 | { |
| 6821 | if (event.xbutton.type == ButtonPress) |
| 6822 | handle_tool_bar_click (f, x, y, 1, 0); |
| 6823 | else |
| 6824 | handle_tool_bar_click (f, x, y, 0, |
| 6825 | x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo, |
| 6826 | event.xbutton.state)); |
| 6827 | tool_bar_p = 1; |
| 6828 | } |
| 6829 | } |
| 6830 | |
| 6831 | if (!tool_bar_p) |
| 6832 | if (!dpyinfo->x_focus_frame |
| 6833 | || f == dpyinfo->x_focus_frame) |
| 6834 | { |
| 6835 | #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK) |
| 6836 | if (! popup_activated ()) |
| 6837 | #endif |
| 6838 | construct_mouse_click (&emacs_event, &event, f); |
| 6839 | } |
| 6840 | } |
| 6841 | else |
| 6842 | { |
| 6843 | struct scroll_bar *bar |
| 6844 | = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event.xbutton.window); |
| 6845 | |
| 6846 | #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS |
| 6847 | /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit |
| 6848 | scroll bars. */ |
| 6849 | if (bar && event.xbutton.state & ControlMask) |
| 6850 | { |
| 6851 | x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, &event, &emacs_event); |
| 6852 | *finish = X_EVENT_DROP; |
| 6853 | } |
| 6854 | #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ |
| 6855 | if (bar) |
| 6856 | x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, &event, &emacs_event); |
| 6857 | #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ |
| 6858 | } |
| 6859 | |
| 6860 | if (event.type == ButtonPress) |
| 6861 | { |
| 6862 | dpyinfo->grabbed |= (1 << event.xbutton.button); |
| 6863 | last_mouse_frame = f; |
| 6864 | /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened |
| 6865 | before this event; any subsequent mouse-movement |
| 6866 | Emacs events should reflect only motion after |
| 6867 | the ButtonPress. */ |
| 6868 | if (f != 0) |
| 6869 | f->mouse_moved = 0; |
| 6870 | |
| 6871 | if (!tool_bar_p) |
| 6872 | last_tool_bar_item = -1; |
| 6873 | } |
| 6874 | else |
| 6875 | dpyinfo->grabbed &= ~(1 << event.xbutton.button); |
| 6876 | |
| 6877 | if (numchars >= 1 && emacs_event.kind != NO_EVENT) |
| 6878 | { |
| 6879 | bcopy (&emacs_event, bufp, sizeof (struct input_event)); |
| 6880 | bufp++; |
| 6881 | count++; |
| 6882 | numchars--; |
| 6883 | } |
| 6884 | |
| 6885 | #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK) |
| 6886 | f = x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, event.xbutton.window); |
| 6887 | /* For a down-event in the menu bar, |
| 6888 | don't pass it to Xt right now. |
| 6889 | Instead, save it away |
| 6890 | and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event. |
| 6891 | That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */ |
| 6892 | if ( |
| 6893 | #ifdef USE_GTK |
| 6894 | ! popup_activated () |
| 6895 | && |
| 6896 | #endif |
| 6897 | f && event.type == ButtonPress |
| 6898 | /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar |
| 6899 | and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */ |
| 6900 | && event.xbutton.x >= 0 |
| 6901 | && event.xbutton.x < FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) |
| 6902 | && event.xbutton.y >= 0 |
| 6903 | && event.xbutton.y < f->output_data.x->menubar_height |
| 6904 | && event.xbutton.same_screen) |
| 6905 | { |
| 6906 | SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT; |
| 6907 | XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame, f); |
| 6908 | #ifdef USE_GTK |
| 6909 | *finish = X_EVENT_DROP; |
| 6910 | #endif |
| 6911 | } |
| 6912 | else if (event.type == ButtonPress) |
| 6913 | { |
| 6914 | last_mouse_press_frame = Qnil; |
| 6915 | goto OTHER; |
| 6916 | } |
| 6917 | |
| 6918 | #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid, |
| 6919 | but I am trying to be cautious. */ |
| 6920 | else if (event.type == ButtonRelease) |
| 6921 | { |
| 6922 | if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame)) |
| 6923 | { |
| 6924 | f = XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame); |
| 6925 | if (f->output_data.x) |
| 6926 | SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT; |
| 6927 | } |
| 6928 | else |
| 6929 | goto OTHER; |
| 6930 | } |
| 6931 | #endif /* USE_MOTIF */ |
| 6932 | else |
| 6933 | goto OTHER; |
| 6934 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */ |
| 6935 | } |
| 6936 | break; |
| 6937 | |
| 6938 | case CirculateNotify: |
| 6939 | goto OTHER; |
| 6940 | |
| 6941 | case CirculateRequest: |
| 6942 | goto OTHER; |
| 6943 | |
| 6944 | case VisibilityNotify: |
| 6945 | goto OTHER; |
| 6946 | |
| 6947 | case MappingNotify: |
| 6948 | /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the |
| 6949 | local cache. */ |
| 6950 | switch (event.xmapping.request) |
| 6951 | { |
| 6952 | case MappingModifier: |
| 6953 | x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo); |
| 6954 | /* This is meant to fall through. */ |
| 6955 | case MappingKeyboard: |
| 6956 | XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event.xmapping); |
| 6957 | } |
| 6958 | goto OTHER; |
| 6959 | |
| 6960 | default: |
| 6961 | OTHER: |
| 6962 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 6963 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 6964 | if (*finish != X_EVENT_DROP) |
| 6965 | XtDispatchEvent (&event); |
| 6966 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 6967 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 6968 | break; |
| 6969 | } |
| 6970 | |
| 6971 | goto ret; |
| 6972 | |
| 6973 | out: |
| 6974 | *finish = X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT; |
| 6975 | |
| 6976 | ret: |
| 6977 | *bufp_r = bufp; |
| 6978 | *numcharsp = numchars; |
| 6979 | *eventp = event; |
| 6980 | |
| 6981 | return count; |
| 6982 | } |
| 6983 | |
| 6984 | |
| 6985 | /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY. |
| 6986 | This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling, |
| 6987 | i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted. |
| 6988 | |
| 6989 | Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */ |
| 6990 | int |
| 6991 | x_dispatch_event (event, display) |
| 6992 | XEvent *event; |
| 6993 | Display *display; |
| 6994 | { |
| 6995 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 6996 | struct input_event bufp[10]; |
| 6997 | struct input_event *bufpp; |
| 6998 | int numchars = 10; |
| 6999 | int finish = X_EVENT_NORMAL; |
| 7000 | |
| 7001 | for (bufpp = bufp; bufpp != bufp + 10; bufpp++) |
| 7002 | EVENT_INIT (*bufpp); |
| 7003 | bufpp = bufp; |
| 7004 | |
| 7005 | for (dpyinfo = x_display_list; dpyinfo; dpyinfo = dpyinfo->next) |
| 7006 | if (dpyinfo->display == display) |
| 7007 | break; |
| 7008 | |
| 7009 | if (dpyinfo) |
| 7010 | { |
| 7011 | int i, events; |
| 7012 | events = handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo, |
| 7013 | event, |
| 7014 | &bufpp, |
| 7015 | &numchars, |
| 7016 | &finish); |
| 7017 | for (i = 0; i < events; ++i) |
| 7018 | kbd_buffer_store_event (&bufp[i]); |
| 7019 | } |
| 7020 | |
| 7021 | return finish; |
| 7022 | } |
| 7023 | |
| 7024 | |
| 7025 | /* Read events coming from the X server. |
| 7026 | This routine is called by the SIGIO handler. |
| 7027 | We return as soon as there are no more events to be read. |
| 7028 | |
| 7029 | Events representing keys are stored in buffer BUFP, |
| 7030 | which can hold up to NUMCHARS characters. |
| 7031 | We return the number of characters stored into the buffer, |
| 7032 | thus pretending to be `read'. |
| 7033 | |
| 7034 | EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */ |
| 7035 | |
| 7036 | static int |
| 7037 | XTread_socket (sd, bufp, numchars, expected) |
| 7038 | register int sd; |
| 7039 | /* register */ struct input_event *bufp; |
| 7040 | /* register */ int numchars; |
| 7041 | int expected; |
| 7042 | { |
| 7043 | int count = 0; |
| 7044 | XEvent event; |
| 7045 | int event_found = 0; |
| 7046 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 7047 | |
| 7048 | if (interrupt_input_blocked) |
| 7049 | { |
| 7050 | interrupt_input_pending = 1; |
| 7051 | return -1; |
| 7052 | } |
| 7053 | |
| 7054 | interrupt_input_pending = 0; |
| 7055 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 7056 | |
| 7057 | /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */ |
| 7058 | input_signal_count++; |
| 7059 | |
| 7060 | if (numchars <= 0) |
| 7061 | abort (); /* Don't think this happens. */ |
| 7062 | |
| 7063 | ++handling_signal; |
| 7064 | |
| 7065 | /* Find the display we are supposed to read input for. |
| 7066 | It's the one communicating on descriptor SD. */ |
| 7067 | for (dpyinfo = x_display_list; dpyinfo; dpyinfo = dpyinfo->next) |
| 7068 | { |
| 7069 | #if 0 /* This ought to be unnecessary; let's verify it. */ |
| 7070 | #ifdef FIOSNBIO |
| 7071 | /* If available, Xlib uses FIOSNBIO to make the socket |
| 7072 | non-blocking, and then looks for EWOULDBLOCK. If O_NDELAY is set, |
| 7073 | FIOSNBIO is ignored, and instead of signaling EWOULDBLOCK, |
| 7074 | a read returns 0, which Xlib interprets as equivalent to EPIPE. */ |
| 7075 | fcntl (dpyinfo->connection, F_SETFL, 0); |
| 7076 | #endif /* ! defined (FIOSNBIO) */ |
| 7077 | #endif |
| 7078 | |
| 7079 | #if 0 /* This code can't be made to work, with multiple displays, |
| 7080 | and appears not to be used on any system any more. |
| 7081 | Also keyboard.c doesn't turn O_NDELAY on and off |
| 7082 | for X connections. */ |
| 7083 | #ifndef SIGIO |
| 7084 | #ifndef HAVE_SELECT |
| 7085 | if (! (fcntl (dpyinfo->connection, F_GETFL, 0) & O_NDELAY)) |
| 7086 | { |
| 7087 | extern int read_alarm_should_throw; |
| 7088 | read_alarm_should_throw = 1; |
| 7089 | XPeekEvent (dpyinfo->display, &event); |
| 7090 | read_alarm_should_throw = 0; |
| 7091 | } |
| 7092 | #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */ |
| 7093 | #endif /* SIGIO */ |
| 7094 | #endif |
| 7095 | |
| 7096 | /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */ |
| 7097 | if (dpyinfo == XTread_socket_fake_io_error) |
| 7098 | { |
| 7099 | XTread_socket_fake_io_error = 0; |
| 7100 | x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo->display); |
| 7101 | } |
| 7102 | |
| 7103 | #ifdef HAVE_X_SM |
| 7104 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 7105 | count += x_session_check_input (bufp, &numchars); |
| 7106 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 7107 | #endif |
| 7108 | |
| 7109 | #ifdef USE_GTK |
| 7110 | /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed |
| 7111 | to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch. |
| 7112 | We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function, |
| 7113 | that is kind of ugly, but it works. */ |
| 7114 | current_dpyinfo = dpyinfo; |
| 7115 | |
| 7116 | while (gtk_events_pending ()) |
| 7117 | { |
| 7118 | current_count = count; |
| 7119 | current_numcharsp = &numchars; |
| 7120 | current_bufp = &bufp; |
| 7121 | |
| 7122 | gtk_main_iteration (); |
| 7123 | |
| 7124 | count = current_count; |
| 7125 | current_bufp = 0; |
| 7126 | current_numcharsp = 0; |
| 7127 | |
| 7128 | if (current_finish == X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT) |
| 7129 | goto out; |
| 7130 | } |
| 7131 | |
| 7132 | #else /* not USE_GTK */ |
| 7133 | while (XPending (dpyinfo->display)) |
| 7134 | { |
| 7135 | int finish; |
| 7136 | |
| 7137 | XNextEvent (dpyinfo->display, &event); |
| 7138 | |
| 7139 | #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N |
| 7140 | /* Filter events for the current X input method. */ |
| 7141 | if (x_filter_event (dpyinfo, &event)) |
| 7142 | break; |
| 7143 | #endif |
| 7144 | event_found = 1; |
| 7145 | |
| 7146 | count += handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo, |
| 7147 | &event, |
| 7148 | &bufp, |
| 7149 | &numchars, |
| 7150 | &finish); |
| 7151 | |
| 7152 | if (finish == X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT) |
| 7153 | goto out; |
| 7154 | } |
| 7155 | #endif /* USE_GTK */ |
| 7156 | } |
| 7157 | |
| 7158 | out:; |
| 7159 | |
| 7160 | /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events |
| 7161 | when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */ |
| 7162 | if (! event_found) |
| 7163 | { |
| 7164 | /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time. |
| 7165 | One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate. |
| 7166 | B. Bretthauer, 1994 */ |
| 7167 | x_noop_count++; |
| 7168 | if (x_noop_count >= 100) |
| 7169 | { |
| 7170 | x_noop_count=0; |
| 7171 | |
| 7172 | if (next_noop_dpyinfo == 0) |
| 7173 | next_noop_dpyinfo = x_display_list; |
| 7174 | |
| 7175 | XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo->display); |
| 7176 | |
| 7177 | /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */ |
| 7178 | next_noop_dpyinfo = next_noop_dpyinfo->next; |
| 7179 | } |
| 7180 | } |
| 7181 | |
| 7182 | /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame, |
| 7183 | raise it now. */ |
| 7184 | /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */ |
| 7185 | if (pending_autoraise_frame) |
| 7186 | { |
| 7187 | x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame); |
| 7188 | pending_autoraise_frame = 0; |
| 7189 | } |
| 7190 | |
| 7191 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 7192 | --handling_signal; |
| 7193 | return count; |
| 7194 | } |
| 7195 | |
| 7196 | |
| 7197 | |
| 7198 | \f |
| 7199 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 7200 | Text Cursor |
| 7201 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 7202 | |
| 7203 | /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which |
| 7204 | we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in. |
| 7205 | |
| 7206 | ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be |
| 7207 | clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display, |
| 7208 | mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */ |
| 7209 | |
| 7210 | static void |
| 7211 | x_clip_to_row (w, row, gc) |
| 7212 | struct window *w; |
| 7213 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 7214 | GC gc; |
| 7215 | { |
| 7216 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
| 7217 | XRectangle clip_rect; |
| 7218 | int window_y, window_width; |
| 7219 | |
| 7220 | window_box (w, -1, 0, &window_y, &window_width, 0); |
| 7221 | |
| 7222 | clip_rect.x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0); |
| 7223 | clip_rect.y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, row->y); |
| 7224 | clip_rect.y = max (clip_rect.y, window_y); |
| 7225 | clip_rect.width = window_width; |
| 7226 | clip_rect.height = row->visible_height; |
| 7227 | |
| 7228 | XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), gc, 0, 0, &clip_rect, 1, Unsorted); |
| 7229 | } |
| 7230 | |
| 7231 | |
| 7232 | /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */ |
| 7233 | |
| 7234 | static void |
| 7235 | x_draw_hollow_cursor (w, row) |
| 7236 | struct window *w; |
| 7237 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 7238 | { |
| 7239 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
| 7240 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 7241 | Display *dpy = FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f); |
| 7242 | int x, y, wd, h; |
| 7243 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 7244 | struct glyph *cursor_glyph; |
| 7245 | GC gc; |
| 7246 | |
| 7247 | /* Compute frame-relative coordinates from window-relative |
| 7248 | coordinates. */ |
| 7249 | x = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x); |
| 7250 | y = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, w->phys_cursor.y) |
| 7251 | + row->ascent - w->phys_cursor_ascent); |
| 7252 | h = row->height - 1; |
| 7253 | |
| 7254 | /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because |
| 7255 | the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */ |
| 7256 | cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w); |
| 7257 | if (cursor_glyph == NULL) |
| 7258 | return; |
| 7259 | |
| 7260 | /* Compute the width of the rectangle to draw. If on a stretch |
| 7261 | glyph, and `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a |
| 7262 | rectangle as wide as the glyph, but use a canonical character |
| 7263 | width instead. */ |
| 7264 | wd = cursor_glyph->pixel_width - 1; |
| 7265 | if (cursor_glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH |
| 7266 | && !x_stretch_cursor_p) |
| 7267 | wd = min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f), wd); |
| 7268 | w->phys_cursor_width = wd; |
| 7269 | |
| 7270 | /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal |
| 7271 | background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */ |
| 7272 | xgcv.foreground = f->output_data.x->cursor_pixel; |
| 7273 | if (dpyinfo->scratch_cursor_gc) |
| 7274 | XChangeGC (dpy, dpyinfo->scratch_cursor_gc, GCForeground, &xgcv); |
| 7275 | else |
| 7276 | dpyinfo->scratch_cursor_gc = XCreateGC (dpy, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 7277 | GCForeground, &xgcv); |
| 7278 | gc = dpyinfo->scratch_cursor_gc; |
| 7279 | |
| 7280 | /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */ |
| 7281 | x_clip_to_row (w, row, gc); |
| 7282 | XDrawRectangle (dpy, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), gc, x, y, wd, h); |
| 7283 | XSetClipMask (dpy, gc, None); |
| 7284 | } |
| 7285 | |
| 7286 | |
| 7287 | /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. |
| 7288 | |
| 7289 | Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an |
| 7290 | angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE. |
| 7291 | Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set. |
| 7292 | --gerd. */ |
| 7293 | |
| 7294 | static void |
| 7295 | x_draw_bar_cursor (w, row, width, kind) |
| 7296 | struct window *w; |
| 7297 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 7298 | int width; |
| 7299 | enum text_cursor_kinds kind; |
| 7300 | { |
| 7301 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame); |
| 7302 | struct glyph *cursor_glyph; |
| 7303 | |
| 7304 | /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen |
| 7305 | in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs |
| 7306 | and mini-buffer. */ |
| 7307 | cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w); |
| 7308 | if (cursor_glyph == NULL) |
| 7309 | return; |
| 7310 | |
| 7311 | /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better |
| 7312 | visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that |
| 7313 | the bar might not be in the window. */ |
| 7314 | if (cursor_glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH) |
| 7315 | { |
| 7316 | struct glyph_row *row; |
| 7317 | row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->phys_cursor.vpos); |
| 7318 | draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, row, DRAW_CURSOR); |
| 7319 | } |
| 7320 | else |
| 7321 | { |
| 7322 | Display *dpy = FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f); |
| 7323 | Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); |
| 7324 | GC gc = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc; |
| 7325 | unsigned long mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCGraphicsExposures; |
| 7326 | struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, cursor_glyph->face_id); |
| 7327 | XGCValues xgcv; |
| 7328 | |
| 7329 | /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw |
| 7330 | the bar cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is |
| 7331 | invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this |
| 7332 | case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so |
| 7333 | that the glyph is legible. */ |
| 7334 | if (face->background == f->output_data.x->cursor_pixel) |
| 7335 | xgcv.background = xgcv.foreground = face->foreground; |
| 7336 | else |
| 7337 | xgcv.background = xgcv.foreground = f->output_data.x->cursor_pixel; |
| 7338 | xgcv.graphics_exposures = 0; |
| 7339 | |
| 7340 | if (gc) |
| 7341 | XChangeGC (dpy, gc, mask, &xgcv); |
| 7342 | else |
| 7343 | { |
| 7344 | gc = XCreateGC (dpy, window, mask, &xgcv); |
| 7345 | FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->scratch_cursor_gc = gc; |
| 7346 | } |
| 7347 | |
| 7348 | if (width < 0) |
| 7349 | width = FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f); |
| 7350 | width = min (cursor_glyph->pixel_width, width); |
| 7351 | |
| 7352 | w->phys_cursor_width = width; |
| 7353 | x_clip_to_row (w, row, gc); |
| 7354 | |
| 7355 | if (kind == BAR_CURSOR) |
| 7356 | XFillRectangle (dpy, window, gc, |
| 7357 | WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x), |
| 7358 | WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, w->phys_cursor.y), |
| 7359 | width, row->height); |
| 7360 | else |
| 7361 | XFillRectangle (dpy, window, gc, |
| 7362 | WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x), |
| 7363 | WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, w->phys_cursor.y + |
| 7364 | row->height - width), |
| 7365 | cursor_glyph->pixel_width, |
| 7366 | width); |
| 7367 | |
| 7368 | XSetClipMask (dpy, gc, None); |
| 7369 | } |
| 7370 | } |
| 7371 | |
| 7372 | |
| 7373 | /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */ |
| 7374 | |
| 7375 | static void |
| 7376 | x_define_frame_cursor (f, cursor) |
| 7377 | struct frame *f; |
| 7378 | Cursor cursor; |
| 7379 | { |
| 7380 | XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), cursor); |
| 7381 | } |
| 7382 | |
| 7383 | |
| 7384 | /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */ |
| 7385 | |
| 7386 | static void |
| 7387 | x_clear_frame_area (f, x, y, width, height) |
| 7388 | struct frame *f; |
| 7389 | int x, y, width, height; |
| 7390 | { |
| 7391 | x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 7392 | x, y, width, height, False); |
| 7393 | } |
| 7394 | |
| 7395 | |
| 7396 | /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */ |
| 7397 | |
| 7398 | static void |
| 7399 | x_draw_window_cursor (w, glyph_row, x, y, cursor_type, cursor_width, on_p, active_p) |
| 7400 | struct window *w; |
| 7401 | struct glyph_row *glyph_row; |
| 7402 | int x, y; |
| 7403 | int cursor_type, cursor_width; |
| 7404 | int on_p, active_p; |
| 7405 | { |
| 7406 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)); |
| 7407 | |
| 7408 | if (on_p) |
| 7409 | { |
| 7410 | w->phys_cursor_type = cursor_type; |
| 7411 | w->phys_cursor_on_p = 1; |
| 7412 | |
| 7413 | switch (cursor_type) |
| 7414 | { |
| 7415 | case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR: |
| 7416 | x_draw_hollow_cursor (w, glyph_row); |
| 7417 | break; |
| 7418 | |
| 7419 | case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR: |
| 7420 | draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, glyph_row, DRAW_CURSOR); |
| 7421 | break; |
| 7422 | |
| 7423 | case BAR_CURSOR: |
| 7424 | x_draw_bar_cursor (w, glyph_row, cursor_width, BAR_CURSOR); |
| 7425 | break; |
| 7426 | |
| 7427 | case HBAR_CURSOR: |
| 7428 | x_draw_bar_cursor (w, glyph_row, cursor_width, HBAR_CURSOR); |
| 7429 | break; |
| 7430 | |
| 7431 | case NO_CURSOR: |
| 7432 | w->phys_cursor_width = 0; |
| 7433 | break; |
| 7434 | |
| 7435 | default: |
| 7436 | abort (); |
| 7437 | } |
| 7438 | |
| 7439 | #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N |
| 7440 | if (w == XWINDOW (f->selected_window)) |
| 7441 | if (FRAME_XIC (f) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f) & XIMPreeditPosition)) |
| 7442 | xic_set_preeditarea (w, x, y); |
| 7443 | #endif |
| 7444 | } |
| 7445 | |
| 7446 | #ifndef XFlush |
| 7447 | if (updating_frame != f) |
| 7448 | XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 7449 | #endif |
| 7450 | } |
| 7451 | |
| 7452 | \f |
| 7453 | /* Icons. */ |
| 7454 | |
| 7455 | /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */ |
| 7456 | |
| 7457 | int |
| 7458 | x_bitmap_icon (f, file) |
| 7459 | struct frame *f; |
| 7460 | Lisp_Object file; |
| 7461 | { |
| 7462 | int bitmap_id; |
| 7463 | |
| 7464 | if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f) == 0) |
| 7465 | return 1; |
| 7466 | |
| 7467 | /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */ |
| 7468 | if (f->output_data.x->icon_bitmap > 0) |
| 7469 | x_destroy_bitmap (f, f->output_data.x->icon_bitmap); |
| 7470 | f->output_data.x->icon_bitmap = 0; |
| 7471 | |
| 7472 | if (STRINGP (file)) |
| 7473 | { |
| 7474 | #ifdef USE_GTK |
| 7475 | /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file() if available, |
| 7476 | It's not restricted to bitmaps */ |
| 7477 | if (xg_set_icon(f, file)) |
| 7478 | return 0; |
| 7479 | #endif /* USE_GTK */ |
| 7480 | bitmap_id = x_create_bitmap_from_file (f, file); |
| 7481 | x_create_bitmap_mask(f, bitmap_id); |
| 7482 | } |
| 7483 | else |
| 7484 | { |
| 7485 | /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */ |
| 7486 | if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->icon_bitmap_id < 0) |
| 7487 | { |
| 7488 | FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->icon_bitmap_id |
| 7489 | = x_create_bitmap_from_data (f, gnu_bits, |
| 7490 | gnu_width, gnu_height); |
| 7491 | x_create_bitmap_mask(f, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->icon_bitmap_id); |
| 7492 | } |
| 7493 | |
| 7494 | /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask, |
| 7495 | this increments the ref-count one extra time. |
| 7496 | As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed. |
| 7497 | That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */ |
| 7498 | x_reference_bitmap (f, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->icon_bitmap_id); |
| 7499 | |
| 7500 | bitmap_id = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->icon_bitmap_id; |
| 7501 | } |
| 7502 | |
| 7503 | x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f, bitmap_id); |
| 7504 | f->output_data.x->icon_bitmap = bitmap_id; |
| 7505 | |
| 7506 | return 0; |
| 7507 | } |
| 7508 | |
| 7509 | |
| 7510 | /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text. |
| 7511 | Use ICON_NAME as the text. */ |
| 7512 | |
| 7513 | int |
| 7514 | x_text_icon (f, icon_name) |
| 7515 | struct frame *f; |
| 7516 | char *icon_name; |
| 7517 | { |
| 7518 | if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f) == 0) |
| 7519 | return 1; |
| 7520 | |
| 7521 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R4 |
| 7522 | { |
| 7523 | XTextProperty text; |
| 7524 | text.value = (unsigned char *) icon_name; |
| 7525 | text.encoding = XA_STRING; |
| 7526 | text.format = 8; |
| 7527 | text.nitems = strlen (icon_name); |
| 7528 | XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f), &text); |
| 7529 | } |
| 7530 | #else /* not HAVE_X11R4 */ |
| 7531 | XSetIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f), icon_name); |
| 7532 | #endif /* not HAVE_X11R4 */ |
| 7533 | |
| 7534 | if (f->output_data.x->icon_bitmap > 0) |
| 7535 | x_destroy_bitmap (f, f->output_data.x->icon_bitmap); |
| 7536 | f->output_data.x->icon_bitmap = 0; |
| 7537 | x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f, 0); |
| 7538 | |
| 7539 | return 0; |
| 7540 | } |
| 7541 | \f |
| 7542 | #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200 |
| 7543 | |
| 7544 | /* If non-nil, this should be a string. |
| 7545 | It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string. */ |
| 7546 | |
| 7547 | static Lisp_Object x_error_message_string; |
| 7548 | |
| 7549 | /* An X error handler which stores the error message in |
| 7550 | x_error_message_string. This is called from x_error_handler if |
| 7551 | x_catch_errors is in effect. */ |
| 7552 | |
| 7553 | static void |
| 7554 | x_error_catcher (display, error) |
| 7555 | Display *display; |
| 7556 | XErrorEvent *error; |
| 7557 | { |
| 7558 | XGetErrorText (display, error->error_code, |
| 7559 | SDATA (x_error_message_string), |
| 7560 | X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE); |
| 7561 | } |
| 7562 | |
| 7563 | /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors |
| 7564 | for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually |
| 7565 | operating on. |
| 7566 | |
| 7567 | After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause |
| 7568 | Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string |
| 7569 | stored in x_error_message_string. |
| 7570 | |
| 7571 | Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has |
| 7572 | occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors. |
| 7573 | |
| 7574 | Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */ |
| 7575 | |
| 7576 | void x_check_errors (); |
| 7577 | static Lisp_Object x_catch_errors_unwind (); |
| 7578 | |
| 7579 | int |
| 7580 | x_catch_errors (dpy) |
| 7581 | Display *dpy; |
| 7582 | { |
| 7583 | int count = SPECPDL_INDEX (); |
| 7584 | |
| 7585 | /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */ |
| 7586 | XSync (dpy, False); |
| 7587 | |
| 7588 | record_unwind_protect (x_catch_errors_unwind, |
| 7589 | Fcons (make_save_value (dpy, 0), |
| 7590 | x_error_message_string)); |
| 7591 | |
| 7592 | x_error_message_string = make_uninit_string (X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE); |
| 7593 | SSET (x_error_message_string, 0, 0); |
| 7594 | |
| 7595 | return count; |
| 7596 | } |
| 7597 | |
| 7598 | /* Unbind the binding that we made to check for X errors. */ |
| 7599 | |
| 7600 | static Lisp_Object |
| 7601 | x_catch_errors_unwind (old_val) |
| 7602 | Lisp_Object old_val; |
| 7603 | { |
| 7604 | Lisp_Object first; |
| 7605 | |
| 7606 | first = XCAR (old_val); |
| 7607 | |
| 7608 | XSync (XSAVE_VALUE (first)->pointer, False); |
| 7609 | |
| 7610 | x_error_message_string = XCDR (old_val); |
| 7611 | return Qnil; |
| 7612 | } |
| 7613 | |
| 7614 | /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to |
| 7615 | x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using |
| 7616 | sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */ |
| 7617 | |
| 7618 | void |
| 7619 | x_check_errors (dpy, format) |
| 7620 | Display *dpy; |
| 7621 | char *format; |
| 7622 | { |
| 7623 | /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */ |
| 7624 | XSync (dpy, False); |
| 7625 | |
| 7626 | if (SREF (x_error_message_string, 0)) |
| 7627 | error (format, SDATA (x_error_message_string)); |
| 7628 | } |
| 7629 | |
| 7630 | /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors |
| 7631 | since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */ |
| 7632 | |
| 7633 | int |
| 7634 | x_had_errors_p (dpy) |
| 7635 | Display *dpy; |
| 7636 | { |
| 7637 | /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */ |
| 7638 | XSync (dpy, False); |
| 7639 | |
| 7640 | return SREF (x_error_message_string, 0) != 0; |
| 7641 | } |
| 7642 | |
| 7643 | /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */ |
| 7644 | |
| 7645 | void |
| 7646 | x_clear_errors (dpy) |
| 7647 | Display *dpy; |
| 7648 | { |
| 7649 | SSET (x_error_message_string, 0, 0); |
| 7650 | } |
| 7651 | |
| 7652 | /* Stop catching X protocol errors and let them make Emacs die. |
| 7653 | DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. |
| 7654 | COUNT should be the value that was returned by |
| 7655 | the corresponding call to x_catch_errors. */ |
| 7656 | |
| 7657 | void |
| 7658 | x_uncatch_errors (dpy, count) |
| 7659 | Display *dpy; |
| 7660 | int count; |
| 7661 | { |
| 7662 | unbind_to (count, Qnil); |
| 7663 | } |
| 7664 | |
| 7665 | #if 0 |
| 7666 | static unsigned int x_wire_count; |
| 7667 | x_trace_wire () |
| 7668 | { |
| 7669 | fprintf (stderr, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count); |
| 7670 | } |
| 7671 | #endif /* ! 0 */ |
| 7672 | |
| 7673 | \f |
| 7674 | /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server |
| 7675 | simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal. |
| 7676 | Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the |
| 7677 | SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler, |
| 7678 | which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */ |
| 7679 | |
| 7680 | static SIGTYPE |
| 7681 | x_connection_signal (signalnum) /* If we don't have an argument, */ |
| 7682 | int signalnum; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */ |
| 7683 | { |
| 7684 | #ifdef USG |
| 7685 | /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used; |
| 7686 | must reestablish each time */ |
| 7687 | signal (signalnum, x_connection_signal); |
| 7688 | #endif /* USG */ |
| 7689 | } |
| 7690 | |
| 7691 | \f |
| 7692 | /************************************************************************ |
| 7693 | Handling X errors |
| 7694 | ************************************************************************/ |
| 7695 | |
| 7696 | /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */ |
| 7697 | |
| 7698 | static char *error_msg; |
| 7699 | |
| 7700 | /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in |
| 7701 | x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally, |
| 7702 | instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */ |
| 7703 | |
| 7704 | static void |
| 7705 | x_fatal_error_signal () |
| 7706 | { |
| 7707 | fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", error_msg); |
| 7708 | exit (70); |
| 7709 | } |
| 7710 | |
| 7711 | /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is |
| 7712 | the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */ |
| 7713 | |
| 7714 | static SIGTYPE |
| 7715 | x_connection_closed (dpy, error_message) |
| 7716 | Display *dpy; |
| 7717 | char *error_message; |
| 7718 | { |
| 7719 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = x_display_info_for_display (dpy); |
| 7720 | Lisp_Object frame, tail; |
| 7721 | int count; |
| 7722 | |
| 7723 | error_msg = (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message) + 1); |
| 7724 | strcpy (error_msg, error_message); |
| 7725 | handling_signal = 0; |
| 7726 | |
| 7727 | /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition |
| 7728 | below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per |
| 7729 | display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing |
| 7730 | the original message here. */ |
| 7731 | count = x_catch_errors (dpy); |
| 7732 | |
| 7733 | /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't |
| 7734 | exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for |
| 7735 | events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of |
| 7736 | |
| 7737 | M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET |
| 7738 | ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error... |
| 7739 | M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET |
| 7740 | |
| 7741 | will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1', opened |
| 7742 | in the first class to make-frame-on-display. |
| 7743 | |
| 7744 | Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on |
| 7745 | OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug |
| 7746 | in OpenWindows. I don't know how to cicumvent it here. */ |
| 7747 | |
| 7748 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 7749 | /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display |
| 7750 | in the first place, so don't try to close it. */ |
| 7751 | if (dpyinfo) |
| 7752 | { |
| 7753 | extern void (*fatal_error_signal_hook) P_ ((void)); |
| 7754 | fatal_error_signal_hook = x_fatal_error_signal; |
| 7755 | XtCloseDisplay (dpy); |
| 7756 | fatal_error_signal_hook = NULL; |
| 7757 | } |
| 7758 | #endif |
| 7759 | |
| 7760 | /* Indicate that this display is dead. */ |
| 7761 | if (dpyinfo) |
| 7762 | dpyinfo->display = 0; |
| 7763 | |
| 7764 | /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames |
| 7765 | that are on the dead display. */ |
| 7766 | FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
| 7767 | { |
| 7768 | Lisp_Object minibuf_frame; |
| 7769 | minibuf_frame |
| 7770 | = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame)))); |
| 7771 | if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame)) |
| 7772 | && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame)) |
| 7773 | && ! EQ (frame, minibuf_frame) |
| 7774 | && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame)) == dpyinfo) |
| 7775 | Fdelete_frame (frame, Qt); |
| 7776 | } |
| 7777 | |
| 7778 | /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display. |
| 7779 | We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer |
| 7780 | for another frame that we need to delete. */ |
| 7781 | FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
| 7782 | if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame)) |
| 7783 | && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame)) == dpyinfo) |
| 7784 | { |
| 7785 | /* Set this to t so that Fdelete_frame won't get confused |
| 7786 | trying to find a replacement. */ |
| 7787 | FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame = Qt; |
| 7788 | Fdelete_frame (frame, Qt); |
| 7789 | } |
| 7790 | |
| 7791 | if (dpyinfo) |
| 7792 | x_delete_display (dpyinfo); |
| 7793 | |
| 7794 | x_uncatch_errors (dpy, count); |
| 7795 | |
| 7796 | if (x_display_list == 0) |
| 7797 | { |
| 7798 | fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", error_msg); |
| 7799 | shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil); |
| 7800 | exit (70); |
| 7801 | } |
| 7802 | |
| 7803 | /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */ |
| 7804 | #ifdef SIGIO |
| 7805 | sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO)); |
| 7806 | #endif |
| 7807 | sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM)); |
| 7808 | TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 7809 | |
| 7810 | clear_waiting_for_input (); |
| 7811 | error ("%s", error_msg); |
| 7812 | } |
| 7813 | |
| 7814 | |
| 7815 | /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors. |
| 7816 | It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for. |
| 7817 | If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */ |
| 7818 | |
| 7819 | static void |
| 7820 | x_error_quitter (display, error) |
| 7821 | Display *display; |
| 7822 | XErrorEvent *error; |
| 7823 | { |
| 7824 | char buf[256], buf1[356]; |
| 7825 | |
| 7826 | /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the |
| 7827 | original error handler. */ |
| 7828 | |
| 7829 | XGetErrorText (display, error->error_code, buf, sizeof (buf)); |
| 7830 | sprintf (buf1, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d", |
| 7831 | buf, error->request_code); |
| 7832 | x_connection_closed (display, buf1); |
| 7833 | } |
| 7834 | |
| 7835 | |
| 7836 | /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors. |
| 7837 | It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */ |
| 7838 | |
| 7839 | static int |
| 7840 | x_error_handler (display, error) |
| 7841 | Display *display; |
| 7842 | XErrorEvent *error; |
| 7843 | { |
| 7844 | if (! NILP (x_error_message_string)) |
| 7845 | x_error_catcher (display, error); |
| 7846 | else |
| 7847 | x_error_quitter (display, error); |
| 7848 | return 0; |
| 7849 | } |
| 7850 | |
| 7851 | /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always. |
| 7852 | It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with. |
| 7853 | If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */ |
| 7854 | |
| 7855 | static int |
| 7856 | x_io_error_quitter (display) |
| 7857 | Display *display; |
| 7858 | { |
| 7859 | char buf[256]; |
| 7860 | |
| 7861 | sprintf (buf, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display)); |
| 7862 | x_connection_closed (display, buf); |
| 7863 | return 0; |
| 7864 | } |
| 7865 | \f |
| 7866 | /* Changing the font of the frame. */ |
| 7867 | |
| 7868 | /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and |
| 7869 | return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard |
| 7870 | pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern. |
| 7871 | The return value shows which font we chose. */ |
| 7872 | |
| 7873 | Lisp_Object |
| 7874 | x_new_font (f, fontname) |
| 7875 | struct frame *f; |
| 7876 | register char *fontname; |
| 7877 | { |
| 7878 | struct font_info *fontp |
| 7879 | = FS_LOAD_FONT (f, 0, fontname, -1); |
| 7880 | |
| 7881 | if (!fontp) |
| 7882 | return Qnil; |
| 7883 | |
| 7884 | FRAME_FONT (f) = (XFontStruct *) (fontp->font); |
| 7885 | FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f) = fontp->baseline_offset; |
| 7886 | FRAME_FONTSET (f) = -1; |
| 7887 | |
| 7888 | FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f) = FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f)); |
| 7889 | FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f) = FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f)); |
| 7890 | |
| 7891 | compute_fringe_widths (f, 1); |
| 7892 | |
| 7893 | /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */ |
| 7894 | if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) > 0) |
| 7895 | { |
| 7896 | int wid = FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f); |
| 7897 | FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) |
| 7898 | = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) + wid-1) / wid; |
| 7899 | } |
| 7900 | else |
| 7901 | { |
| 7902 | int wid = FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f); |
| 7903 | FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) = (14 + wid - 1) / wid; |
| 7904 | } |
| 7905 | |
| 7906 | /* Now make the frame display the given font. */ |
| 7907 | if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f) != 0) |
| 7908 | { |
| 7909 | XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.x->normal_gc, |
| 7910 | FRAME_FONT (f)->fid); |
| 7911 | XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.x->reverse_gc, |
| 7912 | FRAME_FONT (f)->fid); |
| 7913 | XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.x->cursor_gc, |
| 7914 | FRAME_FONT (f)->fid); |
| 7915 | |
| 7916 | /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in |
| 7917 | doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to |
| 7918 | problems because the tip frame has no widget. */ |
| 7919 | if (NILP (tip_frame) || XFRAME (tip_frame) != f) |
| 7920 | x_set_window_size (f, 0, FRAME_COLS (f), FRAME_LINES (f)); |
| 7921 | } |
| 7922 | |
| 7923 | return build_string (fontp->full_name); |
| 7924 | } |
| 7925 | |
| 7926 | /* Give frame F the fontset named FONTSETNAME as its default font, and |
| 7927 | return the full name of that fontset. FONTSETNAME may be a wildcard |
| 7928 | pattern; in that case, we choose some fontset that fits the pattern. |
| 7929 | The return value shows which fontset we chose. */ |
| 7930 | |
| 7931 | Lisp_Object |
| 7932 | x_new_fontset (f, fontsetname) |
| 7933 | struct frame *f; |
| 7934 | char *fontsetname; |
| 7935 | { |
| 7936 | int fontset = fs_query_fontset (build_string (fontsetname), 0); |
| 7937 | Lisp_Object result; |
| 7938 | |
| 7939 | if (fontset < 0) |
| 7940 | return Qnil; |
| 7941 | |
| 7942 | if (FRAME_FONTSET (f) == fontset) |
| 7943 | /* This fontset is already set in frame F. There's nothing more |
| 7944 | to do. */ |
| 7945 | return fontset_name (fontset); |
| 7946 | |
| 7947 | result = x_new_font (f, (SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset)))); |
| 7948 | |
| 7949 | if (!STRINGP (result)) |
| 7950 | /* Can't load ASCII font. */ |
| 7951 | return Qnil; |
| 7952 | |
| 7953 | /* Since x_new_font doesn't update any fontset information, do it now. */ |
| 7954 | FRAME_FONTSET (f) = fontset; |
| 7955 | |
| 7956 | #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N |
| 7957 | if (FRAME_XIC (f) |
| 7958 | && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f) & (XIMPreeditPosition | XIMStatusArea))) |
| 7959 | xic_set_xfontset (f, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset))); |
| 7960 | #endif |
| 7961 | |
| 7962 | return build_string (fontsetname); |
| 7963 | } |
| 7964 | |
| 7965 | \f |
| 7966 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 7967 | X Input Methods |
| 7968 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 7969 | |
| 7970 | #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N |
| 7971 | |
| 7972 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R6 |
| 7973 | |
| 7974 | /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the |
| 7975 | connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a |
| 7976 | pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */ |
| 7977 | |
| 7978 | static void |
| 7979 | xim_destroy_callback (xim, client_data, call_data) |
| 7980 | XIM xim; |
| 7981 | XPointer client_data; |
| 7982 | XPointer call_data; |
| 7983 | { |
| 7984 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = (struct x_display_info *) client_data; |
| 7985 | Lisp_Object frame, tail; |
| 7986 | |
| 7987 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 7988 | |
| 7989 | /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */ |
| 7990 | FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
| 7991 | { |
| 7992 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame); |
| 7993 | if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f) == dpyinfo) |
| 7994 | { |
| 7995 | FRAME_XIC (f) = NULL; |
| 7996 | if (FRAME_XIC_FONTSET (f)) |
| 7997 | { |
| 7998 | XFreeFontSet (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_XIC_FONTSET (f)); |
| 7999 | FRAME_XIC_FONTSET (f) = NULL; |
| 8000 | } |
| 8001 | } |
| 8002 | } |
| 8003 | |
| 8004 | /* No need to call XCloseIM. */ |
| 8005 | dpyinfo->xim = NULL; |
| 8006 | XFree (dpyinfo->xim_styles); |
| 8007 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8008 | } |
| 8009 | |
| 8010 | #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */ |
| 8011 | |
| 8012 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R6 |
| 8013 | /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */ |
| 8014 | extern char *XSetIMValues P_ ((XIM, ...)); |
| 8015 | #endif |
| 8016 | |
| 8017 | /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. |
| 8018 | RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */ |
| 8019 | |
| 8020 | static void |
| 8021 | xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo, resource_name) |
| 8022 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 8023 | char *resource_name; |
| 8024 | { |
| 8025 | XIM xim; |
| 8026 | |
| 8027 | #ifdef HAVE_XIM |
| 8028 | if (use_xim) |
| 8029 | { |
| 8030 | xim = XOpenIM (dpyinfo->display, dpyinfo->xrdb, resource_name, |
| 8031 | EMACS_CLASS); |
| 8032 | dpyinfo->xim = xim; |
| 8033 | |
| 8034 | if (xim) |
| 8035 | { |
| 8036 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R6 |
| 8037 | XIMCallback destroy; |
| 8038 | #endif |
| 8039 | |
| 8040 | /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */ |
| 8041 | XGetIMValues (xim, XNQueryInputStyle, &dpyinfo->xim_styles, NULL); |
| 8042 | |
| 8043 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R6 |
| 8044 | destroy.callback = xim_destroy_callback; |
| 8045 | destroy.client_data = (XPointer)dpyinfo; |
| 8046 | XSetIMValues (xim, XNDestroyCallback, &destroy, NULL); |
| 8047 | #endif |
| 8048 | } |
| 8049 | } |
| 8050 | |
| 8051 | else |
| 8052 | #endif /* HAVE_XIM */ |
| 8053 | dpyinfo->xim = NULL; |
| 8054 | } |
| 8055 | |
| 8056 | |
| 8057 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM |
| 8058 | |
| 8059 | struct xim_inst_t |
| 8060 | { |
| 8061 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 8062 | char *resource_name; |
| 8063 | }; |
| 8064 | |
| 8065 | /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM |
| 8066 | server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM. |
| 8067 | CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created |
| 8068 | when the callback was registered. */ |
| 8069 | |
| 8070 | static void |
| 8071 | xim_instantiate_callback (display, client_data, call_data) |
| 8072 | Display *display; |
| 8073 | XPointer client_data; |
| 8074 | XPointer call_data; |
| 8075 | { |
| 8076 | struct xim_inst_t *xim_inst = (struct xim_inst_t *) client_data; |
| 8077 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = xim_inst->dpyinfo; |
| 8078 | |
| 8079 | /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */ |
| 8080 | if (dpyinfo->xim) |
| 8081 | return; |
| 8082 | |
| 8083 | xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo, xim_inst->resource_name); |
| 8084 | |
| 8085 | /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long |
| 8086 | as they have no XIC. */ |
| 8087 | if (dpyinfo->xim && dpyinfo->reference_count > 0) |
| 8088 | { |
| 8089 | Lisp_Object tail, frame; |
| 8090 | |
| 8091 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8092 | FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame) |
| 8093 | { |
| 8094 | struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame); |
| 8095 | |
| 8096 | if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f) == xim_inst->dpyinfo) |
| 8097 | if (FRAME_XIC (f) == NULL) |
| 8098 | { |
| 8099 | create_frame_xic (f); |
| 8100 | if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f) & XIMStatusArea) |
| 8101 | xic_set_statusarea (f); |
| 8102 | if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f) & XIMPreeditPosition) |
| 8103 | { |
| 8104 | struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->selected_window); |
| 8105 | xic_set_preeditarea (w, w->cursor.x, w->cursor.y); |
| 8106 | } |
| 8107 | } |
| 8108 | } |
| 8109 | |
| 8110 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8111 | } |
| 8112 | } |
| 8113 | |
| 8114 | #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */ |
| 8115 | |
| 8116 | |
| 8117 | /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. |
| 8118 | RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the |
| 8119 | connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection |
| 8120 | in the XIM instantiate callback function. */ |
| 8121 | |
| 8122 | static void |
| 8123 | xim_initialize (dpyinfo, resource_name) |
| 8124 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 8125 | char *resource_name; |
| 8126 | { |
| 8127 | #ifdef HAVE_XIM |
| 8128 | if (use_xim) |
| 8129 | { |
| 8130 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM |
| 8131 | struct xim_inst_t *xim_inst; |
| 8132 | int len; |
| 8133 | |
| 8134 | dpyinfo->xim = NULL; |
| 8135 | xim_inst = (struct xim_inst_t *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t)); |
| 8136 | xim_inst->dpyinfo = dpyinfo; |
| 8137 | len = strlen (resource_name); |
| 8138 | xim_inst->resource_name = (char *) xmalloc (len + 1); |
| 8139 | bcopy (resource_name, xim_inst->resource_name, len + 1); |
| 8140 | XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo->display, dpyinfo->xrdb, |
| 8141 | resource_name, EMACS_CLASS, |
| 8142 | xim_instantiate_callback, |
| 8143 | /* This is XPointer in XFree86 |
| 8144 | but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at |
| 8145 | least, hence the configure test. */ |
| 8146 | (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6) xim_inst); |
| 8147 | #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */ |
| 8148 | dpyinfo->xim = NULL; |
| 8149 | xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo, resource_name); |
| 8150 | #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */ |
| 8151 | |
| 8152 | } |
| 8153 | else |
| 8154 | #endif /* HAVE_XIM */ |
| 8155 | dpyinfo->xim = NULL; |
| 8156 | } |
| 8157 | |
| 8158 | |
| 8159 | /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */ |
| 8160 | |
| 8161 | static void |
| 8162 | xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo) |
| 8163 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 8164 | { |
| 8165 | #ifdef HAVE_XIM |
| 8166 | if (use_xim) |
| 8167 | { |
| 8168 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM |
| 8169 | if (dpyinfo->display) |
| 8170 | XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo->display, dpyinfo->xrdb, |
| 8171 | NULL, EMACS_CLASS, |
| 8172 | xim_instantiate_callback, NULL); |
| 8173 | #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */ |
| 8174 | if (dpyinfo->display) |
| 8175 | XCloseIM (dpyinfo->xim); |
| 8176 | dpyinfo->xim = NULL; |
| 8177 | XFree (dpyinfo->xim_styles); |
| 8178 | } |
| 8179 | #endif /* HAVE_XIM */ |
| 8180 | } |
| 8181 | |
| 8182 | #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */ |
| 8183 | |
| 8184 | |
| 8185 | \f |
| 8186 | /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F |
| 8187 | from its current recorded position values and gravity. */ |
| 8188 | |
| 8189 | void |
| 8190 | x_calc_absolute_position (f) |
| 8191 | struct frame *f; |
| 8192 | { |
| 8193 | Window child; |
| 8194 | int win_x = 0, win_y = 0; |
| 8195 | int flags = f->size_hint_flags; |
| 8196 | int this_window; |
| 8197 | |
| 8198 | /* We have nothing to do if the current position |
| 8199 | is already for the top-left corner. */ |
| 8200 | if (! ((flags & XNegative) || (flags & YNegative))) |
| 8201 | return; |
| 8202 | |
| 8203 | this_window = FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f); |
| 8204 | |
| 8205 | /* Find the position of the outside upper-left corner of |
| 8206 | the inner window, with respect to the outer window. |
| 8207 | But do this only if we will need the results. */ |
| 8208 | if (f->output_data.x->parent_desc != FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window) |
| 8209 | { |
| 8210 | int count; |
| 8211 | |
| 8212 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8213 | count = x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 8214 | while (1) |
| 8215 | { |
| 8216 | x_clear_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 8217 | XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), |
| 8218 | |
| 8219 | /* From-window, to-window. */ |
| 8220 | this_window, |
| 8221 | f->output_data.x->parent_desc, |
| 8222 | |
| 8223 | /* From-position, to-position. */ |
| 8224 | 0, 0, &win_x, &win_y, |
| 8225 | |
| 8226 | /* Child of win. */ |
| 8227 | &child); |
| 8228 | if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f))) |
| 8229 | { |
| 8230 | Window newroot, newparent = 0xdeadbeef; |
| 8231 | Window *newchildren; |
| 8232 | unsigned int nchildren; |
| 8233 | |
| 8234 | if (! XQueryTree (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), this_window, &newroot, |
| 8235 | &newparent, &newchildren, &nchildren)) |
| 8236 | break; |
| 8237 | |
| 8238 | XFree ((char *) newchildren); |
| 8239 | |
| 8240 | f->output_data.x->parent_desc = newparent; |
| 8241 | } |
| 8242 | else |
| 8243 | break; |
| 8244 | } |
| 8245 | |
| 8246 | x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), count); |
| 8247 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8248 | } |
| 8249 | |
| 8250 | /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost |
| 8251 | position that fits on the screen. */ |
| 8252 | if (flags & XNegative) |
| 8253 | f->left_pos = (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->width |
| 8254 | - 2 * f->border_width - win_x |
| 8255 | - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) |
| 8256 | + f->left_pos); |
| 8257 | |
| 8258 | { |
| 8259 | int height = FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f); |
| 8260 | |
| 8261 | #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF |
| 8262 | /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with |
| 8263 | `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels. |
| 8264 | |
| 8265 | This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting, |
| 8266 | the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are |
| 8267 | different. The column widget's height is the right one. In |
| 8268 | later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height |
| 8269 | is right, though. |
| 8270 | |
| 8271 | It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from. |
| 8272 | 2000-12-01, gerd. */ |
| 8273 | |
| 8274 | XtVaGetValues (f->output_data.x->column_widget, XtNheight, &height, NULL); |
| 8275 | #endif |
| 8276 | |
| 8277 | if (flags & YNegative) |
| 8278 | f->top_pos = (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->height |
| 8279 | - 2 * f->border_width |
| 8280 | - win_y |
| 8281 | - height |
| 8282 | + f->top_pos); |
| 8283 | } |
| 8284 | |
| 8285 | /* The left_pos and top_pos |
| 8286 | are now relative to the top and left screen edges, |
| 8287 | so the flags should correspond. */ |
| 8288 | f->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative); |
| 8289 | } |
| 8290 | |
| 8291 | /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position, |
| 8292 | to really change the position, and 0 when calling from |
| 8293 | x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current |
| 8294 | position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters, |
| 8295 | which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */ |
| 8296 | |
| 8297 | void |
| 8298 | x_set_offset (f, xoff, yoff, change_gravity) |
| 8299 | struct frame *f; |
| 8300 | register int xoff, yoff; |
| 8301 | int change_gravity; |
| 8302 | { |
| 8303 | int modified_top, modified_left; |
| 8304 | |
| 8305 | if (change_gravity > 0) |
| 8306 | { |
| 8307 | f->top_pos = yoff; |
| 8308 | f->left_pos = xoff; |
| 8309 | f->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative); |
| 8310 | if (xoff < 0) |
| 8311 | f->size_hint_flags |= XNegative; |
| 8312 | if (yoff < 0) |
| 8313 | f->size_hint_flags |= YNegative; |
| 8314 | f->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity; |
| 8315 | } |
| 8316 | x_calc_absolute_position (f); |
| 8317 | |
| 8318 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8319 | x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0); |
| 8320 | |
| 8321 | modified_left = f->left_pos; |
| 8322 | modified_top = f->top_pos; |
| 8323 | modified_left += FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->x_pixels_outer_diff; |
| 8324 | modified_top += FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->y_pixels_outer_diff; |
| 8325 | |
| 8326 | #if 0 /* Running on psilocin (Debian), and displaying on the NCD X-terminal, |
| 8327 | this seems to be unnecessary and incorrect. rms, 4/17/97. */ |
| 8328 | /* It is a mystery why we need to add the border_width here |
| 8329 | when the frame is already visible, but experiment says we do. */ |
| 8330 | if (change_gravity != 0) |
| 8331 | { |
| 8332 | modified_left += f->border_width; |
| 8333 | modified_top += f->border_width; |
| 8334 | } |
| 8335 | #endif |
| 8336 | |
| 8337 | XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f), |
| 8338 | modified_left, modified_top); |
| 8339 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8340 | } |
| 8341 | |
| 8342 | /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request. |
| 8343 | If so needed, resize the frame. */ |
| 8344 | static void |
| 8345 | x_check_fullscreen (f) |
| 8346 | struct frame *f; |
| 8347 | { |
| 8348 | if (f->want_fullscreen & FULLSCREEN_BOTH) |
| 8349 | { |
| 8350 | int width, height, ign; |
| 8351 | |
| 8352 | x_real_positions (f, &f->left_pos, &f->top_pos); |
| 8353 | |
| 8354 | x_fullscreen_adjust (f, &width, &height, &ign, &ign); |
| 8355 | |
| 8356 | /* We do not need to move the window, it shall be taken care of |
| 8357 | when setting WM manager hints. |
| 8358 | If the frame is visible already, the position is checked by |
| 8359 | x_check_fullscreen_move. */ |
| 8360 | if (FRAME_COLS (f) != width || FRAME_LINES (f) != height) |
| 8361 | { |
| 8362 | change_frame_size (f, height, width, 0, 1, 0); |
| 8363 | SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
| 8364 | cancel_mouse_face (f); |
| 8365 | |
| 8366 | /* Wait for the change of frame size to occur */ |
| 8367 | f->want_fullscreen |= FULLSCREEN_WAIT; |
| 8368 | } |
| 8369 | } |
| 8370 | } |
| 8371 | |
| 8372 | /* If frame parameters are set after the frame is mapped, we need to move |
| 8373 | the window. This is done in xfns.c. |
| 8374 | Some window managers moves the window to the right position, some |
| 8375 | moves the outer window manager window to the specified position. |
| 8376 | Here we check that we are in the right spot. If not, make a second |
| 8377 | move, assuming we are dealing with the second kind of window manager. */ |
| 8378 | static void |
| 8379 | x_check_fullscreen_move (f) |
| 8380 | struct frame *f; |
| 8381 | { |
| 8382 | if (f->want_fullscreen & FULLSCREEN_MOVE_WAIT) |
| 8383 | { |
| 8384 | int expect_top = f->top_pos; |
| 8385 | int expect_left = f->left_pos; |
| 8386 | |
| 8387 | if (f->want_fullscreen & FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT) |
| 8388 | expect_top = 0; |
| 8389 | if (f->want_fullscreen & FULLSCREEN_WIDTH) |
| 8390 | expect_left = 0; |
| 8391 | |
| 8392 | if (expect_top != f->top_pos || expect_left != f->left_pos) |
| 8393 | x_set_offset (f, expect_left, expect_top, 1); |
| 8394 | |
| 8395 | /* Just do this once */ |
| 8396 | f->want_fullscreen &= ~FULLSCREEN_MOVE_WAIT; |
| 8397 | } |
| 8398 | } |
| 8399 | |
| 8400 | |
| 8401 | /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F |
| 8402 | doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to |
| 8403 | top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent |
| 8404 | size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */ |
| 8405 | |
| 8406 | static void |
| 8407 | x_set_window_size_1 (f, change_gravity, cols, rows) |
| 8408 | struct frame *f; |
| 8409 | int change_gravity; |
| 8410 | int cols, rows; |
| 8411 | { |
| 8412 | int pixelwidth, pixelheight; |
| 8413 | |
| 8414 | check_frame_size (f, &rows, &cols); |
| 8415 | f->scroll_bar_actual_width |
| 8416 | = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f) |
| 8417 | ? 0 |
| 8418 | : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) > 0 |
| 8419 | ? FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) |
| 8420 | : (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f))); |
| 8421 | |
| 8422 | compute_fringe_widths (f, 0); |
| 8423 | |
| 8424 | pixelwidth = FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, cols); |
| 8425 | pixelheight = FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, rows); |
| 8426 | |
| 8427 | f->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity; |
| 8428 | x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0); |
| 8429 | |
| 8430 | XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), False); |
| 8431 | XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 8432 | pixelwidth, pixelheight); |
| 8433 | |
| 8434 | /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate, |
| 8435 | but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size |
| 8436 | change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the |
| 8437 | ConfigureNotify event gets here. |
| 8438 | |
| 8439 | We could just not bother storing any of this information here, |
| 8440 | and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that |
| 8441 | might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes |
| 8442 | wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random |
| 8443 | point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives. |
| 8444 | |
| 8445 | We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of |
| 8446 | a BLOCK_INPUT. */ |
| 8447 | change_frame_size (f, rows, cols, 0, 1, 0); |
| 8448 | FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) = pixelwidth; |
| 8449 | FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) = pixelheight; |
| 8450 | |
| 8451 | /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to |
| 8452 | receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked |
| 8453 | for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so |
| 8454 | we have to make sure to do it here. */ |
| 8455 | SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
| 8456 | |
| 8457 | XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 8458 | } |
| 8459 | |
| 8460 | |
| 8461 | /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window. |
| 8462 | If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity |
| 8463 | for this size change and subsequent size changes. |
| 8464 | Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */ |
| 8465 | |
| 8466 | void |
| 8467 | x_set_window_size (f, change_gravity, cols, rows) |
| 8468 | struct frame *f; |
| 8469 | int change_gravity; |
| 8470 | int cols, rows; |
| 8471 | { |
| 8472 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8473 | |
| 8474 | #ifdef USE_GTK |
| 8475 | if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)) |
| 8476 | xg_frame_set_char_size (f, cols, rows); |
| 8477 | else |
| 8478 | x_set_window_size_1 (f, change_gravity, cols, rows); |
| 8479 | #elif USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 8480 | |
| 8481 | if (f->output_data.x->widget != NULL) |
| 8482 | { |
| 8483 | /* The x and y position of the widget is clobbered by the |
| 8484 | call to XtSetValues within EmacsFrameSetCharSize. |
| 8485 | This is a real kludge, but I don't understand Xt so I can't |
| 8486 | figure out a correct fix. Can anyone else tell me? -- rms. */ |
| 8487 | int xpos = f->output_data.x->widget->core.x; |
| 8488 | int ypos = f->output_data.x->widget->core.y; |
| 8489 | EmacsFrameSetCharSize (f->output_data.x->edit_widget, cols, rows); |
| 8490 | f->output_data.x->widget->core.x = xpos; |
| 8491 | f->output_data.x->widget->core.y = ypos; |
| 8492 | } |
| 8493 | else |
| 8494 | x_set_window_size_1 (f, change_gravity, cols, rows); |
| 8495 | |
| 8496 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 8497 | |
| 8498 | x_set_window_size_1 (f, change_gravity, cols, rows); |
| 8499 | |
| 8500 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 8501 | |
| 8502 | /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */ |
| 8503 | mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f->root_window)); |
| 8504 | |
| 8505 | /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was, |
| 8506 | since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size. |
| 8507 | Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck, |
| 8508 | so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */ |
| 8509 | cancel_mouse_face (f); |
| 8510 | |
| 8511 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8512 | } |
| 8513 | \f |
| 8514 | /* Mouse warping. */ |
| 8515 | |
| 8516 | void |
| 8517 | x_set_mouse_position (f, x, y) |
| 8518 | struct frame *f; |
| 8519 | int x, y; |
| 8520 | { |
| 8521 | int pix_x, pix_y; |
| 8522 | |
| 8523 | pix_x = FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f, x) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f) / 2; |
| 8524 | pix_y = FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f, y) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f) / 2; |
| 8525 | |
| 8526 | if (pix_x < 0) pix_x = 0; |
| 8527 | if (pix_x > FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f)) pix_x = FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f); |
| 8528 | |
| 8529 | if (pix_y < 0) pix_y = 0; |
| 8530 | if (pix_y > FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)) pix_y = FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f); |
| 8531 | |
| 8532 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8533 | |
| 8534 | XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), None, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 8535 | 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x, pix_y); |
| 8536 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8537 | } |
| 8538 | |
| 8539 | /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */ |
| 8540 | |
| 8541 | void |
| 8542 | x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f, pix_x, pix_y) |
| 8543 | struct frame *f; |
| 8544 | int pix_x, pix_y; |
| 8545 | { |
| 8546 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8547 | |
| 8548 | XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), None, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 8549 | 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x, pix_y); |
| 8550 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8551 | } |
| 8552 | \f |
| 8553 | /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */ |
| 8554 | |
| 8555 | void |
| 8556 | x_focus_on_frame (f) |
| 8557 | struct frame *f; |
| 8558 | { |
| 8559 | #if 0 /* This proves to be unpleasant. */ |
| 8560 | x_raise_frame (f); |
| 8561 | #endif |
| 8562 | #if 0 |
| 8563 | /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this |
| 8564 | without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up |
| 8565 | doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */ |
| 8566 | XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
| 8567 | RevertToPointerRoot, CurrentTime); |
| 8568 | #endif /* ! 0 */ |
| 8569 | } |
| 8570 | |
| 8571 | void |
| 8572 | x_unfocus_frame (f) |
| 8573 | struct frame *f; |
| 8574 | { |
| 8575 | #if 0 |
| 8576 | /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */ |
| 8577 | if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_focus_frame == f) |
| 8578 | XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), PointerRoot, |
| 8579 | RevertToPointerRoot, CurrentTime); |
| 8580 | #endif /* ! 0 */ |
| 8581 | } |
| 8582 | |
| 8583 | /* Raise frame F. */ |
| 8584 | |
| 8585 | void |
| 8586 | x_raise_frame (f) |
| 8587 | struct frame *f; |
| 8588 | { |
| 8589 | if (f->async_visible) |
| 8590 | { |
| 8591 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8592 | XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f)); |
| 8593 | XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 8594 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8595 | } |
| 8596 | } |
| 8597 | |
| 8598 | /* Lower frame F. */ |
| 8599 | |
| 8600 | void |
| 8601 | x_lower_frame (f) |
| 8602 | struct frame *f; |
| 8603 | { |
| 8604 | if (f->async_visible) |
| 8605 | { |
| 8606 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8607 | XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f)); |
| 8608 | XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 8609 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8610 | } |
| 8611 | } |
| 8612 | |
| 8613 | static void |
| 8614 | XTframe_raise_lower (f, raise_flag) |
| 8615 | FRAME_PTR f; |
| 8616 | int raise_flag; |
| 8617 | { |
| 8618 | if (raise_flag) |
| 8619 | x_raise_frame (f); |
| 8620 | else |
| 8621 | x_lower_frame (f); |
| 8622 | } |
| 8623 | \f |
| 8624 | /* Change of visibility. */ |
| 8625 | |
| 8626 | /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible. |
| 8627 | However, if the window manager asks the user where to position |
| 8628 | the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that. |
| 8629 | The frame will not actually be visible at that time, |
| 8630 | but it will become visible later when the window manager |
| 8631 | finishes with it. */ |
| 8632 | |
| 8633 | void |
| 8634 | x_make_frame_visible (f) |
| 8635 | struct frame *f; |
| 8636 | { |
| 8637 | Lisp_Object type; |
| 8638 | int original_top, original_left; |
| 8639 | int retry_count = 2; |
| 8640 | |
| 8641 | retry: |
| 8642 | |
| 8643 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8644 | |
| 8645 | type = x_icon_type (f); |
| 8646 | if (!NILP (type)) |
| 8647 | x_bitmap_icon (f, type); |
| 8648 | |
| 8649 | if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)) |
| 8650 | { |
| 8651 | /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't |
| 8652 | call x_set_offset a second time |
| 8653 | if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time |
| 8654 | before the window gets really visible. */ |
| 8655 | if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) |
| 8656 | && ! f->output_data.x->asked_for_visible) |
| 8657 | x_set_offset (f, f->left_pos, f->top_pos, 0); |
| 8658 | |
| 8659 | f->output_data.x->asked_for_visible = 1; |
| 8660 | |
| 8661 | if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager, Qt)) |
| 8662 | x_wm_set_window_state (f, NormalState); |
| 8663 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 8664 | /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */ |
| 8665 | XtMapWidget (f->output_data.x->widget); |
| 8666 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 8667 | #ifdef USE_GTK |
| 8668 | gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)); |
| 8669 | gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f))); |
| 8670 | #else |
| 8671 | XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)); |
| 8672 | #endif /* not USE_GTK */ |
| 8673 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 8674 | #if 0 /* This seems to bring back scroll bars in the wrong places |
| 8675 | if the window configuration has changed. They seem |
| 8676 | to come back ok without this. */ |
| 8677 | if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f)) |
| 8678 | XMapSubwindows (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)); |
| 8679 | #endif |
| 8680 | } |
| 8681 | |
| 8682 | XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 8683 | |
| 8684 | /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible |
| 8685 | before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked |
| 8686 | so that incoming events are handled. */ |
| 8687 | { |
| 8688 | Lisp_Object frame; |
| 8689 | int count; |
| 8690 | /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT |
| 8691 | since events that arrive in response to the actions above |
| 8692 | will set it when they are handled. */ |
| 8693 | int previously_visible = f->output_data.x->has_been_visible; |
| 8694 | |
| 8695 | original_left = f->left_pos; |
| 8696 | original_top = f->top_pos; |
| 8697 | |
| 8698 | /* This must come after we set COUNT. */ |
| 8699 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8700 | |
| 8701 | /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */ |
| 8702 | |
| 8703 | /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be". |
| 8704 | But don't do it if the gravity is negative. |
| 8705 | When the gravity is negative, this uses a position |
| 8706 | that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width. |
| 8707 | |
| 8708 | Don't do this if the window has never been visible before, |
| 8709 | because the window manager may choose the position |
| 8710 | and we don't want to override it. */ |
| 8711 | |
| 8712 | if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) |
| 8713 | && f->win_gravity == NorthWestGravity |
| 8714 | && previously_visible) |
| 8715 | { |
| 8716 | Drawable rootw; |
| 8717 | int x, y; |
| 8718 | unsigned int width, height, border, depth; |
| 8719 | |
| 8720 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8721 | |
| 8722 | /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing |
| 8723 | window, even to the same place, causes the window manager |
| 8724 | to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move |
| 8725 | to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little |
| 8726 | slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right |
| 8727 | place. If the window is not in the right place, move it |
| 8728 | there, and take the potential window manager hit. */ |
| 8729 | XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f), |
| 8730 | &rootw, &x, &y, &width, &height, &border, &depth); |
| 8731 | |
| 8732 | if (original_left != x || original_top != y) |
| 8733 | XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f), |
| 8734 | original_left, original_top); |
| 8735 | |
| 8736 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8737 | } |
| 8738 | |
| 8739 | XSETFRAME (frame, f); |
| 8740 | |
| 8741 | /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a |
| 8742 | MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a |
| 8743 | MapNotify at all.. */ |
| 8744 | for (count = input_signal_count + 10; |
| 8745 | input_signal_count < count && !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f);) |
| 8746 | { |
| 8747 | /* Force processing of queued events. */ |
| 8748 | x_sync (f); |
| 8749 | |
| 8750 | /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been |
| 8751 | observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an |
| 8752 | alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something |
| 8753 | to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems |
| 8754 | that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is |
| 8755 | probably a bug. */ |
| 8756 | if (input_polling_used ()) |
| 8757 | { |
| 8758 | /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while |
| 8759 | processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the |
| 8760 | handler reset it. */ |
| 8761 | extern void poll_for_input_1 P_ ((void)); |
| 8762 | int old_poll_suppress_count = poll_suppress_count; |
| 8763 | poll_suppress_count = 1; |
| 8764 | poll_for_input_1 (); |
| 8765 | poll_suppress_count = old_poll_suppress_count; |
| 8766 | } |
| 8767 | |
| 8768 | /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */ |
| 8769 | FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f); |
| 8770 | } |
| 8771 | |
| 8772 | /* 2000-09-28: In |
| 8773 | |
| 8774 | (let ((f (selected-frame))) |
| 8775 | (iconify-frame f) |
| 8776 | (raise-frame f)) |
| 8777 | |
| 8778 | the frame is not raised with various window managers on |
| 8779 | FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some |
| 8780 | unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored. |
| 8781 | Mapping the widget a second time works. */ |
| 8782 | |
| 8783 | if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && --retry_count > 0) |
| 8784 | goto retry; |
| 8785 | } |
| 8786 | } |
| 8787 | |
| 8788 | /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */ |
| 8789 | |
| 8790 | /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */ |
| 8791 | |
| 8792 | void |
| 8793 | x_make_frame_invisible (f) |
| 8794 | struct frame *f; |
| 8795 | { |
| 8796 | Window window; |
| 8797 | |
| 8798 | /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */ |
| 8799 | window = FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f); |
| 8800 | |
| 8801 | /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */ |
| 8802 | if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame == f) |
| 8803 | FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame = 0; |
| 8804 | |
| 8805 | #if 0/* This might add unreliability; I don't trust it -- rms. */ |
| 8806 | if (! f->async_visible && ! f->async_iconified) |
| 8807 | return; |
| 8808 | #endif |
| 8809 | |
| 8810 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8811 | |
| 8812 | /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim |
| 8813 | that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than |
| 8814 | program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be |
| 8815 | placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it |
| 8816 | by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */ |
| 8817 | x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 1); |
| 8818 | |
| 8819 | #ifdef USE_GTK |
| 8820 | if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)) |
| 8821 | gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)); |
| 8822 | else |
| 8823 | #endif |
| 8824 | { |
| 8825 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R4 |
| 8826 | |
| 8827 | if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, |
| 8828 | DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)))) |
| 8829 | { |
| 8830 | UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL; |
| 8831 | error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal"); |
| 8832 | } |
| 8833 | #else /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */ |
| 8834 | |
| 8835 | /* Tell the window manager what we're going to do. */ |
| 8836 | if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager, Qt)) |
| 8837 | { |
| 8838 | XEvent unmap; |
| 8839 | |
| 8840 | unmap.xunmap.type = UnmapNotify; |
| 8841 | unmap.xunmap.window = window; |
| 8842 | unmap.xunmap.event = DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 8843 | unmap.xunmap.from_configure = False; |
| 8844 | if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), |
| 8845 | DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)), |
| 8846 | False, |
| 8847 | SubstructureRedirectMaskSubstructureNotifyMask, |
| 8848 | &unmap)) |
| 8849 | { |
| 8850 | UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL; |
| 8851 | error ("Can't notify window manager of withdrawal"); |
| 8852 | } |
| 8853 | } |
| 8854 | |
| 8855 | /* Unmap the window ourselves. Cheeky! */ |
| 8856 | XUnmapWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window); |
| 8857 | #endif /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */ |
| 8858 | } |
| 8859 | |
| 8860 | /* We can't distinguish this from iconification |
| 8861 | just by the event that we get from the server. |
| 8862 | So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting |
| 8863 | FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand, |
| 8864 | and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */ |
| 8865 | f->visible = 0; |
| 8866 | FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) = 0; |
| 8867 | f->async_visible = 0; |
| 8868 | f->async_iconified = 0; |
| 8869 | |
| 8870 | x_sync (f); |
| 8871 | |
| 8872 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8873 | } |
| 8874 | |
| 8875 | /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */ |
| 8876 | |
| 8877 | void |
| 8878 | x_iconify_frame (f) |
| 8879 | struct frame *f; |
| 8880 | { |
| 8881 | int result; |
| 8882 | Lisp_Object type; |
| 8883 | |
| 8884 | /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */ |
| 8885 | if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame == f) |
| 8886 | FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame = 0; |
| 8887 | |
| 8888 | if (f->async_iconified) |
| 8889 | return; |
| 8890 | |
| 8891 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8892 | |
| 8893 | FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f); |
| 8894 | |
| 8895 | type = x_icon_type (f); |
| 8896 | if (!NILP (type)) |
| 8897 | x_bitmap_icon (f, type); |
| 8898 | |
| 8899 | #ifdef USE_GTK |
| 8900 | if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)) |
| 8901 | { |
| 8902 | if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)) |
| 8903 | gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)); |
| 8904 | |
| 8905 | gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f))); |
| 8906 | f->iconified = 1; |
| 8907 | f->visible = 1; |
| 8908 | f->async_iconified = 1; |
| 8909 | f->async_visible = 0; |
| 8910 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8911 | return; |
| 8912 | } |
| 8913 | #endif |
| 8914 | |
| 8915 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 8916 | |
| 8917 | if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)) |
| 8918 | { |
| 8919 | if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager, Qt)) |
| 8920 | x_wm_set_window_state (f, IconicState); |
| 8921 | /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */ |
| 8922 | XtMapWidget (f->output_data.x->widget); |
| 8923 | /* The server won't give us any event to indicate |
| 8924 | that an invisible frame was changed to an icon, |
| 8925 | so we have to record it here. */ |
| 8926 | f->iconified = 1; |
| 8927 | f->visible = 1; |
| 8928 | f->async_iconified = 1; |
| 8929 | f->async_visible = 0; |
| 8930 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8931 | return; |
| 8932 | } |
| 8933 | |
| 8934 | result = XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), |
| 8935 | XtWindow (f->output_data.x->widget), |
| 8936 | DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f))); |
| 8937 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8938 | |
| 8939 | if (!result) |
| 8940 | error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification"); |
| 8941 | |
| 8942 | f->async_iconified = 1; |
| 8943 | f->async_visible = 0; |
| 8944 | |
| 8945 | |
| 8946 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8947 | XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 8948 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8949 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 8950 | |
| 8951 | /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned, |
| 8952 | in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */ |
| 8953 | if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f)) |
| 8954 | x_set_offset (f, f->left_pos, f->top_pos, 0); |
| 8955 | |
| 8956 | /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both |
| 8957 | the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */ |
| 8958 | |
| 8959 | /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the |
| 8960 | WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */ |
| 8961 | { |
| 8962 | XEvent message; |
| 8963 | |
| 8964 | message.xclient.window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); |
| 8965 | message.xclient.type = ClientMessage; |
| 8966 | message.xclient.message_type = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->Xatom_wm_change_state; |
| 8967 | message.xclient.format = 32; |
| 8968 | message.xclient.data.l[0] = IconicState; |
| 8969 | |
| 8970 | if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), |
| 8971 | DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)), |
| 8972 | False, |
| 8973 | SubstructureRedirectMask | SubstructureNotifyMask, |
| 8974 | &message)) |
| 8975 | { |
| 8976 | UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL; |
| 8977 | error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification"); |
| 8978 | } |
| 8979 | } |
| 8980 | |
| 8981 | /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to |
| 8982 | IconicState. */ |
| 8983 | x_wm_set_window_state (f, IconicState); |
| 8984 | |
| 8985 | if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)) |
| 8986 | { |
| 8987 | /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */ |
| 8988 | XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)); |
| 8989 | } |
| 8990 | |
| 8991 | f->async_iconified = 1; |
| 8992 | f->async_visible = 0; |
| 8993 | |
| 8994 | XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 8995 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 8996 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 8997 | } |
| 8998 | |
| 8999 | \f |
| 9000 | /* Free X resources of frame F. */ |
| 9001 | |
| 9002 | void |
| 9003 | x_free_frame_resources (f) |
| 9004 | struct frame *f; |
| 9005 | { |
| 9006 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 9007 | Lisp_Object bar; |
| 9008 | struct scroll_bar *b; |
| 9009 | |
| 9010 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9011 | |
| 9012 | /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more |
| 9013 | commands to the X server. */ |
| 9014 | if (dpyinfo->display) |
| 9015 | { |
| 9016 | if (f->output_data.x->icon_desc) |
| 9017 | XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.x->icon_desc); |
| 9018 | |
| 9019 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 9020 | /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without |
| 9021 | this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on, |
| 9022 | presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing |
| 9023 | toolkit scroll bars. */ |
| 9024 | for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); !NILP (bar); bar = b->next) |
| 9025 | { |
| 9026 | b = XSCROLL_BAR (bar); |
| 9027 | x_scroll_bar_remove (b); |
| 9028 | } |
| 9029 | #endif |
| 9030 | |
| 9031 | #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N |
| 9032 | if (FRAME_XIC (f)) |
| 9033 | free_frame_xic (f); |
| 9034 | #endif |
| 9035 | |
| 9036 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 9037 | if (f->output_data.x->widget) |
| 9038 | { |
| 9039 | XtDestroyWidget (f->output_data.x->widget); |
| 9040 | f->output_data.x->widget = NULL; |
| 9041 | } |
| 9042 | /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if |
| 9043 | we are using a toolkit. */ |
| 9044 | else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)) |
| 9045 | XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)); |
| 9046 | |
| 9047 | free_frame_menubar (f); |
| 9048 | #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 9049 | |
| 9050 | #ifdef USE_GTK |
| 9051 | /* In the GTK version, tooltips are normal X |
| 9052 | frames. We must check and free both types. */ |
| 9053 | if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)) |
| 9054 | { |
| 9055 | gtk_widget_destroy (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)); |
| 9056 | FRAME_X_WINDOW (f) = 0; /* Set to avoid XDestroyWindow below */ |
| 9057 | FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f) = 0; |
| 9058 | } |
| 9059 | #endif /* USE_GTK */ |
| 9060 | |
| 9061 | if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)) |
| 9062 | XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f)); |
| 9063 | #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 9064 | |
| 9065 | unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->foreground_pixel); |
| 9066 | unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->background_pixel); |
| 9067 | unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->cursor_pixel); |
| 9068 | unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->cursor_foreground_pixel); |
| 9069 | unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->border_pixel); |
| 9070 | unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->mouse_pixel); |
| 9071 | |
| 9072 | if (f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_background_pixel != -1) |
| 9073 | unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_background_pixel); |
| 9074 | if (f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel != -1) |
| 9075 | unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel); |
| 9076 | #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS |
| 9077 | /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */ |
| 9078 | if (f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel != -1) |
| 9079 | unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel); |
| 9080 | if (f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel != -1) |
| 9081 | unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel); |
| 9082 | #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */ |
| 9083 | if (f->output_data.x->white_relief.allocated_p) |
| 9084 | unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->white_relief.pixel); |
| 9085 | if (f->output_data.x->black_relief.allocated_p) |
| 9086 | unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->black_relief.pixel); |
| 9087 | |
| 9088 | if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f)) |
| 9089 | free_frame_faces (f); |
| 9090 | |
| 9091 | x_free_gcs (f); |
| 9092 | XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 9093 | } |
| 9094 | |
| 9095 | if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event) |
| 9096 | xfree (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event); |
| 9097 | |
| 9098 | xfree (f->output_data.x); |
| 9099 | f->output_data.x = NULL; |
| 9100 | |
| 9101 | if (f == dpyinfo->x_focus_frame) |
| 9102 | dpyinfo->x_focus_frame = 0; |
| 9103 | if (f == dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame) |
| 9104 | dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame = 0; |
| 9105 | if (f == dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame) |
| 9106 | dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame = 0; |
| 9107 | |
| 9108 | if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame) |
| 9109 | { |
| 9110 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row |
| 9111 | = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1; |
| 9112 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row |
| 9113 | = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1; |
| 9114 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil; |
| 9115 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0; |
| 9116 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0; |
| 9117 | } |
| 9118 | |
| 9119 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9120 | } |
| 9121 | |
| 9122 | |
| 9123 | /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */ |
| 9124 | |
| 9125 | void |
| 9126 | x_destroy_window (f) |
| 9127 | struct frame *f; |
| 9128 | { |
| 9129 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 9130 | |
| 9131 | /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more |
| 9132 | commands to the X server. */ |
| 9133 | if (dpyinfo->display != 0) |
| 9134 | x_free_frame_resources (f); |
| 9135 | |
| 9136 | dpyinfo->reference_count--; |
| 9137 | } |
| 9138 | |
| 9139 | \f |
| 9140 | /* Setting window manager hints. */ |
| 9141 | |
| 9142 | /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F. |
| 9143 | FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags |
| 9144 | that the window now has. |
| 9145 | If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition |
| 9146 | flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0). |
| 9147 | The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */ |
| 9148 | |
| 9149 | #ifndef USE_GTK |
| 9150 | void |
| 9151 | x_wm_set_size_hint (f, flags, user_position) |
| 9152 | struct frame *f; |
| 9153 | long flags; |
| 9154 | int user_position; |
| 9155 | { |
| 9156 | XSizeHints size_hints; |
| 9157 | |
| 9158 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 9159 | Arg al[2]; |
| 9160 | int ac = 0; |
| 9161 | Dimension widget_width, widget_height; |
| 9162 | #endif |
| 9163 | |
| 9164 | Window window = FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f); |
| 9165 | |
| 9166 | /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */ |
| 9167 | size_hints.flags = PResizeInc | PMinSize /* | PMaxSize */; |
| 9168 | |
| 9169 | size_hints.x = f->left_pos; |
| 9170 | size_hints.y = f->top_pos; |
| 9171 | |
| 9172 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 9173 | XtSetArg (al[ac], XtNwidth, &widget_width); ac++; |
| 9174 | XtSetArg (al[ac], XtNheight, &widget_height); ac++; |
| 9175 | XtGetValues (f->output_data.x->widget, al, ac); |
| 9176 | size_hints.height = widget_height; |
| 9177 | size_hints.width = widget_width; |
| 9178 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 9179 | size_hints.height = FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f); |
| 9180 | size_hints.width = FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f); |
| 9181 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 9182 | |
| 9183 | size_hints.width_inc = FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f); |
| 9184 | size_hints.height_inc = FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f); |
| 9185 | size_hints.max_width |
| 9186 | = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->width - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, 0); |
| 9187 | size_hints.max_height |
| 9188 | = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->height - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, 0); |
| 9189 | |
| 9190 | /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. |
| 9191 | |
| 9192 | (When we use the X toolkit, we don't do it here. |
| 9193 | Instead we copy the values that the widgets are using, below.) */ |
| 9194 | #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 9195 | { |
| 9196 | int base_width, base_height; |
| 9197 | int min_rows = 0, min_cols = 0; |
| 9198 | |
| 9199 | base_width = FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, 0); |
| 9200 | base_height = FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, 0); |
| 9201 | |
| 9202 | check_frame_size (f, &min_rows, &min_cols); |
| 9203 | |
| 9204 | /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the |
| 9205 | current number of rows and columns in the frame while |
| 9206 | resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this |
| 9207 | purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a |
| 9208 | zero-row, zero-column frame. |
| 9209 | |
| 9210 | We use the base_width and base_height members if we have |
| 9211 | them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members |
| 9212 | to the size for a zero x zero frame. */ |
| 9213 | |
| 9214 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R4 |
| 9215 | size_hints.flags |= PBaseSize; |
| 9216 | size_hints.base_width = base_width; |
| 9217 | size_hints.base_height = base_height; |
| 9218 | size_hints.min_width = base_width + min_cols * size_hints.width_inc; |
| 9219 | size_hints.min_height = base_height + min_rows * size_hints.height_inc; |
| 9220 | #else |
| 9221 | size_hints.min_width = base_width; |
| 9222 | size_hints.min_height = base_height; |
| 9223 | #endif |
| 9224 | } |
| 9225 | |
| 9226 | /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */ |
| 9227 | if (flags) |
| 9228 | { |
| 9229 | size_hints.flags |= flags; |
| 9230 | goto no_read; |
| 9231 | } |
| 9232 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 9233 | |
| 9234 | { |
| 9235 | XSizeHints hints; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */ |
| 9236 | long supplied_return; |
| 9237 | int value; |
| 9238 | |
| 9239 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R4 |
| 9240 | value = XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &hints, |
| 9241 | &supplied_return); |
| 9242 | #else |
| 9243 | value = XGetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &hints); |
| 9244 | #endif |
| 9245 | |
| 9246 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 9247 | size_hints.base_height = hints.base_height; |
| 9248 | size_hints.base_width = hints.base_width; |
| 9249 | size_hints.min_height = hints.min_height; |
| 9250 | size_hints.min_width = hints.min_width; |
| 9251 | #endif |
| 9252 | |
| 9253 | if (flags) |
| 9254 | size_hints.flags |= flags; |
| 9255 | else |
| 9256 | { |
| 9257 | if (value == 0) |
| 9258 | hints.flags = 0; |
| 9259 | if (hints.flags & PSize) |
| 9260 | size_hints.flags |= PSize; |
| 9261 | if (hints.flags & PPosition) |
| 9262 | size_hints.flags |= PPosition; |
| 9263 | if (hints.flags & USPosition) |
| 9264 | size_hints.flags |= USPosition; |
| 9265 | if (hints.flags & USSize) |
| 9266 | size_hints.flags |= USSize; |
| 9267 | } |
| 9268 | } |
| 9269 | |
| 9270 | #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 9271 | no_read: |
| 9272 | #endif |
| 9273 | |
| 9274 | #ifdef PWinGravity |
| 9275 | size_hints.win_gravity = f->win_gravity; |
| 9276 | size_hints.flags |= PWinGravity; |
| 9277 | |
| 9278 | if (user_position) |
| 9279 | { |
| 9280 | size_hints.flags &= ~ PPosition; |
| 9281 | size_hints.flags |= USPosition; |
| 9282 | } |
| 9283 | #endif /* PWinGravity */ |
| 9284 | |
| 9285 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R4 |
| 9286 | XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &size_hints); |
| 9287 | #else |
| 9288 | XSetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &size_hints); |
| 9289 | #endif |
| 9290 | } |
| 9291 | #endif /* not USE_GTK */ |
| 9292 | |
| 9293 | /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */ |
| 9294 | |
| 9295 | void |
| 9296 | x_wm_set_window_state (f, state) |
| 9297 | struct frame *f; |
| 9298 | int state; |
| 9299 | { |
| 9300 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 9301 | Arg al[1]; |
| 9302 | |
| 9303 | XtSetArg (al[0], XtNinitialState, state); |
| 9304 | XtSetValues (f->output_data.x->widget, al, 1); |
| 9305 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 9306 | Window window = FRAME_X_WINDOW (f); |
| 9307 | |
| 9308 | f->output_data.x->wm_hints.flags |= StateHint; |
| 9309 | f->output_data.x->wm_hints.initial_state = state; |
| 9310 | |
| 9311 | XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &f->output_data.x->wm_hints); |
| 9312 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 9313 | } |
| 9314 | |
| 9315 | void |
| 9316 | x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f, pixmap_id) |
| 9317 | struct frame *f; |
| 9318 | int pixmap_id; |
| 9319 | { |
| 9320 | Pixmap icon_pixmap, icon_mask; |
| 9321 | |
| 9322 | #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 9323 | Window window = FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f); |
| 9324 | #endif |
| 9325 | |
| 9326 | if (pixmap_id > 0) |
| 9327 | { |
| 9328 | icon_pixmap = x_bitmap_pixmap (f, pixmap_id); |
| 9329 | f->output_data.x->wm_hints.icon_pixmap = icon_pixmap; |
| 9330 | icon_mask = x_bitmap_mask (f, pixmap_id); |
| 9331 | f->output_data.x->wm_hints.icon_mask = icon_mask; |
| 9332 | } |
| 9333 | else |
| 9334 | { |
| 9335 | /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon pixmap. |
| 9336 | The following line does it, only if no icon has yet been created, |
| 9337 | for some window managers. But with mwm it crashes. |
| 9338 | Some people say it should clear the IconPixmapHint bit in this case, |
| 9339 | but that doesn't work, and the X consortium said it isn't the |
| 9340 | right thing at all. Since there is no way to win, |
| 9341 | best to explicitly give up. */ |
| 9342 | #if 0 |
| 9343 | f->output_data.x->wm_hints.icon_pixmap = None; |
| 9344 | f->output_data.x->wm_hints.icon_mask = None; |
| 9345 | #else |
| 9346 | return; |
| 9347 | #endif |
| 9348 | } |
| 9349 | |
| 9350 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */ |
| 9351 | |
| 9352 | { |
| 9353 | Arg al[1]; |
| 9354 | XtSetArg (al[0], XtNiconPixmap, icon_pixmap); |
| 9355 | XtSetValues (f->output_data.x->widget, al, 1); |
| 9356 | XtSetArg (al[0], XtNiconMask, icon_mask); |
| 9357 | XtSetValues (f->output_data.x->widget, al, 1); |
| 9358 | } |
| 9359 | |
| 9360 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 9361 | |
| 9362 | f->output_data.x->wm_hints.flags |= (IconPixmapHint | IconMaskHint); |
| 9363 | XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &f->output_data.x->wm_hints); |
| 9364 | |
| 9365 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 9366 | } |
| 9367 | |
| 9368 | void |
| 9369 | x_wm_set_icon_position (f, icon_x, icon_y) |
| 9370 | struct frame *f; |
| 9371 | int icon_x, icon_y; |
| 9372 | { |
| 9373 | Window window = FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f); |
| 9374 | |
| 9375 | f->output_data.x->wm_hints.flags |= IconPositionHint; |
| 9376 | f->output_data.x->wm_hints.icon_x = icon_x; |
| 9377 | f->output_data.x->wm_hints.icon_y = icon_y; |
| 9378 | |
| 9379 | XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &f->output_data.x->wm_hints); |
| 9380 | } |
| 9381 | |
| 9382 | \f |
| 9383 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 9384 | Fonts |
| 9385 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 9386 | |
| 9387 | /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of font FONT_IDX of frame F. */ |
| 9388 | |
| 9389 | struct font_info * |
| 9390 | x_get_font_info (f, font_idx) |
| 9391 | FRAME_PTR f; |
| 9392 | int font_idx; |
| 9393 | { |
| 9394 | return (FRAME_X_FONT_TABLE (f) + font_idx); |
| 9395 | } |
| 9396 | |
| 9397 | |
| 9398 | /* Return a list of names of available fonts matching PATTERN on frame F. |
| 9399 | |
| 9400 | If SIZE is > 0, it is the size (maximum bounds width) of fonts |
| 9401 | to be listed. |
| 9402 | |
| 9403 | SIZE < 0 means include scalable fonts. |
| 9404 | |
| 9405 | Frame F null means we have not yet created any frame on X, and |
| 9406 | consult the first display in x_display_list. MAXNAMES sets a limit |
| 9407 | on how many fonts to match. */ |
| 9408 | |
| 9409 | Lisp_Object |
| 9410 | x_list_fonts (f, pattern, size, maxnames) |
| 9411 | struct frame *f; |
| 9412 | Lisp_Object pattern; |
| 9413 | int size; |
| 9414 | int maxnames; |
| 9415 | { |
| 9416 | Lisp_Object list = Qnil, patterns, newlist = Qnil, key = Qnil; |
| 9417 | Lisp_Object tem, second_best; |
| 9418 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo |
| 9419 | = f ? FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f) : x_display_list; |
| 9420 | Display *dpy = dpyinfo->display; |
| 9421 | int try_XLoadQueryFont = 0; |
| 9422 | int count; |
| 9423 | int allow_scalable_fonts_p = 0; |
| 9424 | |
| 9425 | if (size < 0) |
| 9426 | { |
| 9427 | allow_scalable_fonts_p = 1; |
| 9428 | size = 0; |
| 9429 | } |
| 9430 | |
| 9431 | patterns = Fassoc (pattern, Valternate_fontname_alist); |
| 9432 | if (NILP (patterns)) |
| 9433 | patterns = Fcons (pattern, Qnil); |
| 9434 | |
| 9435 | if (maxnames == 1 && !size) |
| 9436 | /* We can return any single font matching PATTERN. */ |
| 9437 | try_XLoadQueryFont = 1; |
| 9438 | |
| 9439 | for (; CONSP (patterns); patterns = XCDR (patterns)) |
| 9440 | { |
| 9441 | int num_fonts; |
| 9442 | char **names = NULL; |
| 9443 | |
| 9444 | pattern = XCAR (patterns); |
| 9445 | /* See if we cached the result for this particular query. |
| 9446 | The cache is an alist of the form: |
| 9447 | ((((PATTERN . MAXNAMES) . SCALABLE) (FONTNAME . WIDTH) ...) ...) */ |
| 9448 | tem = XCDR (dpyinfo->name_list_element); |
| 9449 | key = Fcons (Fcons (pattern, make_number (maxnames)), |
| 9450 | allow_scalable_fonts_p ? Qt : Qnil); |
| 9451 | list = Fassoc (key, tem); |
| 9452 | if (!NILP (list)) |
| 9453 | { |
| 9454 | list = Fcdr_safe (list); |
| 9455 | /* We have a cashed list. Don't have to get the list again. */ |
| 9456 | goto label_cached; |
| 9457 | } |
| 9458 | |
| 9459 | /* At first, put PATTERN in the cache. */ |
| 9460 | |
| 9461 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9462 | count = x_catch_errors (dpy); |
| 9463 | |
| 9464 | if (try_XLoadQueryFont) |
| 9465 | { |
| 9466 | XFontStruct *font; |
| 9467 | unsigned long value; |
| 9468 | |
| 9469 | font = XLoadQueryFont (dpy, SDATA (pattern)); |
| 9470 | if (x_had_errors_p (dpy)) |
| 9471 | { |
| 9472 | /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X |
| 9473 | server. Let's just ignore it. */ |
| 9474 | font = NULL; |
| 9475 | x_clear_errors (dpy); |
| 9476 | } |
| 9477 | |
| 9478 | if (font |
| 9479 | && XGetFontProperty (font, XA_FONT, &value)) |
| 9480 | { |
| 9481 | char *name = (char *) XGetAtomName (dpy, (Atom) value); |
| 9482 | int len = strlen (name); |
| 9483 | char *tmp; |
| 9484 | |
| 9485 | /* If DXPC (a Differential X Protocol Compressor) |
| 9486 | Ver.3.7 is running, XGetAtomName will return null |
| 9487 | string. We must avoid such a name. */ |
| 9488 | if (len == 0) |
| 9489 | try_XLoadQueryFont = 0; |
| 9490 | else |
| 9491 | { |
| 9492 | num_fonts = 1; |
| 9493 | names = (char **) alloca (sizeof (char *)); |
| 9494 | /* Some systems only allow alloca assigned to a |
| 9495 | simple var. */ |
| 9496 | tmp = (char *) alloca (len + 1); names[0] = tmp; |
| 9497 | bcopy (name, names[0], len + 1); |
| 9498 | XFree (name); |
| 9499 | } |
| 9500 | } |
| 9501 | else |
| 9502 | try_XLoadQueryFont = 0; |
| 9503 | |
| 9504 | if (font) |
| 9505 | XFreeFont (dpy, font); |
| 9506 | } |
| 9507 | |
| 9508 | if (!try_XLoadQueryFont) |
| 9509 | { |
| 9510 | /* We try at least 10 fonts because XListFonts will return |
| 9511 | auto-scaled fonts at the head. */ |
| 9512 | if (maxnames < 0) |
| 9513 | { |
| 9514 | int limit; |
| 9515 | |
| 9516 | for (limit = 500;;) |
| 9517 | { |
| 9518 | names = XListFonts (dpy, SDATA (pattern), limit, &num_fonts); |
| 9519 | if (num_fonts == limit) |
| 9520 | { |
| 9521 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9522 | XFreeFontNames (names); |
| 9523 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9524 | limit *= 2; |
| 9525 | } |
| 9526 | else |
| 9527 | break; |
| 9528 | } |
| 9529 | } |
| 9530 | else |
| 9531 | names = XListFonts (dpy, SDATA (pattern), max (maxnames, 10), |
| 9532 | &num_fonts); |
| 9533 | |
| 9534 | if (x_had_errors_p (dpy)) |
| 9535 | { |
| 9536 | /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X |
| 9537 | server. Let's just ignore it. */ |
| 9538 | names = NULL; |
| 9539 | x_clear_errors (dpy); |
| 9540 | } |
| 9541 | } |
| 9542 | |
| 9543 | x_uncatch_errors (dpy, count); |
| 9544 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9545 | |
| 9546 | if (names) |
| 9547 | { |
| 9548 | int i; |
| 9549 | |
| 9550 | /* Make a list of all the fonts we got back. |
| 9551 | Store that in the font cache for the display. */ |
| 9552 | for (i = 0; i < num_fonts; i++) |
| 9553 | { |
| 9554 | int width = 0; |
| 9555 | char *p = names[i]; |
| 9556 | int average_width = -1, dashes = 0; |
| 9557 | |
| 9558 | /* Count the number of dashes in NAMES[I]. If there are |
| 9559 | 14 dashes, and the field value following 12th dash |
| 9560 | (AVERAGE_WIDTH) is 0, this is a auto-scaled font which |
| 9561 | is usually too ugly to be used for editing. Let's |
| 9562 | ignore it. */ |
| 9563 | while (*p) |
| 9564 | if (*p++ == '-') |
| 9565 | { |
| 9566 | dashes++; |
| 9567 | if (dashes == 7) /* PIXEL_SIZE field */ |
| 9568 | width = atoi (p); |
| 9569 | else if (dashes == 12) /* AVERAGE_WIDTH field */ |
| 9570 | average_width = atoi (p); |
| 9571 | } |
| 9572 | |
| 9573 | if (allow_scalable_fonts_p |
| 9574 | || dashes < 14 || average_width != 0) |
| 9575 | { |
| 9576 | tem = build_string (names[i]); |
| 9577 | if (NILP (Fassoc (tem, list))) |
| 9578 | { |
| 9579 | if (STRINGP (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp) |
| 9580 | && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case |
| 9581 | (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp, names[i])) |
| 9582 | >= 0)) |
| 9583 | /* We can set the value of PIXEL_SIZE to the |
| 9584 | width of this font. */ |
| 9585 | list = Fcons (Fcons (tem, make_number (width)), list); |
| 9586 | else |
| 9587 | /* For the moment, width is not known. */ |
| 9588 | list = Fcons (Fcons (tem, Qnil), list); |
| 9589 | } |
| 9590 | } |
| 9591 | } |
| 9592 | |
| 9593 | if (!try_XLoadQueryFont) |
| 9594 | { |
| 9595 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9596 | XFreeFontNames (names); |
| 9597 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9598 | } |
| 9599 | } |
| 9600 | |
| 9601 | /* Now store the result in the cache. */ |
| 9602 | XSETCDR (dpyinfo->name_list_element, |
| 9603 | Fcons (Fcons (key, list), XCDR (dpyinfo->name_list_element))); |
| 9604 | |
| 9605 | label_cached: |
| 9606 | if (NILP (list)) continue; /* Try the remaining alternatives. */ |
| 9607 | |
| 9608 | newlist = second_best = Qnil; |
| 9609 | /* Make a list of the fonts that have the right width. */ |
| 9610 | for (; CONSP (list); list = XCDR (list)) |
| 9611 | { |
| 9612 | int found_size; |
| 9613 | |
| 9614 | tem = XCAR (list); |
| 9615 | |
| 9616 | if (!CONSP (tem) || NILP (XCAR (tem))) |
| 9617 | continue; |
| 9618 | if (!size) |
| 9619 | { |
| 9620 | newlist = Fcons (XCAR (tem), newlist); |
| 9621 | continue; |
| 9622 | } |
| 9623 | |
| 9624 | if (!INTEGERP (XCDR (tem))) |
| 9625 | { |
| 9626 | /* Since we have not yet known the size of this font, we |
| 9627 | must try slow function call XLoadQueryFont. */ |
| 9628 | XFontStruct *thisinfo; |
| 9629 | |
| 9630 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9631 | count = x_catch_errors (dpy); |
| 9632 | thisinfo = XLoadQueryFont (dpy, |
| 9633 | SDATA (XCAR (tem))); |
| 9634 | if (x_had_errors_p (dpy)) |
| 9635 | { |
| 9636 | /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X |
| 9637 | server. Let's just ignore it. */ |
| 9638 | thisinfo = NULL; |
| 9639 | x_clear_errors (dpy); |
| 9640 | } |
| 9641 | x_uncatch_errors (dpy, count); |
| 9642 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9643 | |
| 9644 | if (thisinfo) |
| 9645 | { |
| 9646 | XSETCDR (tem, |
| 9647 | (thisinfo->min_bounds.width == 0 |
| 9648 | ? make_number (0) |
| 9649 | : make_number (thisinfo->max_bounds.width))); |
| 9650 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9651 | XFreeFont (dpy, thisinfo); |
| 9652 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9653 | } |
| 9654 | else |
| 9655 | /* For unknown reason, the previous call of XListFont had |
| 9656 | returned a font which can't be opened. Record the size |
| 9657 | as 0 not to try to open it again. */ |
| 9658 | XSETCDR (tem, make_number (0)); |
| 9659 | } |
| 9660 | |
| 9661 | found_size = XINT (XCDR (tem)); |
| 9662 | if (found_size == size) |
| 9663 | newlist = Fcons (XCAR (tem), newlist); |
| 9664 | else if (found_size > 0) |
| 9665 | { |
| 9666 | if (NILP (second_best)) |
| 9667 | second_best = tem; |
| 9668 | else if (found_size < size) |
| 9669 | { |
| 9670 | if (XINT (XCDR (second_best)) > size |
| 9671 | || XINT (XCDR (second_best)) < found_size) |
| 9672 | second_best = tem; |
| 9673 | } |
| 9674 | else |
| 9675 | { |
| 9676 | if (XINT (XCDR (second_best)) > size |
| 9677 | && XINT (XCDR (second_best)) > found_size) |
| 9678 | second_best = tem; |
| 9679 | } |
| 9680 | } |
| 9681 | } |
| 9682 | if (!NILP (newlist)) |
| 9683 | break; |
| 9684 | else if (!NILP (second_best)) |
| 9685 | { |
| 9686 | newlist = Fcons (XCAR (second_best), Qnil); |
| 9687 | break; |
| 9688 | } |
| 9689 | } |
| 9690 | |
| 9691 | return newlist; |
| 9692 | } |
| 9693 | |
| 9694 | |
| 9695 | #if GLYPH_DEBUG |
| 9696 | |
| 9697 | /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's |
| 9698 | font table. */ |
| 9699 | |
| 9700 | static void |
| 9701 | x_check_font (f, font) |
| 9702 | struct frame *f; |
| 9703 | XFontStruct *font; |
| 9704 | { |
| 9705 | int i; |
| 9706 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 9707 | |
| 9708 | xassert (font != NULL); |
| 9709 | |
| 9710 | for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; i++) |
| 9711 | if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name |
| 9712 | && font == dpyinfo->font_table[i].font) |
| 9713 | break; |
| 9714 | |
| 9715 | xassert (i < dpyinfo->n_fonts); |
| 9716 | } |
| 9717 | |
| 9718 | #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */ |
| 9719 | |
| 9720 | /* Set *W to the minimum width, *H to the minimum font height of FONT. |
| 9721 | Note: There are (broken) X fonts out there with invalid XFontStruct |
| 9722 | min_bounds contents. For example, handa@etl.go.jp reports that |
| 9723 | "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1" fonts |
| 9724 | have font->min_bounds.width == 0. */ |
| 9725 | |
| 9726 | static INLINE void |
| 9727 | x_font_min_bounds (font, w, h) |
| 9728 | XFontStruct *font; |
| 9729 | int *w, *h; |
| 9730 | { |
| 9731 | *h = FONT_HEIGHT (font); |
| 9732 | *w = font->min_bounds.width; |
| 9733 | |
| 9734 | /* Try to handle the case where FONT->min_bounds has invalid |
| 9735 | contents. Since the only font known to have invalid min_bounds |
| 9736 | is fixed-width, use max_bounds if min_bounds seems to be invalid. */ |
| 9737 | if (*w <= 0) |
| 9738 | *w = font->max_bounds.width; |
| 9739 | } |
| 9740 | |
| 9741 | |
| 9742 | /* Compute the smallest character width and smallest font height over |
| 9743 | all fonts available on frame F. Set the members smallest_char_width |
| 9744 | and smallest_font_height in F's x_display_info structure to |
| 9745 | the values computed. Value is non-zero if smallest_font_height or |
| 9746 | smallest_char_width become smaller than they were before. */ |
| 9747 | |
| 9748 | static int |
| 9749 | x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f) |
| 9750 | struct frame *f; |
| 9751 | { |
| 9752 | int i; |
| 9753 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 9754 | XFontStruct *font; |
| 9755 | int old_width = dpyinfo->smallest_char_width; |
| 9756 | int old_height = dpyinfo->smallest_font_height; |
| 9757 | |
| 9758 | dpyinfo->smallest_font_height = 100000; |
| 9759 | dpyinfo->smallest_char_width = 100000; |
| 9760 | |
| 9761 | for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; ++i) |
| 9762 | if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name) |
| 9763 | { |
| 9764 | struct font_info *fontp = dpyinfo->font_table + i; |
| 9765 | int w, h; |
| 9766 | |
| 9767 | font = (XFontStruct *) fontp->font; |
| 9768 | xassert (font != (XFontStruct *) ~0); |
| 9769 | x_font_min_bounds (font, &w, &h); |
| 9770 | |
| 9771 | dpyinfo->smallest_font_height = min (dpyinfo->smallest_font_height, h); |
| 9772 | dpyinfo->smallest_char_width = min (dpyinfo->smallest_char_width, w); |
| 9773 | } |
| 9774 | |
| 9775 | xassert (dpyinfo->smallest_char_width > 0 |
| 9776 | && dpyinfo->smallest_font_height > 0); |
| 9777 | |
| 9778 | return (dpyinfo->n_fonts == 1 |
| 9779 | || dpyinfo->smallest_char_width < old_width |
| 9780 | || dpyinfo->smallest_font_height < old_height); |
| 9781 | } |
| 9782 | |
| 9783 | |
| 9784 | /* Load font named FONTNAME of the size SIZE for frame F, and return a |
| 9785 | pointer to the structure font_info while allocating it dynamically. |
| 9786 | If SIZE is 0, load any size of font. |
| 9787 | If loading is failed, return NULL. */ |
| 9788 | |
| 9789 | struct font_info * |
| 9790 | x_load_font (f, fontname, size) |
| 9791 | struct frame *f; |
| 9792 | register char *fontname; |
| 9793 | int size; |
| 9794 | { |
| 9795 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 9796 | Lisp_Object font_names; |
| 9797 | int count; |
| 9798 | |
| 9799 | /* Get a list of all the fonts that match this name. Once we |
| 9800 | have a list of matching fonts, we compare them against the fonts |
| 9801 | we already have by comparing names. */ |
| 9802 | font_names = x_list_fonts (f, build_string (fontname), size, 1); |
| 9803 | |
| 9804 | if (!NILP (font_names)) |
| 9805 | { |
| 9806 | Lisp_Object tail; |
| 9807 | int i; |
| 9808 | |
| 9809 | for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; i++) |
| 9810 | for (tail = font_names; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail)) |
| 9811 | if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name |
| 9812 | && (!strcmp (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name, |
| 9813 | SDATA (XCAR (tail))) |
| 9814 | || !strcmp (dpyinfo->font_table[i].full_name, |
| 9815 | SDATA (XCAR (tail))))) |
| 9816 | return (dpyinfo->font_table + i); |
| 9817 | } |
| 9818 | |
| 9819 | /* Load the font and add it to the table. */ |
| 9820 | { |
| 9821 | char *full_name; |
| 9822 | XFontStruct *font; |
| 9823 | struct font_info *fontp; |
| 9824 | unsigned long value; |
| 9825 | int i; |
| 9826 | |
| 9827 | /* If we have found fonts by x_list_font, load one of them. If |
| 9828 | not, we still try to load a font by the name given as FONTNAME |
| 9829 | because XListFonts (called in x_list_font) of some X server has |
| 9830 | a bug of not finding a font even if the font surely exists and |
| 9831 | is loadable by XLoadQueryFont. */ |
| 9832 | if (size > 0 && !NILP (font_names)) |
| 9833 | fontname = (char *) SDATA (XCAR (font_names)); |
| 9834 | |
| 9835 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9836 | count = x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 9837 | font = (XFontStruct *) XLoadQueryFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), fontname); |
| 9838 | if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f))) |
| 9839 | { |
| 9840 | /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X |
| 9841 | server. Let's just ignore it. */ |
| 9842 | font = NULL; |
| 9843 | x_clear_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
| 9844 | } |
| 9845 | x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), count); |
| 9846 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9847 | if (!font) |
| 9848 | return NULL; |
| 9849 | |
| 9850 | /* Find a free slot in the font table. */ |
| 9851 | for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; ++i) |
| 9852 | if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name == NULL) |
| 9853 | break; |
| 9854 | |
| 9855 | /* If no free slot found, maybe enlarge the font table. */ |
| 9856 | if (i == dpyinfo->n_fonts |
| 9857 | && dpyinfo->n_fonts == dpyinfo->font_table_size) |
| 9858 | { |
| 9859 | int sz; |
| 9860 | dpyinfo->font_table_size = max (16, 2 * dpyinfo->font_table_size); |
| 9861 | sz = dpyinfo->font_table_size * sizeof *dpyinfo->font_table; |
| 9862 | dpyinfo->font_table |
| 9863 | = (struct font_info *) xrealloc (dpyinfo->font_table, sz); |
| 9864 | } |
| 9865 | |
| 9866 | fontp = dpyinfo->font_table + i; |
| 9867 | if (i == dpyinfo->n_fonts) |
| 9868 | ++dpyinfo->n_fonts; |
| 9869 | |
| 9870 | /* Now fill in the slots of *FONTP. */ |
| 9871 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9872 | bzero (fontp, sizeof (*fontp)); |
| 9873 | fontp->font = font; |
| 9874 | fontp->font_idx = i; |
| 9875 | fontp->name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (fontname) + 1); |
| 9876 | bcopy (fontname, fontp->name, strlen (fontname) + 1); |
| 9877 | |
| 9878 | /* Try to get the full name of FONT. Put it in FULL_NAME. */ |
| 9879 | full_name = 0; |
| 9880 | if (XGetFontProperty (font, XA_FONT, &value)) |
| 9881 | { |
| 9882 | char *name = (char *) XGetAtomName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), (Atom) value); |
| 9883 | char *p = name; |
| 9884 | int dashes = 0; |
| 9885 | |
| 9886 | /* Count the number of dashes in the "full name". |
| 9887 | If it is too few, this isn't really the font's full name, |
| 9888 | so don't use it. |
| 9889 | In X11R4, the fonts did not come with their canonical names |
| 9890 | stored in them. */ |
| 9891 | while (*p) |
| 9892 | { |
| 9893 | if (*p == '-') |
| 9894 | dashes++; |
| 9895 | p++; |
| 9896 | } |
| 9897 | |
| 9898 | if (dashes >= 13) |
| 9899 | { |
| 9900 | full_name = (char *) xmalloc (p - name + 1); |
| 9901 | bcopy (name, full_name, p - name + 1); |
| 9902 | } |
| 9903 | |
| 9904 | XFree (name); |
| 9905 | } |
| 9906 | |
| 9907 | if (full_name != 0) |
| 9908 | fontp->full_name = full_name; |
| 9909 | else |
| 9910 | fontp->full_name = fontp->name; |
| 9911 | |
| 9912 | fontp->size = font->max_bounds.width; |
| 9913 | fontp->height = FONT_HEIGHT (font); |
| 9914 | |
| 9915 | if (NILP (font_names)) |
| 9916 | { |
| 9917 | /* We come here because of a bug of XListFonts mentioned at |
| 9918 | the head of this block. Let's store this information in |
| 9919 | the cache for x_list_fonts. */ |
| 9920 | Lisp_Object lispy_name = build_string (fontname); |
| 9921 | Lisp_Object lispy_full_name = build_string (fontp->full_name); |
| 9922 | Lisp_Object key = Fcons (Fcons (lispy_name, make_number (256)), |
| 9923 | Qnil); |
| 9924 | |
| 9925 | XSETCDR (dpyinfo->name_list_element, |
| 9926 | Fcons (Fcons (key, |
| 9927 | Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name, |
| 9928 | make_number (fontp->size)), |
| 9929 | Qnil)), |
| 9930 | XCDR (dpyinfo->name_list_element))); |
| 9931 | if (full_name) |
| 9932 | { |
| 9933 | key = Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name, make_number (256)), |
| 9934 | Qnil); |
| 9935 | XSETCDR (dpyinfo->name_list_element, |
| 9936 | Fcons (Fcons (key, |
| 9937 | Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name, |
| 9938 | make_number (fontp->size)), |
| 9939 | Qnil)), |
| 9940 | XCDR (dpyinfo->name_list_element))); |
| 9941 | } |
| 9942 | } |
| 9943 | |
| 9944 | /* The slot `encoding' specifies how to map a character |
| 9945 | code-points (0x20..0x7F or 0x2020..0x7F7F) of each charset to |
| 9946 | the font code-points (0:0x20..0x7F, 1:0xA0..0xFF), or |
| 9947 | (0:0x2020..0x7F7F, 1:0xA0A0..0xFFFF, 3:0x20A0..0x7FFF, |
| 9948 | 2:0xA020..0xFF7F). For the moment, we don't know which charset |
| 9949 | uses this font. So, we set information in fontp->encoding[1] |
| 9950 | which is never used by any charset. If mapping can't be |
| 9951 | decided, set FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED. */ |
| 9952 | fontp->encoding[1] |
| 9953 | = (font->max_byte1 == 0 |
| 9954 | /* 1-byte font */ |
| 9955 | ? (font->min_char_or_byte2 < 0x80 |
| 9956 | ? (font->max_char_or_byte2 < 0x80 |
| 9957 | ? 0 /* 0x20..0x7F */ |
| 9958 | : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED) /* 0x20..0xFF */ |
| 9959 | : 1) /* 0xA0..0xFF */ |
| 9960 | /* 2-byte font */ |
| 9961 | : (font->min_byte1 < 0x80 |
| 9962 | ? (font->max_byte1 < 0x80 |
| 9963 | ? (font->min_char_or_byte2 < 0x80 |
| 9964 | ? (font->max_char_or_byte2 < 0x80 |
| 9965 | ? 0 /* 0x2020..0x7F7F */ |
| 9966 | : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED) /* 0x2020..0x7FFF */ |
| 9967 | : 3) /* 0x20A0..0x7FFF */ |
| 9968 | : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED) /* 0x20??..0xA0?? */ |
| 9969 | : (font->min_char_or_byte2 < 0x80 |
| 9970 | ? (font->max_char_or_byte2 < 0x80 |
| 9971 | ? 2 /* 0xA020..0xFF7F */ |
| 9972 | : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED) /* 0xA020..0xFFFF */ |
| 9973 | : 1))); /* 0xA0A0..0xFFFF */ |
| 9974 | |
| 9975 | fontp->baseline_offset |
| 9976 | = (XGetFontProperty (font, dpyinfo->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET, &value) |
| 9977 | ? (long) value : 0); |
| 9978 | fontp->relative_compose |
| 9979 | = (XGetFontProperty (font, dpyinfo->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE, &value) |
| 9980 | ? (long) value : 0); |
| 9981 | fontp->default_ascent |
| 9982 | = (XGetFontProperty (font, dpyinfo->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT, &value) |
| 9983 | ? (long) value : 0); |
| 9984 | |
| 9985 | /* Set global flag fonts_changed_p to non-zero if the font loaded |
| 9986 | has a character with a smaller width than any other character |
| 9987 | before, or if the font loaded has a smaller height than any |
| 9988 | other font loaded before. If this happens, it will make a |
| 9989 | glyph matrix reallocation necessary. */ |
| 9990 | fonts_changed_p |= x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f); |
| 9991 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 9992 | return fontp; |
| 9993 | } |
| 9994 | } |
| 9995 | |
| 9996 | |
| 9997 | /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of a font named FONTNAME for |
| 9998 | frame F. If no such font is loaded, return NULL. */ |
| 9999 | |
| 10000 | struct font_info * |
| 10001 | x_query_font (f, fontname) |
| 10002 | struct frame *f; |
| 10003 | register char *fontname; |
| 10004 | { |
| 10005 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f); |
| 10006 | int i; |
| 10007 | |
| 10008 | for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; i++) |
| 10009 | if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name |
| 10010 | && (!strcmp (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name, fontname) |
| 10011 | || !strcmp (dpyinfo->font_table[i].full_name, fontname))) |
| 10012 | return (dpyinfo->font_table + i); |
| 10013 | return NULL; |
| 10014 | } |
| 10015 | |
| 10016 | |
| 10017 | /* Find a CCL program for a font specified by FONTP, and set the member |
| 10018 | `encoder' of the structure. */ |
| 10019 | |
| 10020 | void |
| 10021 | x_find_ccl_program (fontp) |
| 10022 | struct font_info *fontp; |
| 10023 | { |
| 10024 | Lisp_Object list, elt; |
| 10025 | |
| 10026 | elt = Qnil; |
| 10027 | for (list = Vfont_ccl_encoder_alist; CONSP (list); list = XCDR (list)) |
| 10028 | { |
| 10029 | elt = XCAR (list); |
| 10030 | if (CONSP (elt) |
| 10031 | && STRINGP (XCAR (elt)) |
| 10032 | && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt), fontp->name) |
| 10033 | >= 0) |
| 10034 | || (fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt), fontp->full_name) |
| 10035 | >= 0))) |
| 10036 | break; |
| 10037 | } |
| 10038 | |
| 10039 | if (! NILP (list)) |
| 10040 | { |
| 10041 | struct ccl_program *ccl |
| 10042 | = (struct ccl_program *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct ccl_program)); |
| 10043 | |
| 10044 | if (setup_ccl_program (ccl, XCDR (elt)) < 0) |
| 10045 | xfree (ccl); |
| 10046 | else |
| 10047 | fontp->font_encoder = ccl; |
| 10048 | } |
| 10049 | } |
| 10050 | |
| 10051 | |
| 10052 | \f |
| 10053 | /*********************************************************************** |
| 10054 | Initialization |
| 10055 | ***********************************************************************/ |
| 10056 | |
| 10057 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 10058 | static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options[] = { |
| 10059 | {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg, NULL}, |
| 10060 | {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg, (XtPointer) "yes"}, |
| 10061 | |
| 10062 | {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", |
| 10063 | XrmoptionSepArg, NULL}, |
| 10064 | {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg, NULL}, |
| 10065 | |
| 10066 | {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, |
| 10067 | {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, |
| 10068 | {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, |
| 10069 | {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, |
| 10070 | {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, |
| 10071 | {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL}, |
| 10072 | {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg, (XtPointer) NULL} |
| 10073 | }; |
| 10074 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 10075 | |
| 10076 | static int x_initialized; |
| 10077 | |
| 10078 | #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD |
| 10079 | /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates |
| 10080 | the screen number from the server number. */ |
| 10081 | static int |
| 10082 | same_x_server (name1, name2) |
| 10083 | const char *name1, *name2; |
| 10084 | { |
| 10085 | int seen_colon = 0; |
| 10086 | const unsigned char *system_name = SDATA (Vsystem_name); |
| 10087 | int system_name_length = strlen (system_name); |
| 10088 | int length_until_period = 0; |
| 10089 | |
| 10090 | while (system_name[length_until_period] != 0 |
| 10091 | && system_name[length_until_period] != '.') |
| 10092 | length_until_period++; |
| 10093 | |
| 10094 | /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */ |
| 10095 | if (! strncmp (name1, "unix:", 5)) |
| 10096 | name1 += 4; |
| 10097 | if (! strncmp (name2, "unix:", 5)) |
| 10098 | name2 += 4; |
| 10099 | /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */ |
| 10100 | if (! strncmp (name1, system_name, system_name_length) |
| 10101 | && name1[system_name_length] == ':') |
| 10102 | name1 += system_name_length; |
| 10103 | if (! strncmp (name2, system_name, system_name_length) |
| 10104 | && name2[system_name_length] == ':') |
| 10105 | name2 += system_name_length; |
| 10106 | /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */ |
| 10107 | if (! strncmp (name1, system_name, length_until_period) |
| 10108 | && name1[length_until_period] == ':') |
| 10109 | name1 += length_until_period; |
| 10110 | if (! strncmp (name2, system_name, length_until_period) |
| 10111 | && name2[length_until_period] == ':') |
| 10112 | name2 += length_until_period; |
| 10113 | |
| 10114 | for (; *name1 != '\0' && *name1 == *name2; name1++, name2++) |
| 10115 | { |
| 10116 | if (*name1 == ':') |
| 10117 | seen_colon++; |
| 10118 | if (seen_colon && *name1 == '.') |
| 10119 | return 1; |
| 10120 | } |
| 10121 | return (seen_colon |
| 10122 | && (*name1 == '.' || *name1 == '\0') |
| 10123 | && (*name2 == '.' || *name2 == '\0')); |
| 10124 | } |
| 10125 | #endif |
| 10126 | |
| 10127 | /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to |
| 10128 | get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET |
| 10129 | to 5. */ |
| 10130 | static void |
| 10131 | get_bits_and_offset (mask, bits, offset) |
| 10132 | unsigned long mask; |
| 10133 | int *bits; |
| 10134 | int *offset; |
| 10135 | { |
| 10136 | int nr = 0; |
| 10137 | int off = 0; |
| 10138 | |
| 10139 | while (!(mask & 1)) |
| 10140 | { |
| 10141 | off++; |
| 10142 | mask >>= 1; |
| 10143 | } |
| 10144 | |
| 10145 | while (mask & 1) |
| 10146 | { |
| 10147 | nr++; |
| 10148 | mask >>= 1; |
| 10149 | } |
| 10150 | |
| 10151 | *offset = off; |
| 10152 | *bits = nr; |
| 10153 | } |
| 10154 | |
| 10155 | struct x_display_info * |
| 10156 | x_term_init (display_name, xrm_option, resource_name) |
| 10157 | Lisp_Object display_name; |
| 10158 | char *xrm_option; |
| 10159 | char *resource_name; |
| 10160 | { |
| 10161 | int connection; |
| 10162 | Display *dpy; |
| 10163 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 10164 | XrmDatabase xrdb; |
| 10165 | |
| 10166 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 10167 | |
| 10168 | if (!x_initialized) |
| 10169 | { |
| 10170 | x_initialize (); |
| 10171 | ++x_initialized; |
| 10172 | } |
| 10173 | |
| 10174 | #ifdef USE_GTK |
| 10175 | { |
| 10176 | #define NUM_ARGV 10 |
| 10177 | int argc; |
| 10178 | char *argv[NUM_ARGV]; |
| 10179 | char **argv2 = argv; |
| 10180 | GdkAtom atom; |
| 10181 | |
| 10182 | /* GTK 2.0 can only handle one display, GTK 2.2 can handle more |
| 10183 | than one, but this remains to be implemented. */ |
| 10184 | if (x_initialized > 1) |
| 10185 | return 0; |
| 10186 | |
| 10187 | for (argc = 0; argc < NUM_ARGV; ++argc) |
| 10188 | argv[argc] = 0; |
| 10189 | |
| 10190 | argc = 0; |
| 10191 | argv[argc++] = initial_argv[0]; |
| 10192 | |
| 10193 | if (! NILP (display_name)) |
| 10194 | { |
| 10195 | argv[argc++] = "--display"; |
| 10196 | argv[argc++] = SDATA (display_name); |
| 10197 | } |
| 10198 | |
| 10199 | argv[argc++] = "--name"; |
| 10200 | argv[argc++] = resource_name; |
| 10201 | |
| 10202 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R5 |
| 10203 | XSetLocaleModifiers (""); |
| 10204 | #endif |
| 10205 | |
| 10206 | gtk_init (&argc, &argv2); |
| 10207 | |
| 10208 | /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */ |
| 10209 | fixup_locale (); |
| 10210 | xg_initialize (); |
| 10211 | |
| 10212 | dpy = GDK_DISPLAY (); |
| 10213 | |
| 10214 | /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */ |
| 10215 | gdk_window_add_filter (NULL, event_handler_gdk, NULL); |
| 10216 | |
| 10217 | /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */ |
| 10218 | { |
| 10219 | struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2; |
| 10220 | char *file = "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc"; |
| 10221 | Lisp_Object s, abs_file; |
| 10222 | |
| 10223 | GCPRO2 (s, abs_file); |
| 10224 | s = make_string (file, strlen (file)); |
| 10225 | abs_file = Fexpand_file_name(s, Qnil); |
| 10226 | |
| 10227 | if (! NILP (abs_file) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file))) |
| 10228 | gtk_rc_parse (SDATA (abs_file)); |
| 10229 | |
| 10230 | UNGCPRO; |
| 10231 | } |
| 10232 | |
| 10233 | XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler); |
| 10234 | XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter); |
| 10235 | } |
| 10236 | #else /* not USE_GTK */ |
| 10237 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 10238 | /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes |
| 10239 | errors with X11R5: |
| 10240 | X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter) |
| 10241 | on protocol request 18skiloaf. |
| 10242 | So let's not use it until R6. */ |
| 10243 | #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6 |
| 10244 | XtSetLanguageProc (NULL, NULL, NULL); |
| 10245 | #endif |
| 10246 | |
| 10247 | { |
| 10248 | int argc = 0; |
| 10249 | char *argv[3]; |
| 10250 | |
| 10251 | argv[0] = ""; |
| 10252 | argc = 1; |
| 10253 | if (xrm_option) |
| 10254 | { |
| 10255 | argv[argc++] = "-xrm"; |
| 10256 | argv[argc++] = xrm_option; |
| 10257 | } |
| 10258 | turn_on_atimers (0); |
| 10259 | dpy = XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con, SDATA (display_name), |
| 10260 | resource_name, EMACS_CLASS, |
| 10261 | emacs_options, XtNumber (emacs_options), |
| 10262 | &argc, argv); |
| 10263 | turn_on_atimers (1); |
| 10264 | |
| 10265 | #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6 |
| 10266 | /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */ |
| 10267 | fixup_locale (); |
| 10268 | #endif |
| 10269 | } |
| 10270 | |
| 10271 | #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 10272 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R5 |
| 10273 | XSetLocaleModifiers (""); |
| 10274 | #endif |
| 10275 | dpy = XOpenDisplay (SDATA (display_name)); |
| 10276 | #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 10277 | #endif /* not USE_GTK*/ |
| 10278 | |
| 10279 | /* Detect failure. */ |
| 10280 | if (dpy == 0) |
| 10281 | { |
| 10282 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 10283 | return 0; |
| 10284 | } |
| 10285 | |
| 10286 | /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */ |
| 10287 | |
| 10288 | dpyinfo = (struct x_display_info *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info)); |
| 10289 | bzero (dpyinfo, sizeof *dpyinfo); |
| 10290 | |
| 10291 | #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD |
| 10292 | { |
| 10293 | struct x_display_info *share; |
| 10294 | Lisp_Object tail; |
| 10295 | |
| 10296 | for (share = x_display_list, tail = x_display_name_list; share; |
| 10297 | share = share->next, tail = XCDR (tail)) |
| 10298 | if (same_x_server (SDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail))), |
| 10299 | SDATA (display_name))) |
| 10300 | break; |
| 10301 | if (share) |
| 10302 | dpyinfo->kboard = share->kboard; |
| 10303 | else |
| 10304 | { |
| 10305 | dpyinfo->kboard = (KBOARD *) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD)); |
| 10306 | init_kboard (dpyinfo->kboard); |
| 10307 | if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms)->function, Qunbound)) |
| 10308 | { |
| 10309 | char *vendor = ServerVendor (dpy); |
| 10310 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 10311 | dpyinfo->kboard->Vsystem_key_alist |
| 10312 | = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms, |
| 10313 | build_string (vendor ? vendor : "")); |
| 10314 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 10315 | } |
| 10316 | |
| 10317 | dpyinfo->kboard->next_kboard = all_kboards; |
| 10318 | all_kboards = dpyinfo->kboard; |
| 10319 | /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary. |
| 10320 | That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to |
| 10321 | prompt in the mini-buffer. */ |
| 10322 | if (current_kboard == initial_kboard) |
| 10323 | current_kboard = dpyinfo->kboard; |
| 10324 | } |
| 10325 | dpyinfo->kboard->reference_count++; |
| 10326 | } |
| 10327 | #endif |
| 10328 | |
| 10329 | /* Put this display on the chain. */ |
| 10330 | dpyinfo->next = x_display_list; |
| 10331 | x_display_list = dpyinfo; |
| 10332 | |
| 10333 | /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */ |
| 10334 | x_display_name_list = Fcons (Fcons (display_name, Qnil), |
| 10335 | x_display_name_list); |
| 10336 | dpyinfo->name_list_element = XCAR (x_display_name_list); |
| 10337 | |
| 10338 | dpyinfo->display = dpy; |
| 10339 | |
| 10340 | #if 0 |
| 10341 | XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display, x_trace_wire); |
| 10342 | #endif /* ! 0 */ |
| 10343 | |
| 10344 | dpyinfo->x_id_name |
| 10345 | = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name) |
| 10346 | + SBYTES (Vsystem_name) |
| 10347 | + 2); |
| 10348 | sprintf (dpyinfo->x_id_name, "%s@%s", |
| 10349 | SDATA (Vinvocation_name), SDATA (Vsystem_name)); |
| 10350 | |
| 10351 | /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */ |
| 10352 | x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo); |
| 10353 | |
| 10354 | /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */ |
| 10355 | dpyinfo->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor |
| 10356 | = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo->display, XC_sb_v_double_arrow); |
| 10357 | |
| 10358 | xrdb = x_load_resources (dpyinfo->display, xrm_option, |
| 10359 | resource_name, EMACS_CLASS); |
| 10360 | #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE |
| 10361 | XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo->display, xrdb); |
| 10362 | #else |
| 10363 | dpyinfo->display->db = xrdb; |
| 10364 | #endif |
| 10365 | /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on |
| 10366 | all versions. */ |
| 10367 | dpyinfo->xrdb = xrdb; |
| 10368 | |
| 10369 | dpyinfo->screen = ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo->display, |
| 10370 | DefaultScreen (dpyinfo->display)); |
| 10371 | select_visual (dpyinfo); |
| 10372 | dpyinfo->cmap = DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo->screen); |
| 10373 | dpyinfo->height = HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo->screen); |
| 10374 | dpyinfo->width = WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo->screen); |
| 10375 | dpyinfo->root_window = RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo->screen); |
| 10376 | dpyinfo->client_leader_window = 0; |
| 10377 | dpyinfo->grabbed = 0; |
| 10378 | dpyinfo->reference_count = 0; |
| 10379 | dpyinfo->icon_bitmap_id = -1; |
| 10380 | dpyinfo->font_table = NULL; |
| 10381 | dpyinfo->n_fonts = 0; |
| 10382 | dpyinfo->font_table_size = 0; |
| 10383 | dpyinfo->bitmaps = 0; |
| 10384 | dpyinfo->bitmaps_size = 0; |
| 10385 | dpyinfo->bitmaps_last = 0; |
| 10386 | dpyinfo->scratch_cursor_gc = 0; |
| 10387 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0; |
| 10388 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0; |
| 10389 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1; |
| 10390 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1; |
| 10391 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID; |
| 10392 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil; |
| 10393 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_overlay = Qnil; |
| 10394 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_x = dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_y = 0; |
| 10395 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_defer = 0; |
| 10396 | dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden = 0; |
| 10397 | dpyinfo->x_focus_frame = 0; |
| 10398 | dpyinfo->x_focus_event_frame = 0; |
| 10399 | dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame = 0; |
| 10400 | dpyinfo->image_cache = make_image_cache (); |
| 10401 | |
| 10402 | /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */ |
| 10403 | dpyinfo->red_bits = dpyinfo->blue_bits = dpyinfo->green_bits = 0; |
| 10404 | dpyinfo->red_offset = dpyinfo->blue_offset = dpyinfo->green_offset = 0; |
| 10405 | |
| 10406 | if (dpyinfo->visual->class == TrueColor) |
| 10407 | { |
| 10408 | get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo->visual->red_mask, |
| 10409 | &dpyinfo->red_bits, &dpyinfo->red_offset); |
| 10410 | get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo->visual->blue_mask, |
| 10411 | &dpyinfo->blue_bits, &dpyinfo->blue_offset); |
| 10412 | get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo->visual->green_mask, |
| 10413 | &dpyinfo->green_bits, &dpyinfo->green_offset); |
| 10414 | } |
| 10415 | |
| 10416 | /* See if a private colormap is requested. */ |
| 10417 | if (dpyinfo->visual == DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo->screen)) |
| 10418 | { |
| 10419 | if (dpyinfo->visual->class == PseudoColor) |
| 10420 | { |
| 10421 | Lisp_Object value; |
| 10422 | value = display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo, |
| 10423 | build_string ("privateColormap"), |
| 10424 | build_string ("PrivateColormap"), |
| 10425 | Qnil, Qnil); |
| 10426 | if (STRINGP (value) |
| 10427 | && (!strcmp (SDATA (value), "true") |
| 10428 | || !strcmp (SDATA (value), "on"))) |
| 10429 | dpyinfo->cmap = XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo->display, dpyinfo->cmap); |
| 10430 | } |
| 10431 | } |
| 10432 | else |
| 10433 | dpyinfo->cmap = XCreateColormap (dpyinfo->display, dpyinfo->root_window, |
| 10434 | dpyinfo->visual, AllocNone); |
| 10435 | |
| 10436 | { |
| 10437 | int screen_number = XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo->screen); |
| 10438 | double pixels = DisplayHeight (dpyinfo->display, screen_number); |
| 10439 | double mm = DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo->display, screen_number); |
| 10440 | dpyinfo->resy = pixels * 25.4 / mm; |
| 10441 | pixels = DisplayWidth (dpyinfo->display, screen_number); |
| 10442 | mm = DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo->display, screen_number); |
| 10443 | dpyinfo->resx = pixels * 25.4 / mm; |
| 10444 | } |
| 10445 | |
| 10446 | dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_protocols |
| 10447 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False); |
| 10448 | dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_take_focus |
| 10449 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False); |
| 10450 | dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_save_yourself |
| 10451 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False); |
| 10452 | dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_delete_window |
| 10453 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False); |
| 10454 | dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_change_state |
| 10455 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False); |
| 10456 | dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_configure_denied |
| 10457 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False); |
| 10458 | dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_window_moved |
| 10459 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "WM_MOVED", False); |
| 10460 | dpyinfo->Xatom_wm_client_leader |
| 10461 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", False); |
| 10462 | dpyinfo->Xatom_editres |
| 10463 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "Editres", False); |
| 10464 | dpyinfo->Xatom_CLIPBOARD |
| 10465 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "CLIPBOARD", False); |
| 10466 | dpyinfo->Xatom_TIMESTAMP |
| 10467 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "TIMESTAMP", False); |
| 10468 | dpyinfo->Xatom_TEXT |
| 10469 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "TEXT", False); |
| 10470 | dpyinfo->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT |
| 10471 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False); |
| 10472 | dpyinfo->Xatom_UTF8_STRING |
| 10473 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "UTF8_STRING", False); |
| 10474 | dpyinfo->Xatom_DELETE |
| 10475 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "DELETE", False); |
| 10476 | dpyinfo->Xatom_MULTIPLE |
| 10477 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "MULTIPLE", False); |
| 10478 | dpyinfo->Xatom_INCR |
| 10479 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "INCR", False); |
| 10480 | dpyinfo->Xatom_EMACS_TMP |
| 10481 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "_EMACS_TMP_", False); |
| 10482 | dpyinfo->Xatom_TARGETS |
| 10483 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "TARGETS", False); |
| 10484 | dpyinfo->Xatom_NULL |
| 10485 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "NULL", False); |
| 10486 | dpyinfo->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR |
| 10487 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "ATOM_PAIR", False); |
| 10488 | /* For properties of font. */ |
| 10489 | dpyinfo->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE |
| 10490 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "PIXEL_SIZE", False); |
| 10491 | dpyinfo->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET |
| 10492 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False); |
| 10493 | dpyinfo->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE |
| 10494 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False); |
| 10495 | dpyinfo->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT |
| 10496 | = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False); |
| 10497 | |
| 10498 | /* Ghostscript support. */ |
| 10499 | dpyinfo->Xatom_PAGE = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "PAGE", False); |
| 10500 | dpyinfo->Xatom_DONE = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "DONE", False); |
| 10501 | |
| 10502 | dpyinfo->Xatom_Scrollbar = XInternAtom (dpyinfo->display, "SCROLLBAR", |
| 10503 | False); |
| 10504 | |
| 10505 | dpyinfo->cut_buffers_initialized = 0; |
| 10506 | |
| 10507 | connection = ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo->display); |
| 10508 | dpyinfo->connection = connection; |
| 10509 | |
| 10510 | { |
| 10511 | char null_bits[1]; |
| 10512 | |
| 10513 | null_bits[0] = 0x00; |
| 10514 | |
| 10515 | dpyinfo->null_pixel |
| 10516 | = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo->display, dpyinfo->root_window, |
| 10517 | null_bits, 1, 1, (long) 0, (long) 0, |
| 10518 | 1); |
| 10519 | } |
| 10520 | |
| 10521 | { |
| 10522 | extern int gray_bitmap_width, gray_bitmap_height; |
| 10523 | extern char *gray_bitmap_bits; |
| 10524 | dpyinfo->gray |
| 10525 | = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo->display, dpyinfo->root_window, |
| 10526 | gray_bitmap_bits, |
| 10527 | gray_bitmap_width, gray_bitmap_height, |
| 10528 | (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1); |
| 10529 | } |
| 10530 | |
| 10531 | #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N |
| 10532 | xim_initialize (dpyinfo, resource_name); |
| 10533 | #endif |
| 10534 | |
| 10535 | #ifdef subprocesses |
| 10536 | /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */ |
| 10537 | if (connection != 0) |
| 10538 | add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection); |
| 10539 | #endif |
| 10540 | |
| 10541 | #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG |
| 10542 | #ifdef F_SETOWN |
| 10543 | #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG |
| 10544 | /* stdin is a socket here */ |
| 10545 | fcntl (connection, F_SETOWN, -getpid ()); |
| 10546 | #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */ |
| 10547 | fcntl (connection, F_SETOWN, getpid ()); |
| 10548 | #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */ |
| 10549 | #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */ |
| 10550 | #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */ |
| 10551 | |
| 10552 | #ifdef SIGIO |
| 10553 | if (interrupt_input) |
| 10554 | init_sigio (connection); |
| 10555 | #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */ |
| 10556 | |
| 10557 | #ifdef USE_LUCID |
| 10558 | #ifdef HAVE_X11R5 /* It seems X11R4 lacks XtCvtStringToFont, and XPointer. */ |
| 10559 | /* Make sure that we have a valid font for dialog boxes |
| 10560 | so that Xt does not crash. */ |
| 10561 | { |
| 10562 | Display *dpy = dpyinfo->display; |
| 10563 | XrmValue d, fr, to; |
| 10564 | Font font; |
| 10565 | int count; |
| 10566 | |
| 10567 | d.addr = (XPointer)&dpy; |
| 10568 | d.size = sizeof (Display *); |
| 10569 | fr.addr = XtDefaultFont; |
| 10570 | fr.size = sizeof (XtDefaultFont); |
| 10571 | to.size = sizeof (Font *); |
| 10572 | to.addr = (XPointer)&font; |
| 10573 | count = x_catch_errors (dpy); |
| 10574 | if (!XtCallConverter (dpy, XtCvtStringToFont, &d, 1, &fr, &to, NULL)) |
| 10575 | abort (); |
| 10576 | if (x_had_errors_p (dpy) || !XQueryFont (dpy, font)) |
| 10577 | XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15"); |
| 10578 | x_uncatch_errors (dpy, count); |
| 10579 | } |
| 10580 | #endif |
| 10581 | #endif |
| 10582 | |
| 10583 | /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful |
| 10584 | for debugging X code. */ |
| 10585 | { |
| 10586 | Lisp_Object value; |
| 10587 | value = display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo, |
| 10588 | build_string ("synchronous"), |
| 10589 | build_string ("Synchronous"), |
| 10590 | Qnil, Qnil); |
| 10591 | if (STRINGP (value) |
| 10592 | && (!strcmp (SDATA (value), "true") |
| 10593 | || !strcmp (SDATA (value), "on"))) |
| 10594 | XSynchronize (dpyinfo->display, True); |
| 10595 | } |
| 10596 | |
| 10597 | { |
| 10598 | Lisp_Object value; |
| 10599 | value = display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo, |
| 10600 | build_string ("useXIM"), |
| 10601 | build_string ("UseXIM"), |
| 10602 | Qnil, Qnil); |
| 10603 | #ifdef USE_XIM |
| 10604 | if (STRINGP (value) |
| 10605 | && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value)->data, "false") |
| 10606 | || !strcmp (XSTRING (value)->data, "off"))) |
| 10607 | use_xim = 0; |
| 10608 | #else |
| 10609 | if (STRINGP (value) |
| 10610 | && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value)->data, "true") |
| 10611 | || !strcmp (XSTRING (value)->data, "on"))) |
| 10612 | use_xim = 1; |
| 10613 | #endif |
| 10614 | } |
| 10615 | |
| 10616 | #ifdef HAVE_X_SM |
| 10617 | /* Only do this for the first display. */ |
| 10618 | if (x_initialized == 1) |
| 10619 | x_session_initialize (dpyinfo); |
| 10620 | #endif |
| 10621 | |
| 10622 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 10623 | |
| 10624 | return dpyinfo; |
| 10625 | } |
| 10626 | \f |
| 10627 | /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone, |
| 10628 | and without sending any more commands to the X server. */ |
| 10629 | |
| 10630 | void |
| 10631 | x_delete_display (dpyinfo) |
| 10632 | struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
| 10633 | { |
| 10634 | delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo->connection); |
| 10635 | |
| 10636 | /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list. |
| 10637 | We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */ |
| 10638 | if (! NILP (x_display_name_list) |
| 10639 | && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list), dpyinfo->name_list_element)) |
| 10640 | x_display_name_list = XCDR (x_display_name_list); |
| 10641 | else |
| 10642 | { |
| 10643 | Lisp_Object tail; |
| 10644 | |
| 10645 | tail = x_display_name_list; |
| 10646 | while (CONSP (tail) && CONSP (XCDR (tail))) |
| 10647 | { |
| 10648 | if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail)), dpyinfo->name_list_element)) |
| 10649 | { |
| 10650 | XSETCDR (tail, XCDR (XCDR (tail))); |
| 10651 | break; |
| 10652 | } |
| 10653 | tail = XCDR (tail); |
| 10654 | } |
| 10655 | } |
| 10656 | |
| 10657 | if (next_noop_dpyinfo == dpyinfo) |
| 10658 | next_noop_dpyinfo = dpyinfo->next; |
| 10659 | |
| 10660 | if (x_display_list == dpyinfo) |
| 10661 | x_display_list = dpyinfo->next; |
| 10662 | else |
| 10663 | { |
| 10664 | struct x_display_info *tail; |
| 10665 | |
| 10666 | for (tail = x_display_list; tail; tail = tail->next) |
| 10667 | if (tail->next == dpyinfo) |
| 10668 | tail->next = tail->next->next; |
| 10669 | } |
| 10670 | |
| 10671 | #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* I'm told Xt does this itself. */ |
| 10672 | #ifndef AIX /* On AIX, XCloseDisplay calls this. */ |
| 10673 | XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo->xrdb); |
| 10674 | #endif |
| 10675 | #endif |
| 10676 | #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD |
| 10677 | if (--dpyinfo->kboard->reference_count == 0) |
| 10678 | delete_kboard (dpyinfo->kboard); |
| 10679 | #endif |
| 10680 | #ifdef HAVE_X_I18N |
| 10681 | if (dpyinfo->xim) |
| 10682 | xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo); |
| 10683 | #endif |
| 10684 | |
| 10685 | xfree (dpyinfo->font_table); |
| 10686 | xfree (dpyinfo->x_id_name); |
| 10687 | xfree (dpyinfo->color_cells); |
| 10688 | xfree (dpyinfo); |
| 10689 | } |
| 10690 | |
| 10691 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 10692 | |
| 10693 | /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process |
| 10694 | Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as |
| 10695 | much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush |
| 10696 | that slows us down. */ |
| 10697 | |
| 10698 | static void |
| 10699 | x_process_timeouts (timer) |
| 10700 | struct atimer *timer; |
| 10701 | { |
| 10702 | if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction || popup_activated ()) |
| 10703 | { |
| 10704 | BLOCK_INPUT; |
| 10705 | while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con) & XtIMTimer) |
| 10706 | XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con, XtIMTimer); |
| 10707 | UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
| 10708 | } |
| 10709 | } |
| 10710 | |
| 10711 | #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */ |
| 10712 | |
| 10713 | \f |
| 10714 | /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */ |
| 10715 | |
| 10716 | extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers[]; |
| 10717 | |
| 10718 | static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface = |
| 10719 | { |
| 10720 | x_frame_parm_handlers, |
| 10721 | x_produce_glyphs, |
| 10722 | x_write_glyphs, |
| 10723 | x_insert_glyphs, |
| 10724 | x_clear_end_of_line, |
| 10725 | x_scroll_run, |
| 10726 | x_after_update_window_line, |
| 10727 | x_update_window_begin, |
| 10728 | x_update_window_end, |
| 10729 | x_cursor_to, |
| 10730 | x_flush, |
| 10731 | #ifndef XFlush |
| 10732 | x_flush, |
| 10733 | #else |
| 10734 | 0, /* flush_display_optional */ |
| 10735 | #endif |
| 10736 | x_clear_window_mouse_face, |
| 10737 | x_get_glyph_overhangs, |
| 10738 | x_fix_overlapping_area, |
| 10739 | x_draw_fringe_bitmap, |
| 10740 | x_per_char_metric, |
| 10741 | x_encode_char, |
| 10742 | x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs, |
| 10743 | x_draw_glyph_string, |
| 10744 | x_define_frame_cursor, |
| 10745 | x_clear_frame_area, |
| 10746 | x_draw_window_cursor, |
| 10747 | x_draw_vertical_window_border, |
| 10748 | x_shift_glyphs_for_insert |
| 10749 | }; |
| 10750 | |
| 10751 | void |
| 10752 | x_initialize () |
| 10753 | { |
| 10754 | rif = &x_redisplay_interface; |
| 10755 | |
| 10756 | clear_frame_hook = x_clear_frame; |
| 10757 | ins_del_lines_hook = x_ins_del_lines; |
| 10758 | delete_glyphs_hook = x_delete_glyphs; |
| 10759 | ring_bell_hook = XTring_bell; |
| 10760 | reset_terminal_modes_hook = XTreset_terminal_modes; |
| 10761 | set_terminal_modes_hook = XTset_terminal_modes; |
| 10762 | update_begin_hook = x_update_begin; |
| 10763 | update_end_hook = x_update_end; |
| 10764 | set_terminal_window_hook = XTset_terminal_window; |
| 10765 | read_socket_hook = XTread_socket; |
| 10766 | frame_up_to_date_hook = XTframe_up_to_date; |
| 10767 | mouse_position_hook = XTmouse_position; |
| 10768 | frame_rehighlight_hook = XTframe_rehighlight; |
| 10769 | frame_raise_lower_hook = XTframe_raise_lower; |
| 10770 | set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook = XTset_vertical_scroll_bar; |
| 10771 | condemn_scroll_bars_hook = XTcondemn_scroll_bars; |
| 10772 | redeem_scroll_bar_hook = XTredeem_scroll_bar; |
| 10773 | judge_scroll_bars_hook = XTjudge_scroll_bars; |
| 10774 | |
| 10775 | scroll_region_ok = 1; /* we'll scroll partial frames */ |
| 10776 | char_ins_del_ok = 1; |
| 10777 | line_ins_del_ok = 1; /* we'll just blt 'em */ |
| 10778 | fast_clear_end_of_line = 1; /* X does this well */ |
| 10779 | memory_below_frame = 0; /* we don't remember what scrolls |
| 10780 | off the bottom */ |
| 10781 | baud_rate = 19200; |
| 10782 | |
| 10783 | x_noop_count = 0; |
| 10784 | last_tool_bar_item = -1; |
| 10785 | any_help_event_p = 0; |
| 10786 | |
| 10787 | /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */ |
| 10788 | Fset_input_mode (Qt, Qnil, Qt, Qnil); |
| 10789 | |
| 10790 | #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT |
| 10791 | XtToolkitInitialize (); |
| 10792 | |
| 10793 | Xt_app_con = XtCreateApplicationContext (); |
| 10794 | |
| 10795 | /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses |
| 10796 | Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */ |
| 10797 | XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con, |
| 10798 | XtRString, XtRPixel, cvt_string_to_pixel, |
| 10799 | cvt_string_to_pixel_args, |
| 10800 | XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args), |
| 10801 | XtCacheByDisplay, cvt_pixel_dtor); |
| 10802 | |
| 10803 | XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con, Xt_default_resources); |
| 10804 | |
| 10805 | /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events |
| 10806 | every 0.1s. This is necessary because some widget sets use |
| 10807 | timeouts internally, for example the LessTif menu bar, or the |
| 10808 | Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timouts aren't processed, these |
| 10809 | widgets don't behave normally. */ |
| 10810 | { |
| 10811 | EMACS_TIME interval; |
| 10812 | EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval, 0, 100000); |
| 10813 | start_atimer (ATIMER_CONTINUOUS, interval, x_process_timeouts, 0); |
| 10814 | } |
| 10815 | #endif |
| 10816 | |
| 10817 | #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS |
| 10818 | #ifndef USE_GTK |
| 10819 | xaw3d_arrow_scroll = False; |
| 10820 | xaw3d_pick_top = True; |
| 10821 | #endif |
| 10822 | #endif |
| 10823 | |
| 10824 | /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the |
| 10825 | original error handler. */ |
| 10826 | XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler); |
| 10827 | XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter); |
| 10828 | |
| 10829 | /* Disable Window Change signals; they are handled by X events. */ |
| 10830 | #ifdef SIGWINCH |
| 10831 | signal (SIGWINCH, SIG_DFL); |
| 10832 | #endif /* SIGWINCH */ |
| 10833 | |
| 10834 | signal (SIGPIPE, x_connection_signal); |
| 10835 | } |
| 10836 | |
| 10837 | |
| 10838 | void |
| 10839 | syms_of_xterm () |
| 10840 | { |
| 10841 | staticpro (&x_error_message_string); |
| 10842 | x_error_message_string = Qnil; |
| 10843 | |
| 10844 | staticpro (&x_display_name_list); |
| 10845 | x_display_name_list = Qnil; |
| 10846 | |
| 10847 | staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar); |
| 10848 | last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil; |
| 10849 | |
| 10850 | staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms); |
| 10851 | Qvendor_specific_keysyms = intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms"); |
| 10852 | |
| 10853 | staticpro (&Qutf_8); |
| 10854 | Qutf_8 = intern ("utf-8"); |
| 10855 | staticpro (&Qlatin_1); |
| 10856 | Qlatin_1 = intern ("latin-1"); |
| 10857 | |
| 10858 | staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame); |
| 10859 | last_mouse_press_frame = Qnil; |
| 10860 | |
| 10861 | DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties", |
| 10862 | &x_use_underline_position_properties, |
| 10863 | doc: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. |
| 10864 | nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus |
| 10865 | UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior |
| 10866 | to 4.1, set this to nil. */); |
| 10867 | x_use_underline_position_properties = 1; |
| 10868 | |
| 10869 | DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars, |
| 10870 | doc: /* What X toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses. |
| 10871 | A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use X toolkit scroll bars. |
| 10872 | Otherwise, value is a symbol describing the X toolkit. */); |
| 10873 | #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS |
| 10874 | #ifdef USE_MOTIF |
| 10875 | Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars = intern ("motif"); |
| 10876 | #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D |
| 10877 | Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars = intern ("xaw3d"); |
| 10878 | #elif USE_GTK |
| 10879 | Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars = intern ("gtk"); |
| 10880 | #else |
| 10881 | Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars = intern ("xaw"); |
| 10882 | #endif |
| 10883 | #else |
| 10884 | Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars = Qnil; |
| 10885 | #endif |
| 10886 | |
| 10887 | staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame); |
| 10888 | last_mouse_motion_frame = Qnil; |
| 10889 | |
| 10890 | Qmodifier_value = intern ("modifier-value"); |
| 10891 | Qalt = intern ("alt"); |
| 10892 | Fput (Qalt, Qmodifier_value, make_number (alt_modifier)); |
| 10893 | Qhyper = intern ("hyper"); |
| 10894 | Fput (Qhyper, Qmodifier_value, make_number (hyper_modifier)); |
| 10895 | Qmeta = intern ("meta"); |
| 10896 | Fput (Qmeta, Qmodifier_value, make_number (meta_modifier)); |
| 10897 | Qsuper = intern ("super"); |
| 10898 | Fput (Qsuper, Qmodifier_value, make_number (super_modifier)); |
| 10899 | |
| 10900 | DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", &Vx_alt_keysym, |
| 10901 | doc: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier. |
| 10902 | This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'. |
| 10903 | For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default |
| 10904 | is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */); |
| 10905 | Vx_alt_keysym = Qnil; |
| 10906 | |
| 10907 | DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", &Vx_hyper_keysym, |
| 10908 | doc: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier. |
| 10909 | This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'. |
| 10910 | For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The |
| 10911 | default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */); |
| 10912 | Vx_hyper_keysym = Qnil; |
| 10913 | |
| 10914 | DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", &Vx_meta_keysym, |
| 10915 | doc: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier. |
| 10916 | This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'. |
| 10917 | For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The |
| 10918 | default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */); |
| 10919 | Vx_meta_keysym = Qnil; |
| 10920 | |
| 10921 | DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", &Vx_super_keysym, |
| 10922 | doc: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier. |
| 10923 | This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'. |
| 10924 | For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The |
| 10925 | default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */); |
| 10926 | Vx_super_keysym = Qnil; |
| 10927 | |
| 10928 | DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", &Vx_keysym_table, |
| 10929 | doc: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */); |
| 10930 | Vx_keysym_table = make_hash_table (Qeql, make_number (900), |
| 10931 | make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE), |
| 10932 | make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD), |
| 10933 | Qnil, Qnil, Qnil); |
| 10934 | } |
| 10935 | |
| 10936 | #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */ |
| 10937 | |
| 10938 | /* arch-tag: 6d4e4cb7-abc1-4302-9585-d84dcfb09d0f |
| 10939 | (do not change this comment) */ |